JP2022115256A - game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of giving a novel game property that can improve the amusement of a player.SOLUTION: A game machine is provided in which the following can be set. A first time-shortened game state can be set based on an execution of a special game. A second time-shortened game state can be set based on an execution of a predetermined number of variable displays after the termination of the special game. A variation patter can be determined based on determination information to be determined according to the number of times of the variable displays. Both during the first time-shortened game state and during the second time-shortened game state, it is so set that the variation patter is to be determined based on the determination information to be determined according to the number of times of the variable displays after the termination of the special game.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 105

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines.

Conventionally, as this type of gaming machine, a winning lottery that determines whether or not to execute a special game triggered by the entry of a game ball into a starting winning hole provided in a game area, and a special symbol indicating the result of the winning lottery. As the determination is made, the variable display of the special symbols is executed, and the stop display of the jackpot symbols indicating that the result of the winning lottery is to execute the special game (winning the jackpot) is performed. A game is known in which a special game in which prize balls can be obtained is executed. In such a gaming machine, it is common to set the degree of advantage of the game profit to be given to the player differently depending on the type of the determined jackpot symbol. For example, as the game state, a non-time-saving game state in which it is relatively difficult for a game ball to enter a predetermined starting prize-winning opening, and a time-saving gaming state in which a game ball relatively easily enters a predetermined starting prize-winning opening are provided. A game machine is known in which, when a specific jackpot symbol is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a time-saving game state (see Patent Documents 1 and 2).

JP 2015-107139 A JP 2008-253554 A

However, in the gaming machine as described above, the game state set after the execution of the special game is associated with the type of the jackpot symbol, and the determination of the execution of the special game (winning of the jackpot) and the execution of the special game. Without execution, the non-time-saving game state cannot be changed to the time-saving game state. As a result, since there are large restrictions on changing to a different game state, it is difficult to design game specifications with a high degree of freedom, and there arises a problem that it is not possible to provide novel game features that can increase the interest of players. was

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Accordingly, it is an object of the present invention to provide a game machine capable of imparting novel game features that enhance the interest of players.

In order to achieve the above objects, the present invention is configured as follows.
(1) A gaming machine according to the present invention comprises determination means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to a player, and variation display means capable of executing a variation display according to a variation pattern based on the result of the determination. And, a variation pattern determination means capable of determining the variation pattern, a non-time-saving gaming state in which a game with a relatively low execution frequency of the variation display can be performed, and a relatively high execution frequency of the variation display setting means capable of setting any one of a plurality of game states including at least a first time-saving game state and a second time-saving game state in which a high game can be played, wherein the setting means is the special game. The first time-saving game state can be set based on the execution of the second time-saving game based on the execution of the variable display of a predetermined number of times after the special game is completed. A state can be set, and the variation pattern determination means can determine the variation pattern based on determination information determined according to the number of times of the variation display, during the first time-saving gaming state and the second In any of the time-saving game states, the variation pattern is determined based on the determination information determined according to the number of times of the variation display after the end of the special game.
Here, the determination information determined according to the number of times of the variable display is a table determined according to the number of times of the variable display from among a plurality of tables in which the variable patterns are defined, or a memory storing the variable patterns. For example, a predetermined range determined from the entire range of the area according to the number of times of the variable display.

In the gaming machine according to the present invention, the time-saving gaming state is set based on the execution of the variable display a predetermined number of times after the special game ends. As a result, unlike conventional gaming machines, it is possible to set a time-saving game state without having to decide to execute a special game (winning a jackpot) or execute a special game, so the game specifications have a high degree of freedom. can be designed, and it is possible to provide a novel game property that can enhance the interest of the player.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state set based on the execution of the special game, and the second time-saving game set based on the execution of a predetermined number of variable displays after the special game is finished In any state, since the variation pattern is determined based on the decision information determined according to the number of times of variation display after the end of the special game, the number of times of variation display to be referred to is switched for each time-saving game state. Reduce the processing load on hardware resources such as CPU and RAM when determining the above-mentioned decision information (predetermined range in the storage area where the table in which the variation pattern is defined and the variation pattern is stored, etc.) It becomes possible.

(2) In addition, the gaming machine according to the present invention includes a determining means capable of determining whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player, and a variation capable of executing a variation display according to a variation pattern based on the result of the determination. Display means, variation pattern determination means capable of determining the variation pattern, a non-time-saving gaming state in which a game with relatively low execution frequency of the variation display can be performed, and relatively execution of the variation display setting means capable of setting any one of a plurality of game states including at least a first time-saving game state and a second time-saving game state in which a game can be played with high frequency, wherein the setting means The first time-saving game state can be set based on the special game being executed, and the second time-saving game state can be set based on the execution of the variable display a predetermined number of times after the special game is completed. A time-saving gaming state can be set, and the variation pattern determination means can determine the variation pattern based on determination information determined according to the number of times of the variable display, and during the first time-saving gaming state , the variation pattern is determined based on the determination information determined according to the number of times of the variable display after the end of the special game, and during the second time-saving game state, the second time-saving game The variation pattern may be determined based on the determination information determined according to the number of times of the variation display after the state is set.

According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a gaming machine capable of imparting novel game features that enhance the interest of the player.

1 is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine; FIG. 1 is an external perspective view of a pachinko machine with a front door opened; FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine; FIG. It is a schematic front view of the inside of the attacker device of the pachinko machine. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit-or-fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit-or-fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit-or-fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit-or-fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit-or-fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit-or-fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory diagram of a special symbol random number determination table of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the special electric accessary product operation table of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory diagram of a game state setting table of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the variation pattern table of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit determination random number determination table of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory diagram of a normal symbol variation pattern determination table of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the 2nd start prize-winning opening control table of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the main process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the timer interrupt processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of sensor detection in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of gate detection in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of the first start winning opening detection processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing the outline of the second start winning opening detection processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the prior determination process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the process at the time of the specific area|region detection in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is the flowchart which shows the outline of the special figure related control processing in the main control baseplate of the pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the winning/wrong judging process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the variation pattern determination process in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of special symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the post-stop processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of a special game control process in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart showing an outline of a small winning game control process in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart showing an outline of special game end processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the normal figure related control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of normal symbol variation start processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of normal symbol variation stop processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing an outline of normal symbol stop post-processing in the main control board of the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the movable piece control processing in the main control board of a pachinko machine. It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the variation production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the fluctuation production|presentation determination table of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the execution ratio of the announcement production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the execution ratio of the look-ahead effect|action of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the special information production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the special information production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows an example of the aspect of the special information production|presentation of a pachinko machine. It is a time chart showing the progress of the pachinko machine variation effect and special notification effect. It is a time chart showing the progress of the pachinko machine variation effect and special notification effect. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the main process in the sub-control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows the outline of the timer interrupt processing in the sub-control board of a pachinko machine. It is a flow chart showing the outline of the variation pattern command reception processing in the sub-control board of the pachinko machine. It is explanatory drawing of the hit-or-fail random number determination table of the pachinko machine which concerns on a modification (2). It is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of the pachinko machine according to the modified example (36). It is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of the pachinko machine according to the modified example (36). It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine according to another application example 1. FIG. FIG. 12 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 3; It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine according to another application example 3. FIG. 20 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 4; It is a state transition diagram showing transition to each game state of the pachinko machine according to another example 4 of application. FIG. 11 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to another application example 5; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 5; FIG. 12 is a state transition diagram showing transitions to game states of the pachinko machine according to another application example 5; FIG. 21 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of a second start winning opening and a movable piece of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 6; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of post-stop processing of the pachinko machine according to another application example 6. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a time-saving activation count execution process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of special game end processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of RAM clearing processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of processing at the time of transmission of a specification designation command of a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activated in a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activated in a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activated in a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a display mode of the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activated in a pachinko machine according to another application example 6; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of a win/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 7; FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a win/fail random number determination table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 7; FIG. 21 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is an enlarged view of a specific second starting winning opening and a movable piece of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 20 is a state transition diagram showing transitions to game states of the pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a variation performance mode executed when a jackpot is won during a normal game state in a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of a variation performance mode executed when a jackpot is won during a normal game state in a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a special symbol variation start process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of special symbol variation stop processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of post-stop processing of the pachinko machine according to another application example 8. FIG. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing an outline of a time-saving activation count execution process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 29 is a flow chart showing an outline of a time-saving activation count start process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a special game ending process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an outline of a RAM clearing process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 8; FIG. FIG. 21 is a schematic front view of a game board of a pachinko machine according to another application example 9; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 9; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of a pachinko machine according to another application example 9; FIG. 20 is a state transition diagram showing transitions to game states of the pachinko machine according to another application example 9; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of various setting contents of the pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of a selection state value table of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 21 is an explanatory diagram of a variation pattern table referred to in a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a special symbol variation start process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of a game state setting process at the start of fluctuation of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of variation pattern determination processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of variation pattern table determination processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an outline of the pachinko machine count update process according to another application example 10; FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of post-stop processing of the pachinko machine according to another application example 10; 29 is a flowchart showing an outline of special game end processing of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing an outline of a RAM clearing process of a pachinko machine according to another application example 10; FIG.

BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
Here, the names of members, devices, etc., the names of means, symbols, step numbers, etc. (hereinafter referred to as symbols, etc.) used in the following embodiments and application examples, unless otherwise specified, and shall be used as specific to each application. Therefore, for convenience of explanation, the same reference numerals and the like may be used in the embodiment and each application example, but these indicate that they are the reference numerals and the like in the embodiment and each application example.
(External configuration of pachinko machine P)
The gaming machine according to this embodiment is a pachinko machine P that uses game balls as game media. Although not shown in particular, in a game hall where pachinko machines P are installed, a plurality of pachinko machines P are arranged side by side in a game machine installation area called an island, and a game for renting out game balls is provided. A ball lending device is installed adjacent to each pachinko machine P. Each pachinko machine P is connected to a corresponding game ball lending device R.
The game ball lending device R is capable of inserting a storage medium (card) in which value information necessary for inserting banknotes and lending game balls is stored. After inserting banknotes (or inserting a card) into the game ball lending device R, by performing a predetermined operation on the pachinko machine P, it is possible to receive game balls from the game ball lending device R. It is possible.

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. A body frame 2 which is a rectangular frame body attached to the machine frame 1 so as to be openable and closable by means of a hinge mechanism (not particularly shown), and which has a hollow portion (not particularly shown), and the body frame. A front door 3 is attached to the door 2 by a hinge mechanism (not particularly shown) so that it can be opened and closed, and has an opening (not particularly shown) formed in the front.

A speaker serving as an audio output device 10 is provided at the lower left portion of the machine frame 1, as shown in FIG. A game board 11 for forming a game area 12 is accommodated in the hollow portion of the body frame 2 . The front door 3 also has a transparent plate 4 covering the opening, an upper plate 6 and a receiving tray 7 positioned below the transparent plate 4 and capable of receiving game balls, and attached to the right of the receiving tray 7 for receiving game balls. An operation handle 5 for performing a shooting operation, and a speaker as an audio output device 10 attached one each to the upper left and right sides of the transparent plate 4 are provided.

In this pachinko machine P, when the body frame 2 is closed with respect to the machine frame 1 and the front door 3 is closed, the transparent plate 4 is positioned in front of the game board 11 with a gap therebetween. As a result, the game board 11 positioned behind can be viewed through the transparent plate 4 .

In addition, game balls rented by the game ball renting device R and prize balls paid out from the pachinko machine P are led to the upper plate 6.例文帳に追加The upper tray 6 can receive a predetermined amount of game balls, and when the upper tray 6 is filled with the game balls, the game balls to be lent or put out after that are guided to the receiving tray 7. It's like Also, although not shown, the bottom surface of the tray 7 is provided with a discharge hole for discharging the stored game balls and an opening/closing plate capable of opening and closing the discharge hole. In the normal state, the discharge hole is closed by the opening and closing plate, but by moving the opening and closing lever 8 (see FIG. 1) attached integrally with the opening and closing plate in the lateral direction, the opening and closing plate also moves in the same direction, and the discharge hole is discharged. A hole is opened. Thereby, the game ball can be dropped from the discharge hole and discharged to the outside of the receiving tray 7. - 特許庁

Further, the operating handle 5 is formed so that the player can rotate it in a predetermined direction. Then, when the player rotates the operating handle 5, the game balls received in the upper tray 6 are sent to a shooting device (not particularly shown), and are fired at an intensity corresponding to the rotation angle of the operating handle 5. A game ball is shot toward a game area 12 by a shooting device. The game balls shot in this manner are guided by a pair of rails 13 a and 13 b fixed to the game board 11 and rise to reach the game area 12 .

Here, the game area 12 is fixed to the game board 11 in the space formed between the game board 11 and the transparent plate 4 when the main body frame 2 and the front door 3 are closed with respect to the machine frame 1. It is a substantially circular portion partitioned by a pair of rails 13a and 13b, and is an area in which game balls can flow down.
As shown in FIG. 3, the game areas 12 are a first game area 12a which is an area on the left side as seen from the player facing the pachinko machine P, and an area on the right side as seen from the player who is facing the pachinko machine P. and the second game area 12b. These two game areas 12 are different in the possibility of game ball entry depending on the firing intensity of the launcher. Specifically, when the firing strength of the firing device is less than a predetermined strength (strength to the extent that the game ball fired by the firing device does not reach the highest point of the game area 12), the game ball is placed in the first game area Enter 12a. On the other hand, when the shooting intensity of the shooting device is equal to or higher than a predetermined intensity (strength that allows the game ball shot by the shooting device to reach the highest point in the game area 12), the game ball is sent to the second game area 12b. enter the

Further, within the game area 12, as shown in FIG. 3, there are a windmill and a large number of nails for making the flowing direction of the game balls irregular, a general winning hole 14 into which the game balls can enter, and a starting point. A first starting prize winning port 15 and a second starting winning prize port 16 as areas, a gate 20 through which game balls can pass, an attacker device 17 that operates when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and guides game balls out of the game area 12. An out port 19 and an effect display device 21 as an effect device for performing effects as the game progresses are provided. In addition, in FIG. 3, only some nails are shown and other nails are omitted.

As shown in FIG. 3, the general winning opening 14 is provided at a position slightly leftward from the lower center of the game area 12, and when a game ball enters the general winning opening 14, a predetermined number (5 in this embodiment) ) prize balls will be paid out.
The number and position of the general prize winning openings 14 are not particularly limited.

As shown in FIG. 3, the first starting winning opening 15 is provided at a position slightly lower than the center of the game area 12, and the second starting winning opening 16 is provided in the game area 12 as shown in FIG. It is located slightly above the center of the right part of the . In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, only game balls that flow down the first game area 12a can be entered into the first start winning hole 15, and game balls that flow down the second game area 12b can be entered. It is not possible to enter the ball. In addition, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can be entered into the second start winning opening 16, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot be entered.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 3, the second start winning opening 16 is provided with a movable piece 16b (ordinary electric accessory) that can be opened and closed. Then, when the movable piece 16b is closed, the second starting winning opening 16 is in a closed state, and the game ball cannot enter the second starting winning opening 16.例文帳に追加On the other hand, when the movable piece 16b is opened, the second start winning opening 16 is opened, and the movable piece 16b functions as a guide member for guiding the game ball toward the second starting winning opening 16. As a result, it is possible to enter the game ball into the second start winning hole 16. - 特許庁
In addition, the configuration of the movable piece 16b is not particularly limited. , a cover member that rotates in the front-rear direction about a horizontal axis relative to the game board 11 to open and close the second start-up prize-winning port 16, or slides up and down to open and close the second start-up prize-winning port. 16 may be configured by a shutter member that opens and closes.
In addition, the installation position of the first start prize winning port 15 and the second start prize winning port 16 is not particularly limited. The game balls flowing down the first game area 12a and the second game area 12b) may also be arranged at positions where they can easily enter.

Then, when the game ball enters the first starting prize winning port 15 or the second starting winning prize port 16, a predetermined number of prize balls are paid out, and whether or not the jackpot (hereinafter, also referred to as the jackpot success or failure) is won. , Whether or not to win the small hit described later (hereinafter, also referred to as the right or wrong of the small hit), and whether to grant the time-saving gaming state described later (hereinafter, also referred to as the right or wrong of the time-saving grant). One special symbol is determined from a plurality of predetermined special symbols according to the result of the lottery. A plurality of types are provided for the special symbols that can be determined, and depending on the type of the determined special symbols, execution of a special game advantageous to the player, execution of a small winning game, and provision of a time-saving game state (described later) Game profits such as setting of the first time-saving game state to be given).
In addition, the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16 is not particularly limited as long as it is one or more, and any number of prize balls may be paid out. good. In addition, the number of prize balls is the same between the starting winning port (second starting winning port 16) provided with the movable piece 16b and the starting winning port (first starting winning port 15) not provided with the movable piece 16b. , or may be different. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 is four, and the number of prize balls paid out based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 is four. The number of prize balls paid out is one.

The gate 20 is provided above the second starting prize opening 16, as shown in FIG. When the game ball passes through this gate 20, a lottery for normal symbols, which will be described later, is performed. Then, when the result of the lottery for the normal symbol is a win, the movable piece 16b provided in the above-described second start winning opening 16 is opened for a predetermined time.

The attacker device 17 is provided in the lower right portion of the game area 12 (below the second start winning opening 16), as shown in FIG. The attacker device 17 includes a large winning opening 18 into which a game ball can enter, and an opening/closing door 18b for opening and closing the large winning opening 18.例文帳に追加In the normal state, since the opening and closing door 18b is closed and the big winning opening 18 is closed, it is impossible to enter the game ball into the big winning opening 18. is executed, the opening/closing door 18b is opened to open the big winning opening 18, so that the game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 18. Specifically, during the above-mentioned special game, a round game in which the big winning opening 18 is opened is executed a plurality of times, and during the above-mentioned small winning game, the opening of the big winning opening 18 is one. It is designed to be held several times. When one game ball enters the big winning hole 18, a predetermined number of prize balls (10 in this embodiment) are paid out.
Also, as shown in FIG. 3, game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the big winning opening 18, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter. It's like In addition, although not shown in particular, the game balls flowing down the second game area 12b are nailed so that almost all of them can reach the big winning opening 18 except for those that have entered the second starting winning opening 16. and windmills are installed. Therefore, as long as the big winning hole 18 is in the open state, the game ball will enter the big winning hole 18 if the game ball continues to be launched.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 4(a) and 4(b), inside the attacker device 17, there is provided a rolling road 51 on which a game ball entering the big winning opening 18 can roll leftward. there is This turning road 51 branches into an upper passage 52 and a lower passage 53 at a predetermined position in the rolling direction. A region 58 is provided, and at the end of the lower passage 53 is provided a specific region 57 into which a game ball that has entered the big winning opening 18 can enter (see FIGS. 4(a) and 4(b)).

Further, as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, a distribution member for distributing game balls to either the upper passage 52 or the lower passage 53 is provided at the position where the upper passage 52 and the lower passage 53 diverge. 59 are provided. The sorting member 59 is rotatable about an axis orthogonal to the game board 11, and has a first position that opens the path to the upper passage 52 and blocks the path to the lower passage 53, and a position that opens the passage to the upper passage 52. and a second position that blocks the path to the lower passage 53 and opens the path to the lower passage 53 . Then, the game ball entered into the special winning opening 18 proceeds to the upper passage 52 and enters the general area 58 when the distribution member 59 is positioned at the first position, and when the distribution member 59 is positioned at the second position. When it is there, it advances to the lower passage 53 and enters the specific area 57 .

In addition, although not shown, the attacker device 17 includes a specific area discharge port for discharging game balls that have entered the specific region 57 to the outside of the big winning opening 18 (back side of the game board 11), and a general area. A general area discharge port is provided for discharging game balls that have entered 58 to the outside of the big prize winning port 18 (back side of the game board 11).

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the mode (opening/closing pattern) of the opening/closing of the door 18b in the round game executed during the above-described special game and the sorting are performed for each type of special symbol determined when the jackpot is won. The operation mode (operation pattern) of the member 59 is set.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a predetermined number (one in this embodiment) of game balls enter the specific area 57 during a specific round game, the game state after the special game ends is the player's It is set to a game state that combines a high probability game state and a time saving game state which are advantageous game states for. On the other hand, when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during a specific round game (that is, when all game balls entering the big winning opening 18 enter the general area 58), The game state after the end of the special game is set to a game state (normal game state) combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state.
The opening/closing pattern of the opening/closing door 18b, the operation pattern of the distribution member 59, and the setting of the game state will be described in detail later.
In addition, as described above, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high probability game state or the time saving game state by entering the predetermined number of game balls into the specific area 57 in the round game during the special game. Instead, the game state after the end of the special game may be set to a high-probability game state or a time-saving game state according to the type of special symbol determined when a big hit is won. For example, when a jackpot is won and a specific special pattern is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a game state combining a high probability game state and a time saving game state (high probability time saving game state). However, if a special pattern other than a specific special pattern is determined, the game state after the special game is set to a game state (normal game state) that combines a low probability game state and a non-time-saving game state. may be made. Thus, when the game state after the end of the special game is determined according to the type of the special symbol, there is no need to provide the specific area 57 described above.

Out port 19, as shown in FIG. It accepts game balls that did not enter the ball. The game balls received by the out port 19 are guided to the back side of the game board 11 and collected.

The effect display device 21 is provided substantially in the center of the game area 12, as shown in FIG. A liquid crystal display device is used as the effect display device 21 in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. In addition, the effect display device 21 is provided with a display unit 21a for displaying images such as moving images and still images. dummy symbols) are variably displayed, and by the stop display mode of each of the performance symbols 50, a variable performance is performed to inform the player of the result of the lottery.
Note that the effect display device 21 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device. For example, a drum-type display device or the like that uses a plurality of drums with patterns on the outer periphery to display various images may be used.

The pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes a performance display device 21 as a performance device, a speaker as the above-described audio output device 10, and a performance lighting device 23 that performs performance by emitting light in various colors and lighting patterns. lamp (see FIG. 1).
Note that the production device is not limited to these, and for example, a production accessory device or the like that can be moved in various timings and modes may be provided.

In addition, at the front position of the upper tray 6, an effect operation device 9 is provided, which can be operated by the player to advance or switch effects that are executed during a game, waiting, or the like. The effect operation device 9 in this embodiment is composed of an operation dial 9a which is a circular ring-shaped frame and can be rotated, and an operation button 9b which is fitted in the operation dial 9a and can be pressed. . When the operation dial 9a is rotated or the operation button 9b is pressed while a predetermined effect is being executed by the effect display device 21, various effects such as a variable effect progress or a different display is displayed. It is designed to
Note that the effect operation device 9 is not limited to the operation dial 9a, the operation button 9b, etc., and may be provided with a cross key or the like that allows input in the up, down, left, and right directions. In addition, the operation dial 9a, the operation button 9b, and the like may be provided, and the above-described cross key may be provided separately.

Further, as shown in FIG. 3, in the lower right part of the game board 11 and outside the game area 12, there is a first special symbol display device 30 as a device for displaying various situations regarding the game. , a second special symbol display device 31, a first special symbol reservation display device 38, a second special symbol reservation display device 39, a normal symbol display device 32 and a normal symbol reservation display device 33 are provided.

Further, as described above, the game ball lending device R is electrically connected to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. The pachinko machine P is designed to be accepted. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine P has a value information display device 35 that displays value information (balance information) stored in the card, a ball lending button 36 that can be pressed, and a button 36 that can be pressed. A card return button 37 is provided.

(Configuration of control means of pachinko machine P)
Next, control means for controlling games and effects of the pachinko machine P will be described.
The control means described above is composed of various control boards, and more specifically, as shown in FIG. A launch payout control board 200 for controlling payout, a sub-control board 300 for controlling various effects, and a game ball lending control board 400 for relaying operations to the game ball lending device R are provided.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 is connected with the launch payout control board 200 and the sub control board 300, and the launch payout control board 200 is connected with the game ball lending control board 400. there is Furthermore, the main control board 100 and the launch payout control board 200 are connected to an external information terminal board 500 for outputting various information on the progress of the game to the outside of the pachinko machine P (for example, a hall computer in a game hall, etc.). It is
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the launch payout control board 200 controls both the launch of game balls and the payout of prize balls. board) and a board for controlling the payout of prize balls (payout control board) may be provided separately.

Moreover, although not shown, a power supply board is connected to each board provided in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment. This power supply board is provided with a backup power supply, and when the voltage value of the power supplied to the pachinko machine P falls below a predetermined value, it is determined that power has been cut off, and a power cutoff signal is output to the main control board 100. .

The main control board 100 controls the game performed in the pachinko machine P, and more specifically, it starts when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 or the second starting winning hole 16. A special pattern game (lottery, determination of special patterns, fluctuation display of special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as fluctuation of special patterns)), a general pattern game that is started when the game ball passes through the gate 20 ( Lottery of normal symbols, variation display of normal symbols (hereinafter also referred to as variation of normal symbols), etc., special games advantageous to the player, small winning games, etc. are controlled.
As shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 includes a main CPU 101 for performing various arithmetic processing, a main ROM 102 for storing control programs for progressing the game, data necessary for the game, tables, etc. and a main RAM 103 used as a temporary storage area or the like.
The main CPU 101 reads the control program stored in the main ROM 102 and performs arithmetic processing based on signals from each detection sensor and timer, which will be described later. Commands are sent to other boards based on the results of processing.

Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the main control board 100 includes a general winning hole detection sensor 14a for detecting that a game ball has entered the general winning hole 14, and a game ball entering the first starting winning hole 15. A first start winning hole detection sensor 15a for detecting that a game ball has landed, a second start winning hole detection sensor 16a for detecting that a game ball has entered a second start winning hole 16, and a game ball to a big winning hole 18. A large winning hole detection sensor 18a that detects that a ball has entered, a gate detection sensor 20a that detects that a game ball has passed through the gate 20, and a fraud detection sensor that detects magnetism, radio waves, etc. directed to the game board 11. 35 and a specific area detection sensor 57a for detecting that a game ball has entered the specific area 57 are connected. Detection signals output from these detection sensors are input to the main control board 100 .
It should be noted that the sensors connected to the main control board 100 are not limited to these, and for example, a general area detection sensor or the like that detects that a game ball has entered the general area 58 may be provided.

Further, the main control board 100 includes, as devices to be controlled, a starting prize winning opening solenoid 16c that drives the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning prize opening 16 to open and close, and a opening and closing door 18b of the big winning prize opening 18. A large winning opening solenoid 18c, a distribution member solenoid 59c for displacing the distribution member 59, a first special symbol display device 30, a second special symbol display device 31, a normal symbol display device 32, and a first special symbol reservation display. The device 38, the second special figure reservation display device 39, and the normal design reservation display device 33 are connected.
By driving each solenoid by the main control board 100, opening/closing control of the second starting prize winning port 16 and the big winning prize port 18 and displacement control of the distribution member 59 are performed, and display control of each display device is performed. It is supposed to be done.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a plurality of stages from a set value 1 to a set value 6 are defined as the setting regarding the ball output. are different. For example, the set value 6 is set so that the probability of winning the jackpot is higher than the set value 1, and the higher the probability of winning the jackpot, the higher the possibility of winning the prize ball. By changing the set value, the payout amount of prize balls assumed in the pachinko machine P changes. The success/failure random number determination table 110 used in a success/fail lottery, which will be described later, is provided corresponding to each of the set values 1 to 6, and when the set value is changed, the success/failure random number determination table 110 provided for each set value is displayed. The entire table 110 is changed.
Although not shown, the main control board 100 is provided with a RAM clear switch and a setting switch that are used to change the above set values. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the power is turned on with the front door 3 open and both the RAM clear switch and the setting switch turned on, the setting value is changed to a setting change state. . In this setting change state, the setting value can be changed by operating the RAM clear switch.

The launch payout control board 200, although not particularly shown, is equipped with a CPU, a ROM, and a RAM in the same manner as the main control board 100, and is connected to the main control board 100 so as to be able to communicate bidirectionally. .

As shown in FIG. 5, the launch payout control board 200 includes a touch sensor 5a for detecting that a player touches the operating handle 5, and a touch sensor 5a for detecting that the player touches the operating handle 5, as devices for controlling the shooting of game balls. An operation volume 5b for detecting an angle (rotational angle), a shooting stop switch 5c for stopping shooting of game balls, and a ball feeder for sending game balls received in the upper tray 6 to a shooting device (not shown). A solenoid 60 and a shooting motor 61 for shooting game balls are connected. Further, control signals output from the touch sensor 5a, the operation volume 5b, and the firing stop switch 5c are input to the firing payout control board 200. FIG.

When the control signal from the touch sensor 5a and the operation volume 5b is input to the ejection payout control board 200, control is performed to energize the ball feed solenoid 60 and the ejection motor 61 to shoot the game ball. Also, while the ball feeding solenoid 60 and the shooting motor 61 are energized, the game balls are continuously shot at intervals of 0.6 seconds (i.e., a shooting pace of 100 balls per minute). . On the other hand, when the control signal from the firing stop switch 5c is input to the firing payout control board 200, the energization of the ball feeding solenoid 60 and the firing motor 61 is stopped to stop the firing of the game balls.
A rotary solenoid may be used instead of the shooting motor 61 as a device for shooting game balls.

Also, as shown in FIG. 5, the launch payout control board 200 is provided with a game ball stored in a game ball storage section (not particularly shown) as a device for controlling the payout of game balls. A payout motor 62 for putting out balls and a payout counting switch 63 for detecting and counting the put out game balls are connected. When the ejection payout control board 200 receives the payout number command transmitted from the main control board 100, the ejection payout control board 200 pays out a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) based on the payout number command. The payout motor 62 is controlled as follows. At this time, the number of game balls put out is counted by the payout counting switch 63, and it is possible to determine whether or not a predetermined number of game balls (prize balls) have been put out.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 5, the firing payout control board 200 includes a front door open detection sensor 3a for detecting the open state of the front door 3 and a tray full tank detection sensor 7a for detecting the full tank state of the tray 7. , are connected.

When the front door open detection sensor 3a detects that the front door 3 is open, it outputs an open detection signal to the ejection payout control board 200. While the front door 3 is open, the open detection signal is output. output continuously. Then, the launch payout control board 200 transmits a door opening command to the main control board 100 when the open detection signal is input. On the other hand, when the front door open detection sensor 3a stops detecting that the front door 3 is open, it turns off and stops outputting the door open detection signal. When the input of the door open detection signal stops, the launch payout control board 200 determines that the front door 3 is closed, and stops sending the door open command to the main control board 100 .

The tray full detection sensor 7 a is provided at a predetermined position of the tray 7 . When the receiving tray 7 is filled with a predetermined amount or more of game balls to be paid out as prize balls, the stored game balls reach the above-described predetermined position.
The receiving tray full tank detection sensor 7a is turned on when it detects that the game balls have reached the above-described predetermined position, and outputs a receiving tray detection signal to the discharge payout control board 200. While reaching the predetermined position, the tray detection signal is continuously output. Then, the launch payout control board 200 transmits a saucer full command to the main control board 100 when the saucer detection signal is input. On the other hand, when the receiving tray full detection sensor 7a no longer detects that the game ball has reached the predetermined position, it turns off and stops outputting the receiving tray detection signal. Then, when the input of the saucer detection signal stops, the launch payout control board 200 determines that the full state of the saucer 7 has been cancelled, and stops sending the saucer full command to the main control board 100 .

Further, as described above, the game ball lending control board 400 that relays the operation to the game ball lending device R is connected to the launch payout control board 200 . As shown in FIG. 5, the launch payout control board 200 includes, via the game ball lending control board 400, a value information display device 35, a ball lending switch 36a for detecting pressing operation of the ball lending button 36, and a card return controller. A card return switch 37a for detecting a pressing operation of the button 37 is connected.

When the ball lending button 36 is pressed, a detection signal output from the ball lending switch 36a is input to the launch payout control board 200, and the launch payout control board 200 sends the game ball to the game ball lending device R. to send a lending request signal requesting the lending of the Then, when the game ball lending device R receives the lending request signal, the game ball lending device R performs a process of subtracting predetermined value information from the stored value information and corresponds to the subtracted value information. Control is performed to pay out the number of game balls to be set.
Further, when the card return button 37 is pressed, a detection signal output from the card return switch 37a is input to the launch payout control board 200, and the launch payout control board 200 instructs the game ball lending device R to Send a return request signal to request the return of the card. When the game ball lending device R receives the return request signal, the game ball lending device R controls to discharge the card.

The sub-control board 300 controls effects that are executed during a game, standby, or the like.
As shown in FIG. 5, the sub-control board 300 includes a sub-CPU 301 for performing various arithmetic processing, a sub-ROM 302 for storing control programs for executing effects, data and tables required for executing effects, and calculations. A sub-RAM 303 used as a temporary storage area or the like during processing is provided, and is connected so as to enable one-way communication from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300 .
Then, the sub CPU 301 reads out the control program stored in the sub ROM 302 based on commands transmitted from the main control board 100 and signals from the timer, performs arithmetic processing, and performs image control for controlling image display. A board (not shown in particular), a sound control board (not shown in particular) for controlling audio output, and an illumination control board (not shown in particular) for controlling lighting , to send a command for effect execution.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as described above, the voice control board and the lighting control board are provided separately, but the functions of these boards are integrated into one board (voice lighting control board). ) may be provided, and the substrate may control both audio output and lighting.

Further, the sub-control board 300 is connected with the effect display device 21 through the image control board, and is connected with the sound output device 10 through the sound control board. Further, the sub-control board 300 includes, via the electric decoration control board, the effect lighting device 23, a rotation operation detection sensor 9c for detecting a rotation operation of the operation dial 9a, and a depression operation sensor for detecting a depression operation of the operation button 9b. are connected to the detection sensor 9d.

The image control board includes an image CPU, an image ROM, an image RAM, etc., although not shown. The image ROM of the image control board stores image data such as the effect pattern 50 displayed on the effect display device 21 and the background. Then, based on the command transmitted from the sub control board 300, the image CPU controls the image display by the effect display device 21 by storing the image data read from the image ROM in the image RAM.

The audio control board includes a sound chip (CPU), a sound ROM, a sound RAM, etc., although not shown. The sound ROM stores sound data such as voices and BGM output from the voice output device 10 . Then, based on the command transmitted from the sub control board 300, the sound data read from the sound ROM is stored in the sound RAM, thereby controlling the sound output from the sound output device 10. FIG.

The illumination control board controls the lighting of the illumination by the effect lighting device 23 based on the command from the sub-control board 300 . In addition, the electric decoration control board outputs a rotation operation detection signal output from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c based on the rotation operation of the operation dial 9a, or a depression signal output from the depression operation detection sensor 9d based on the depression operation of the operation button 9b. When the operation detection signal is input, it transmits a predetermined command to the sub control board 300 .

(Overview of Pachinko Machine P Game)
Next, a game in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment will be described based on various tables stored in the main ROM 102. FIG.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P of this embodiment, the special game and the normal game progress in parallel. In addition, as the game state when proceeding with these two games, either a low probability game state (so-called non-probability variable state) or a high probability game state (so-called probability change state), and a non-time-saving game state or time-saving game Any game state of the state and any game state combined with are set. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, two of the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state are provided as the time-saving game state, and one of the time-saving game states is set. there is
Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the game state (hereinafter referred to as normal game state) combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state are combined Game state (hereinafter referred to as the first low-probability time-saving game state), a game state combining a low-probability game state and a second time-saving game state (hereinafter, referred to as a second low-probability time-saving game state), or a high probability game state and Any game state of the game state combining the second time-saving game state (hereinafter referred to as high-probability time-saving game state) is set.

Here, the low-probability game state and the high-probability game state are game states in which the probability of winning a jackpot is set to be different by a lottery to be described later. The probability to do is set to a value higher than the low probability game state. That is, during the high-probability game state, it is easier to win a big hit by lottery than during the low-probability game state.

In addition, the non-time-saving game state and the time-saving game state are game states in which the degrees of difficulty of entering the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 are set to be different, respectively, and in the time-saving game state, the non-time-saving game It is set so that the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the open state (that is, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be in the open state). That is, it is easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning opening 16 during the time-saving gaming state than during the non-time-saving gaming state.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, two of the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state are provided as the time-saving game state. It is set so that the movable piece 16b is more easily maintained in the open state than in the one-hour short game state. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the game ball is most likely to enter the second start winning opening 16 during the second time saving game state, and then the second starting winning opening 16 during the first time saving game state A game ball is easily entered into the second start winning hole 16 during a non-time-saving game state.
In the initial state immediately after shipment from the factory or after resetting, the normal game state is set.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball that is launched by a launcher (not shown) and flows down the game area 12 enters the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16, a winning lottery is performed. is performed, and a special symbol associated with a game profit based on the result of the lottery is determined. In the winning lottery in this form, first, the determination of the winning of the jackpot is performed, and if the determination result that the jackpot has not been won (hereinafter also referred to as the jackpot non-winning) is derived, then the small hit If the judgment is made and the judgment result that the small hit has not been won (hereinafter also referred to as non-winning of the small hit) is derived, then No, in other words, whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state) is determined, and the determination result that the time-saving gaming state is not granted (hereinafter also referred to as non-winning of time-saving granting) is derived. It will fail.
Then, when the determination result of the winning of the big win is derived by this lottery (that is, when the big win is won), the big winning hole 18 is opened and the game ball can enter the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加A special game is executed, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to any one of a normal game state, a second low-probability time-saving game state, or a high-probability time-saving game state. That is, after the end of the special game, it is designed to shift to either the normal game state, the second low probability time saving game state or the high probability time saving game state.

In addition, when the determination result of the winning of the small winning is derived by the above-mentioned lottery (that is, winning the small winning), the large winning opening 18 is opened and the game ball can be entered into the big winning opening 18. A small winning game is executed. Then, in this small winning game, when the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, a predetermined number of game balls are paid out as described above. In addition, the game state after the end of the small winning game remains the game state before the start of the small winning game. That is, when the small winning game is executed, the game state is not changed.

In addition, when the determination result (hereinafter also referred to as winning of the time saving grant) is derived to give the time saving game state by the above-mentioned success or failure lottery, the first time saving game state is set without changing the low probability game state It has become. In other words, when the time saving provision is elected by the above-mentioned success or failure lottery, the game state shifts from the normal game state to the first low probability time saving game state. On the other hand, if the time-saving provision is not won by the above-mentioned lottery, the game state remains in the normal game state.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, determination of the appropriateness of time reduction provision is performed only in the winning lottery during the normal game state, and determination of the appropriateness of time reduction provision is not performed in the winning lottery during other game states. . Therefore, during other game states, since the determination result of the winning of the time saving provision is not derived, the game state is not changed without passing through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15. As shown in FIG. In addition, the game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning opening 16, and enter the big winning opening 18.例文帳に追加
Then, during the normal game state and the first low-probability time-saving game state, the game ball is launched to the player toward the first game area 12a so that the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 ( so-called left-handed), during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state and during the special game, the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, or the game ball passes through the gate 20 and The player is made to launch a game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so as to enter the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加
Specifically, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state, and during the special game, the effect display device 21 displays an instruction to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b. Therefore, during the normal game state and during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the effect display device 21 displays an instruction to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a.

The winning lottery is used to determine various random numbers that are acquired when a game ball enters the first starting prize winning port 15 or the second starting winning prize port 16, and the random numbers that are stored in the main ROM 102. It is done based on various tables of
Here, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment is a random number used to determine the result of the lottery (big win, small win, provision of time-saving gaming state or loss) as a random number related to the determination of the win/loss lottery and special symbols. It has a special symbol random number used to determine the type of special symbol, and a variation pattern random number used to determine a variation pattern command to be described later.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a hardware random number built in the main control board 100 is used as the hit/fail random number. The success/fail random numbers are updated according to a certain rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed each time the random number sequence makes a round, and the start value is changed each time the system is reset.
Further, the variation pattern command is for determining the pattern (variation time, mode) of variation production that can notify the result of the lottery. The random numbers used to determine the variation pattern command are not limited to those described above. For example, other random numbers may be used in addition to these random numbers.

Then, when a game ball enters the first starting winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, random numbers are obtained for the above random numbers, and each random number is stored in the reserved storage area of the main RAM 103. It's like
This reserved storage area stores each random number (hereinafter referred to as the first special random number) obtained by entering the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and relating to the determination of the winning lottery and special symbols. Each random value of the random number related to the determination of the winning lottery and the special symbol (hereinafter referred to as the second special figure A second reserved storage area for storing random numbers). These reserved storage areas are each composed of a total of four storage units from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, a total of four sets of the first special random numbers, and a total of four Group storage is possible.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, the first special random number is stored in order from the first storage part of the first reservation storage area. It's becoming For example, in a state where the first special random number is not stored in any storage unit of the first reserved storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, it is acquired with this as a trigger. The first special random number is stored in the first storage section of the first reserved storage area. Also, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage part of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, it is acquired with this as a trigger. The first special random number is stored in the second storage section of the first reserved storage area. Also, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit and the second storage unit of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this The first special random number acquired at the opportunity is stored in the third storage section of the first reserved storage area. In addition, in the state where the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit to the third storage unit of the first reservation storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this The first special random number acquired at the opportunity is stored in the fourth storage unit of the first reserved storage area. Then, in the state in which the first special random number is stored in the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit of the first reserved storage area, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, this entry The first special random number related to the sphere is not stored.

Similarly, when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16, the second special random numbers are stored in order from the first storage part of the second reservation storage area. Since the specific storage process is the same as the above-described storage of the first special random number, the description is omitted.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of pairs of the first special random numbers (hereinafter referred to as the first reservation number) stored in the first reservation storage area is the first reservation number counter (especially shown ) and stored in the second reservation storage area (hereinafter referred to as the second reservation number) is the second reservation number counter (not shown) It is designed to be remembered.
In this specification, as described above, the storage of the first special random number and the second special random number in the reserved storage area is also referred to as "reserved" or "reserved storage". The number or the second pending number is also simply referred to as the "holding number".

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment includes a success/failure random number determination table 110 for determining the result of the lottery, a special symbol random number determination table 111 for determining the type of special symbol, and a special symbol random number determination table 111 which is executed when a jackpot is won. Special electric role product operation table 112 for controlling the small winning game that is executed when winning a special game and a small winning, after the determination result of giving the time saving game state is derived (the first A game state setting table 113 for setting the game state after the time-saving pattern is determined to set the time-saving game state) or after the special game is finished, and a variation for determining the variation pattern command. It has a pattern table 114 .
Note that the tables relating to the lottery and the like are not limited to these, and other tables may be provided as appropriate when it is necessary to make judgments or decisions based on random numbers.

The success/failure random number determination table 110 is for determining the result of the success/failure lottery (winning the jackpot, winning the small prize, winning or losing the short-time award), and is roughly divided into the success/failures referred to in the low-probability gaming state. A random number determination table 110 (hereinafter referred to as table A) and a win/loss random number determination table 110 (hereinafter referred to as table B) referred to in the high probability game state are provided. Also, as shown in FIGS. 6 to 11, each of the tables A and B has six types corresponding to the set values being set.

Specifically, the table A includes a table A1 that is referred to when the setting value is "1", a table A2 that is referred to when the setting value is "2", and a setting value of "3". Table A3 referred to when the setting value is "4", Table A4 referred to when the setting value is "5", and Table A5 referred to when the setting value is "6" A table A6 is provided which is referenced in the case.
Table B includes table B1 that is referenced when the setting value is "1", table B2 that is referenced when the setting value is "2", and table B that is referenced when the setting value is "3". B3, a table B4 referred to when the setting value is "4", a table B5 referred to when the setting value is "5", and a table referred to when the setting value is "6" B6 is provided.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 or the second starting winning hole 16, one win/fail random number within the numerical range of 0-65535 is acquired. Then, according to the set value set in the pachinko machine P and the game state at the time of the winning/failing lottery, one of the winning/failing random number determination tables 110 is selected, and the acquired winning/failing random number is selected. The result of the lottery is determined based on the success/failure random number determination table 110 .

As shown in FIG. 6(a), according to the table A1, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1373, it is determined to be a big win, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for the time saving grant, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1374 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A1 is about 1/175, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 7(a), according to the table A2, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1384, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined that the small hit is won. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for time saving, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1385 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A2 is about 1/170, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time saving grant is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 8(a), according to the table A3, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1396, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is decided that the small hit is won. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for the time saving grant, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1397 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A3 is about 1/165, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 9(a), according to the table A4, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1408, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined that the small hit is won. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for time saving, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1409 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A4 is about 1/160, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 10(a), according to the table A5, it is determined that the winning of the jackpot is won when the random number is 1000 to 1421, and the winning of the small hit is determined when the random number is 2000 to 3309. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for the time saving grant, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1422 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A5 is about 1/155, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction award is about 1/100.

As shown in FIG. 11 (a), according to the table A6, it is determined that the winning of the jackpot is won when the random number is 1000 to 1434, and the winning of the small hit is determined when the random number is 2000 to 3309. It is determined that if the random number is 3310 to 3964, it is determined to be elected for the time saving grant, and if it is a random number other than this (0 to 999, 1435 to 1999, 3965 to 65535), it is determined to be lost. . Therefore, the probability of winning the jackpot in this table A6 is about 1/150, the probability of winning the small win is about 1/50, and the probability of winning the time reduction grant is about 1/100.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6(b), according to the table B1, it is determined that the jackpot is won when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1484, and the small hit is won when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309. It is judged as winning, and if it is other random numbers (0-999, 1485-1999, 3310-65535), it is judged as losing. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B1 is about 1/135, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 7(b), according to the table B2, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1503, it is determined to be a big hit, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small hit. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1504 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B2 is about 1/130, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 8(b), according to the table B3, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1523, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is decided that the small hit is won. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1524 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B3 is about 1/125, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 9(b), according to the table B4, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1545, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined that the small hit is won. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1546 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B4 is about 1/120, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 10(b), according to the table B5, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1568, it is determined to be a big win, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is determined to be a small win. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1569 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B5 is about 1/115, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As shown in FIG. 11(b), according to the table B6, when the hit/fail random number is 1000 to 1594, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the hit/fail random number is 2000 to 3309, it is decided that the small hit is won. Random numbers other than these (0 to 999, 1595 to 1999, 3310 to 65535) are determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning a big win in this table B6 is about 1/110, and the probability of winning a small win is about 1/50.

As described above, the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referenced in the high probability gaming state and the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referenced in the low probability gaming state (for example, table A1 and table B1 etc.), the success/failure random number determination table 110 referred to in the high-probability gaming state is set to have a higher probability of winning a jackpot than the success/failure random number determination table 110 referred to in the low-probability gaming state. ing.
In addition, the numerical range of the hit/fail random number determined to be the winning of the jackpot in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referred to in the low probability game state is the same set value as the hit/fail random number determination table 110, which is associated with the high probability game. It is included in the numerical range of the hit/fail random numbers determined as winning the jackpot in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referenced in the state (specifically, the lower limit value in the numerical range determined as winning the jackpot is the same, and different upper limits). That is, the hit/fail random number determined to be a big hit in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referred to in the low probability game state is associated with the same set value, and the hit/fail random number determination table 110 referred to in the high probability game state. But it will be judged as a big hit.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the numerical range of hit/fail random numbers determined as winning the jackpot is set so that the lower limit is the same and the upper limit is different. , and may be set so that the upper limit is the same and the lower limit is different.

Also, in any table, the numerical range of hit/fail random numbers determined to win a small win is outside the numerical range of hit/fail random numbers determined to win a big win, and the upper and lower limits of the numerical range are the same. This is set so that the odds of winning a small prize are the same. That is, regardless of the set value and the game state (high-probability game state, low-probability game state), it is determined that the winning of the small hit is made with the same probability.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, it is possible to win a small prize in the winning lottery based on either the first special random number or the second special random number, but it is not limited to this. It may be set so that it is possible to win a small prize only in the winning lottery based on the first special random number, or it is set so that it is possible to win a small winning only in the winning lottery based on the second special random number. good too.

In addition, the success or failure random number determination table 110 (table A1, table A2, table A3, table A4, table A5, table A6) referred to in the low probability gaming state is a numerical value of the success or failure random number that is determined to be winning the time saving grant The range is set so that the upper and lower limits of the numerical range are the same, and the probability of winning the short-time award is the same. is set to be Therefore, during the normal game state, regardless of the setting value that is set, it will be determined with the same probability that the winning of time reduction grant.
In addition, as described above, in the winning lottery in the game state other than the normal gaming state, since the determination of the success or failure of the time saving grant is not performed, the success or failure random number determination table 110 (table B1, table B2, None of the table B3, table B4, table B5, and table B6) is provided with a numerical area for determining the winning of time saving grant. Therefore, during the high-probability gaming state, it is not determined that the time-saving grant is won.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the numerical range determined to win the big win, the numerical range determined to win the small win, and the numerical range determined to win the time-saving award are all continuous. Although it is configured by a range of numerical values, it is not limited to this, and may be configured by a discontinuous numerical range including numerical values that result in a failure between them.

The special symbol random number determination table 111 is for determining the type of special symbol, and as shown in FIGS. It has a first starting winning opening determination table 111a to be referred to and a second starting winning opening determination table 111b to be referred to when a winning lottery is performed by a second special random number.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball enters the first start prize winning port 15 or the second start prize winning port 16, one special symbol random number within the numerical range of 0-199 is obtained. Then, when the above-mentioned lottery is performed, the special symbol random number determination table of either the first start winning hole determination table 111a or the second start winning hole determination table 111b according to the starting winning hole into which the game ball entered. 111 is selected, and based on the acquired special symbol random number and the selected special symbol random number determination table 111, the type of special symbol is determined.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, four types of jackpot patterns (X1, X2, X3, X4) are provided as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as jackpot patterns) determined when a jackpot is won. , In addition, two types of small winning patterns (Y1, Y2) are provided as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as small winning patterns) that are determined when a small winning is won. 7 types of time-saving patterns (J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7) are provided as special patterns (hereinafter also referred to as time-saving patterns) that are determined when this occurs, and in the case of loss Two types of losing symbols (Z1, Z2) are provided as special symbols (hereinafter, also referred to as losing symbols) that are determined for the second game.

As shown in FIG. 12(a), according to the first start winning hole determination table 111a, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot symbol X1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 1, When the special symbol random number is 2-139, the big winning symbol X2 is determined, and when the special symbol random number is 140-199, the big winning symbol X3 is determined. That is, in the first start winning hole determination table 111a, when the jackpot is won, the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X1 is 1%, the probability of deciding the jackpot pattern X2 is 69%, and the jackpot pattern X3. is determined with a probability of 30%.
In addition, when winning a small hit, the small hit pattern Y1 is determined when the special pattern random number is 0 to 99, and the small hit pattern Y2 is determined when the special pattern random number is 100 to 199. be done. That is, in the first start winning hole determination table 111a, when a small win is won, the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y1 and the probability of determining the small winning pattern Y2 are both 50%. ing.
In addition, when winning the time saving grant, the time saving pattern J1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 99, and the time saving pattern J2 is determined when the special symbol random number is 100 to 149, When the special symbol random number is 150 to 183, the time saving pattern J3 is determined, when the special symbol random number is 184 to 193, the time saving pattern J4 is determined, and when the special symbol random number is 194 to 197. A time saving pattern J5 is determined, and a time saving pattern J6 is determined when the special symbol random number is 198-199. That is, in the first start winning opening determination table 111a, when the time saving award is won, the probability that the time saving pattern J1 is determined is 50%, the probability that the time saving pattern J2 is determined is 25%, and the time saving pattern The probability that J3 is decided is 17%, the probability that the time saving pattern J4 is decided is 5%, the probability that the time saving pattern J5 is decided is 2%, and the probability that the time saving pattern J6 is decided is 1%.
In addition, in the case of losing, when the special symbol random number is 0-19, the losing symbol Z1 is determined, and when the special symbol random number is 20-199, the losing symbol Z2 is determined. That is, in the first start winning hole determination table 111a, the probability that the losing symbol Z1 is determined is 10%, and the probability that the losing symbol Z2 is determined is 90%.

As shown in FIG. 12(b), according to the second start winning hole determination table 111b, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined when the special symbol random number is 0 to 139, When the special symbol random number is 140 to 199, the jackpot symbol X4 is determined. That is, in the second start winning hole determination table 111b, when a big win is won, the probability that the big win symbol X1 is determined is 70%, and the probability that the big win symbol X4 is determined is 30%. .
Also, in the case of winning the time saving grant, when the special symbol random number is 0 to 199 (that is, no matter what value the special symbol random number is), the time saving design J7 is determined. That is, in the second start winning opening determination table 111b, the probability that the time saving pattern J7 is determined when winning the time saving award is 100%.
It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 12 (b), the type of small hit pattern determined when winning a small hit and the probability of determining the type, and the type of losing pattern determined in the case of losing The determination probability of the type is set to the same content as the first start winning hole determination table 111a.

The special electric role product operation table 112 is for controlling a special game that is executed when a big win is won and a small winning game that is executed when a small win is won. It is referred to for activating the big winning opening solenoid 18c and the distribution member solenoid 59c during execution of the small winning game. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. An operation table 112a, a second operation table 112b referred to when a big win is won and a big win symbol X2 is determined, and a third operation table referred to when a big win is won and a big win symbol X3 or X4 is determined. 112c, and a fourth operation table 112d that is referred to when a small win is won and a small win symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined.

Specifically, when a big win is won and a big win symbol X1 is determined, a special game is executed with reference to the first operation table 112a shown in FIG. 13(a). According to this first operation table 112a, either the big winning hole 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds or 10 game balls enter the big winning hole 18, and the end is established. A round game is executed a total of 10 times from 1 round to 10 rounds. Further, during execution of each round game, the open/close door 18b is displaced from the closed position to the open position, remains at the open position for 29.0 seconds, and then displaces from the open position to the closed position (open/close pattern). As a result, the big winning opening 18 is opened only once, and the time (that is, the interval time) during which the big winning opening 18 closes between each round game is set to 2.0 seconds.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13(a), when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position during each round game of the 1st round, the 2nd round, and the 4th to 10th rounds. It is designed to operate in a mode (operation pattern) of being (located). On the other hand, during the round game of 3 rounds, the sorting member 59 is operated in a manner that it stays at the second position.

Also, when the big win is won and the big win symbol X2 is determined, the special game is executed with reference to the second operation table 112b shown in FIG. 13(b). According to the second operation table 112b, a round game ending under the same conditions as the above-described first operation table 112a is executed a total of 10 times from the 1st round to the 10th round. The opening/closing pattern of the opening/closing door 18b and the interval time are also set to the same contents as those of the first operation table 112a.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13(b), when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, during each round game of the 1st round, 2nd round, 4th round to 10th round, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. Similarly, the sorting member 59 is designed to operate in such a manner that it stays at the first position, and furthermore, during three rounds of the round game, the sorting member 59 operates in such a manner that it stays at the first position. It has become.

Also, when a big win is won and a big win symbol X3 or X4 is determined, a special game is executed with reference to the third operation table 112c shown in FIG. 13(c). According to the third operation table 112c, a round game ending under the same conditions as those of the first operation table 112a and the second operation table 112b is executed four times in total from the 1st round to the 4th round. The opening/closing pattern and interval time of the opening/closing door 18b are set to the same contents as those of the first operation table 112a and the second operation table 112b.
Also, as shown in FIG. 13(c), when the jackpot pattern X3 or X4 is determined, the jackpot pattern X1 and the jackpot pattern X2 are determined during each round game of the 1st round, the 2nd round, and the 4th round. As in the case of the second round, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position. Further, during the round game of three rounds, sorting is performed in the same manner as when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined. It is adapted to operate in such a way that member 59 remains in the first position.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the big winning opening 18 is continuously opened for 29.0 seconds in three rounds of the round game (specific round game). Since it is opened and the distribution member 59 is stopped at the second position, as long as the game balls are launched toward the second game area 12b, the game balls enter the big winning opening 18 and a predetermined number of them are surely obtained. A game ball can be made to enter a specific area 57. - 特許庁
On the other hand, when the big winning symbols X2, X3 or X4 are determined, the big winning opening 18 is opened continuously for 29.0 seconds in the round game of 3 rounds, but the sorting member 59 is placed at the first position. Therefore, even if a game ball enters the big winning hole 18, all the game balls enter the general area 58, and it is impossible for the game balls to enter the specific area 57.例文帳に追加

Further, when a small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined by winning a small winning game, a small winning game is executed with reference to the fourth operation table 112d shown in FIG. 13(d). According to this fourth operation table 112d, the opening of the big winning hole 18 for 0.05 seconds is performed once, and when 10 game balls enter while the big winning hole 18 is open, the big winning hole 18 is closed. do.
Further, as shown in FIG. 13(d), during the small winning game, the sorting member 59 is operated in a mode of stopping at the first position.
As described above, in the small winning game, since the big winning opening 18 is opened only for 0.05 seconds, it is almost impossible to enter the game ball into the big winning opening 18 . In addition, since the distribution member 50 stays at the first position during the small winning game, even if the game ball enters the big winning opening 18, the game ball enters the general area 58, and the game ball enters the specific area. It is impossible to enter 57.

The game state setting table 113 includes the game state after the end of the special game in the case where the special game is executed, and the time reduction symbols J1, J2, J3, J4, which are won in the winning lottery during the normal game state. This is for setting the game state after J5, J6 or J7 is determined.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a special game is executed, the type of the jackpot pattern determined at the time of the jackpot that triggered the execution of the special game, and the specified area 57 during the special game. Depending on whether or not a number (one in this embodiment) of game balls have entered, the game state after the special game is finished is set. In addition, when the time reduction design J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state determined for each time reduction design is set. It is designed to be Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as will be described later, whether or not the game ball can enter the specific area 57 is set corresponding to the type of the determined jackpot symbol. Whether or not to shift to the high probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination is determined by the jackpot design.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after winning a jackpot in the low-probability time-saving game state and shifting to the high-probability game state, the high-probability game state is continuously performed without shifting to the low-probability game state. A jackpot pattern associated with a setting is determined, and the number of times the jackpot pattern is determined consecutively (hereinafter referred to as the number of consecutive high-precision setting times) reaches a predetermined upper limit number (10000 times in this embodiment). Sometimes, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the big hit pattern, the low probability game state is forcibly set. That is, through the execution of the special game, if the above-mentioned jackpot pattern is continuously determined up to the upper limit number of times without moving to the low probability game state, after the special game based on the determination, the high probability game state A low-probability game state is forcibly set even when the conditions for setting are satisfied.
Similarly, after winning a jackpot in the non-time-saving gaming state and shifting to the time-saving gaming state (in this form, the second time-saving gaming state), the time-saving gaming state is set continuously without transitioning to the non-time-saving gaming state. The associated jackpot pattern is determined, and the number of times the jackpot pattern is determined in succession (hereinafter referred to as the number of consecutive time reduction settings) reaches a predetermined upper limit number (10000 times in this embodiment). After the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern, the non-time-saving game state is forcibly set. That is, through the execution of the special game, when the above-mentioned jackpot pattern is continuously determined to the upper limit number of times without shifting to the non-time-saving game state, after the special game based on the determination, the time-saving game state is A non-time-saving game state is forcibly set even when a set condition is satisfied.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, considering the set probability of winning the jackpot and the probability of determining each jackpot pattern, it is possible that the number of consecutive high-accuracy settings and the number of consecutive time-saving settings will reach 10000 times. However, substantially, the high probability game state and the time saving game state continue until the conditions for setting the low probability game state and the conditions for setting the non time saving game state are satisfied.

In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 14(a) to 14(j), the game state setting table 113 determines the jackpot symbol X1, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game. A first game state setting table 113a referred to when entering, and a second game referred to when a jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during a special game. A state setting table 113b, a third game state setting table 113c referred to when a jackpot symbol X4 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter a specific area 57 during a special game, and a success/failure during a normal game state. A fourth game state setting table 113d to be referred to when time reduction grant is won in the lottery and the time reduction pattern J1 is determined, and when time reduction grant is won and the time reduction design J2 is determined in the winning lottery during the normal game state. The fifth game state setting table 113e to be referred to, the sixth game state setting table 113f to be referred to when the time saving design J3 is determined by winning the time saving award in the lottery during the normal game state, and the normal game state A seventh game state setting table 113g to be referred to when time reduction grant is won and time reduction pattern J4 is determined in the winning lottery, and time reduction grant is won in the winning lottery during the normal game state and time reduction design J5 is determined. The eighth game state setting table 113h to be referred to in the case, the ninth game state setting table 113i to be referred to when the time saving design J6 is determined by winning the time saving award in the winning lottery during the normal game state, and the normal game A 10th game state setting table 113j is provided which is referred to when the time saving design J7 is determined by winning the time saving award in the winning lottery during the state.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 14(a), when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the continuous high-accuracy set number of times is predetermined. When the upper limit number of times is not reached, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high probability game state, and the number of continuations of the high probability game state (hereinafter referred to as the high probability number) is set to 10000 times. Along with this, when the number of times of continuous time reduction setting has not reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second time reduction game state, and the number of times of time reduction is set to 10000 times. be.
That is, in the above-described case, when the number of continuous high-precision setting times and the number of continuous time-saving setting times have not reached the upper limit number of times, after the end of the special game, the result of the winning lottery is derived 10000 times without winning the jackpot. Until, the high probability game state and the second time saving game state (that is, high probability time saving game state) continue. As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability game state is approximately 1/110 to 1/135. Until, the high probability time-saving game state will continue.

On the other hand, in the above case, when the continuous high probability setting number has reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low probability game state, and the continuous time reduction When the set number of times reaches the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time-saving game state.

In addition, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the second position during three rounds in the special game. A predetermined number of game balls always enter the specific area 57 . That is, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, as long as the game ball is launched to the second game area 12b, the high probability time-saving game state is surely set.
Also, although not shown in particular, when a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game even though the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the special game ends. , Low-probability time-saving game state and non-time-saving game state (that is, normal game state) is set.

As shown in FIG. 14(b), when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the game state after the special game ends is low. It is set to the probability time-saving gaming state. Along with this, when the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, and the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a time reduction game state (that is, the first time reduction game state), The game state after the end of the special game is set to the second time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times.
That is, in the above-described case, when the number of times of continuous time reduction setting has not reached the upper limit number of times, and the gaming state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time saving gaming state, the result of the winning lottery without winning the jackpot The low probability game state and the second time saving game state (that is, the second low probability time saving game state) continue until it is derived 10000 times. As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state is approximately 1/150 to 1/175, so that the jackpot is substantially won again. Until, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state will continue.

On the other hand, in the above-described case, when the number of times of continuous time reduction setting does not reach the predetermined upper limit number of times, and the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is a non-time reduction game state, the special game The game state after the end is set to the non-time-saving game state. Also, similarly, when the number of times of continuous time reduction setting has reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time reduction game state. That is, at any time, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state (that is, normal game state).

As described above, when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, the distribution member 59 stays at the first position during three rounds of the special game, so that a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57. never. That is, whenever the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, either the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or the normal gaming state is set.

As shown in FIG. 14(c), when the jackpot pattern X4 is determined and a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57 during the special game, the game state after the special game ends is low probability time saving. Set to game state. Along with this, when the number of times of continuous time reduction setting has not reached the predetermined upper limit number of times, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second time reduction game state, and the number of times of time reduction is set to 100 times. be.
That is, in the above-described case, when the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot, the low-probability gaming state and the second time-saving gaming state (That is, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state) continues.

On the other hand, in the above-described case, when the continuous time reduction setting number has reached the predetermined upper limit number, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the non-time reduction game state. That is, at this time, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state (that is, normal game state).

As described above, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the sorting member 59 stays at the first position during three rounds of the special game, so a predetermined number of game balls cannot enter the specific area 57. do not have. That is, whenever the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, either the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or the normal gaming state is set.

As shown in FIG. 14(d), when the time saving design J1 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 10 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (that is, the first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 10 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14(e), when the time saving design J2 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the winning lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 20 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14(f), when the time saving design J3 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 30 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 30 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (g), when the winning of the time saving grant is elected in the winning lottery during the normal game state and the time saving pattern J4 is determined, the game state after the determination does not change the low probability game state. The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 50 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 50 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14(h), when the time saving design J5 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change The first time-saving game state is set, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (i), when the time saving design J6 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change It is set to the first time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 1000 times. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived 1000 times without winning the jackpot.

As shown in FIG. 14 (j), when the time saving design J7 is determined by winning the time saving grant in the success or failure lottery during the normal game state, the game state after the determination, the low probability game state does not change It is set to the first time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to one. That is, in this case, the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state) continue until the winning lottery result is derived once without winning the jackpot.

In addition, when the time saving pattern J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined as described above, after the fluctuation of the special pattern (time saving pattern) stops (starting the fluctuation of the next special pattern When), the first low-probability time-saving game state described above is set.

The variation pattern table 114 is for determining variation pattern commands, as described above.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the special symbols are determined as described above, the variation pattern command is determined based on the result of the determination. As described above, the variation pattern command is for determining the variation pattern of the variation effect, and the variation pattern command determines the mode and variation time of the variation effect (variation time of the variation display of the special symbol). In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the variable performance is divided into the first half and the second half. is also determined by the variation pattern command.
Specifically, the determined variation pattern command is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300, and the sub control board 300, based on the received variation pattern command, provides a specific mode of variation production (for example, , an image to be displayed on the display unit 21a, etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a plurality of types of variation pattern commands are provided, and each variation pattern command is associated with the variation pattern table 114 . Types of variation pattern commands to be determined and determination ratios are set for each variation pattern table 114 .

The pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, as the variation pattern table 114, during the normal game state or during the first low probability time-saving game state (that is, during left-handed) game ball to the first start winning opening 15 Table A, which is referred to when is entered, is in the second low-probability time-saving game state or in the high-probability time-saving game state (that is, right-handed) to the second start winning port 16 It has tables B and C that are referred to when the ball is hit (see FIG. 15).

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after winning a jackpot in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state and shifting to at least one of the second time-saving game state or the high-probability game state, The jackpot won continuously without shifting to the normal game state or the first low probability time saving game state (from the so-called first hit, at least either the second time saving game state or the high probability game state continues. When the continuous jackpot number condition that the number of consecutively won jackpots (hereinafter referred to as "continuous jackpot wins") reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, three times) is not established, the table B is referred to and the consecutive jackpot number condition is established. is established, table C is referred to.

Then, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, one variation pattern random number is acquired within the numerical range of 0 to 249, and the acquired variation pattern random number, The special symbols determined as described above, the current number of reservations (the first number of reservations or the second number of reservations), the current game state and the above-mentioned consecutive jackpot number conditions (the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number ), the variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the success or failure of establishment.

In addition, although not shown in particular, as the variation pattern table 114, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 during the normal game state or the first low probability time saving game state, the second A table to be referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 during a low probability time saving game state or a high probability time saving game state is also provided. However, as long as the display of the instruction to launch the game ball on the effect display device 21 is followed, the game ball enters only the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state or the first low probability time saving game state, During the second low-probability time-saving game state or during the high-probability time-saving game state, the game ball enters only the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加Therefore, during the normal game state or during the first low probability time-saving game state entering the game ball to the second start winning port 16, during the second low probability time-saving game state or during the high probability time-saving game state First start The entry of game balls into the winning opening 15 is irregular, and in the following, such irregular entry is not considered, and during the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second A game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16 during the second low probability time saving game state or high probability time saving game state.

Then, when determining the variation pattern command by referring to the table A (when determining the variation pattern command based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15), the first number of reservations at the time is referenced. On the other hand, when determining the variation pattern command with reference to the table B or table C (when determining the variation pattern command based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16), the The second pending number at the time is referenced.

As shown in FIG. 15 (a), according to the table A, the lost pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined (that is, the result of the lottery is lost), and the current first pending number is 0 or 1 , when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the variation pattern “13 seconds variation” (the variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 13 seconds) is associated. The variation pattern command "00H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 229, the variation pattern "20 second variation" (the first half variation time is 13 seconds, the second half variation time is 7 seconds The variation pattern command “01H” associated with the variation pattern set to ) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230 to 239, the variation pattern “45 seconds variation” (the variation time in the first half is 20 second, the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time in the latter half is set to 25 seconds) is determined, and when the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, it is called "60 second fluctuation" A variation pattern command "03H" associated with a variation pattern (a variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 20 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 40 seconds) is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current first reservation number is 2 or more, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the fluctuation pattern of "3 second fluctuation" (fluctuation in the first half The variation pattern command "04H" associated with the variation pattern in which the time is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the latter half is set to 3 seconds is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 229, "20 seconds The variation pattern command "01H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 230 to 239, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 second variation" ” is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command “03H” associated with the variation pattern of “60 second variation” is determined.

Also, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "18 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 18 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B3H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J2 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 30 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B4H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J3 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "36 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 36 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B5H" associated with the pattern is determined.

Also, when the time saving pattern J4 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "46 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the second half is set to 46 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B6H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J5 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "66 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 66 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B7H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J6 is determined, regardless of the current number of first reservations, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 9, the fluctuation pattern "68 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time of the first half is 0 seconds , a variation pattern in which the variation time in the latter half is set to 68 seconds) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 10 to 249, the variation of “60 seconds variation” A variation pattern command "B8H" associated with the pattern is determined.
Also, when the time saving pattern J7 is determined, regardless of the current first reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 249 (any value of the variation pattern random number) "60 seconds variation" A variation pattern command "B9H" associated with the variation pattern is determined.

In addition, when the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined (that is, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the small winning), regardless of the current first reservation number, the fluctuation pattern random number was 0 to 124 When the variation pattern command “22H” associated with the variation pattern of “45 seconds variation” was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 125 to 249, the variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” was associated. A variation pattern command "23H" is determined.

In addition, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined (that is, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot), the fluctuation pattern random number was 0 to 124 regardless of the current first pending number. When the variation pattern command “A2H” associated with the variation pattern of “45 seconds variation” was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 125 to 249, the variation pattern of “60 seconds variation” was associated. A variation pattern command "A3H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 15(b), according to Table B, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second pending number is 0 or 1, the variation pattern random number was 0 to 209 When the variation pattern command “00H” associated with the variation pattern of “13 seconds variation” was determined, and when the variation pattern random number was 210 to 239, the variation pattern of “45 seconds variation” was associated. The variation pattern command "02H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240-249, the variation pattern command "03H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second reservation number is 2 or more, the variation pattern of "3 second variation" is associated when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 209. The variation pattern command "04H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 239, the variation pattern command "02H" associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 240. ∼249, the variation pattern command "03H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

Also, when the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124, the fluctuation pattern of "45 seconds fluctuation" is associated fluctuation The pattern command "22H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "23H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined.

Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 124, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "45 seconds variation" The command "A2H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "A3H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 15(c), according to Table C, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second pending number is 0 or 1, the variation pattern random number was 0 to 209 When the variation pattern command "05H" associated with the variation pattern "26 seconds variation" (the variation pattern in which the variation time in the first half is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the second half is set to 26 seconds) is determined, When the fluctuation pattern random number was 210 to 239, the fluctuation pattern "90 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation pattern in which the fluctuation time in the first half was set to 30 seconds and the fluctuation time in the second half was set to 60 seconds) was associated. When the fluctuation pattern command "06H" is determined and the fluctuation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the fluctuation pattern of "120 seconds fluctuation" (the fluctuation time in the first half is set to 30 seconds, and the fluctuation time in the second half is set to 90 seconds. The variation pattern command "07H" associated with the variation pattern) is determined.

In addition, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined and the current second reservation number is 2 or more, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 209, the variation pattern of "6 second variation" (fluctuation in the first half The variation pattern command "08H" associated with the variation pattern in which the time is set to 0 seconds and the variation time in the latter half is set to 6 seconds is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 210 to 239, "90 seconds The variation pattern command "06H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 240 to 249, the variation pattern command "07H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 second variation" ” is determined.

Further, when the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 124, the fluctuation pattern of "90 seconds fluctuation" is associated with the fluctuation The pattern command "26H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "27H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 second variation" is determined.

Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X4 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 124, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "90 seconds variation" The command "A6H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125-249, the variation pattern command "A7H" associated with the variation pattern of "120 second variation" is determined.

In this way, the variation time associated with the variation pattern determined in Table C is set to be longer than the variation time associated with the variation pattern determined in Table B. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and high-probability time-saving gaming state, before the above-described continuous jackpot number conditions are established (before the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number), the above-mentioned continuous jackpot number conditions are established. After that (after the number of consecutive big wins reaches a predetermined number), the determination ratio of the long fluctuation time is higher.
As a result, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, after the condition for the number of consecutive big wins is satisfied, the time from winning the jackpot to winning the next jackpot is longer than before the condition for the number of consecutive big wins is satisfied. , and thus the number of special games executed per unit time (the number of jackpot wins per unit time) can be reduced. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of a situation in which the gambling nature becomes extremely high, such as a sudden increase in the number of prize balls acquired by the player due to the execution of a large number of special games in a short period of time. be able to.

The variation pattern command determined as described above is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and based on the variation pattern command, the specific aspect of the first half of the variation production and the specific aspect of the second half of the variation production are determined. be. Then, the variable effect is executed according to the specific mode determined in this way, but the total of the variable time in the first half and the variable time in the second half set in the variable pattern command is the variable effect (special symbol time from the start to the end of the variable display).
For example, if the determined variation pattern command is "02H" (the variation time of the first half is 20 seconds and the variation time of the second half is 25 seconds), the variation time of the first half and the variation time of the second half are The total value of 45 seconds (=20 seconds + 25 seconds) is the variation time of the entire variation effect (the entire variation display of special symbols).
For the fluctuation pattern commands of "00H", "04H", "05H", "BAH", "BBH", "BCH", "BDH", "BEH", and "BFH", the fluctuation time of the first half is "0 second" is defined. When these variation pattern commands are determined, during the corresponding variation time of the latter half, the entire variation performance is executed in a manner determined according to the variation pattern command.

In addition, based on the above-mentioned fluctuation time, the effect display device 21 performs a variable effect, and the special symbol display device (the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31) displays the variable display of the special symbol. done.
Specifically, when the starting winning hole into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning hole 15, the first special symbol display device 30 blinks during the above-described fluctuation time, and the game ball enters. When the starting winning opening is the second starting winning opening 16, the second special symbol display device 31 blinks during the fluctuation time described above. Then, after the fluctuation time has elapsed, the determined special symbol is stopped and displayed. As will be described later, the stop display of this special symbol is performed until a predetermined stop display time elapses.

Regarding the aspect of the variable effect, neither the aspect of the first half of the variable effect nor the aspect of the second half of the variable effect is determined based on the variation pattern command. In addition to determining, the mode of the first half of the variable performance may be determined based on one of the commands, and the mode of the second half of the variable performance may be determined based on the other command.
Also, instead of dividing the variable effect into the first half and the second half, it may be divided into more parts, and the mode of each part may be determined based on the corresponding command.

Next, a description will be given of processing related to the normal game.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball launched by a launching device (not shown) and flowing down the game area 12 passes through the gate 20, the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 is operated. A normal symbol lottery is performed to determine whether or not to open the movable piece 16b. Then, when a win is obtained by the lottery of this normal pattern, the movable piece 16b opens for a predetermined time, and the second start prize winning port 16 is opened, so that the game ball enters the second start prize winning port 16. easier.
This lottery for normal symbols is based on a winning determination random number acquired when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and a winning determination random number determination table 116 stored in the main ROM 102 for determining the random number. is done.

Then, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, the above-mentioned winning determination random number is acquired, and the random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area of the main RAM 103 with an upper limit of four. Specifically, this general pattern reservation storage area is composed of a total of four storage units from the first storage unit to the fourth storage unit, and the order of passage through the gate 20 is stored from the first storage unit. It has become. Further, when the determined random number is already stored in several storage units, the determined random number is stored in the storage unit with the smallest number among the empty storage units. When the four winning determination random numbers have already been stored in the normal pattern holding storage area, even if the game ball passes through the gate 20, the winning determination random number relating to this passage is not stored in the normal pattern holding storage area. .
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, a hardware random number built in the main control board 100 is used as the winning determination random number. This winning random number is updated according to a certain rule, and the random number sequence is automatically changed each time the random number sequence makes a round, and the start value is changed each time the system is reset.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the number of hit determination random numbers stored in the general pattern reservation storage area (hereinafter referred to as the general pattern reservation number) is a normal pattern reservation number counter (not particularly shown) is stored in

The hit determination random number determination table 116 is for determining whether or not it is hit by lottery of normal symbols, and as shown in FIGS. During the normal game state), during the special game, the first determination table 116a referred to during the small winning game, and the second determination referred to during the first time-saving game state (that is, during the first low probability time-saving game state) A table 116b and a third determination table 116c referred to during the second time-saving gaming state (that is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or during the high-probability time-saving gaming state) are provided.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when a game ball passes through the gate 20, one winning random number within the numerical range of 0-65535 is obtained. Then, if the game state at the time of the drawing of the normal pattern is a non-time-saving game state, or the time of drawing the drawing of the normal pattern is during the special game or during the small winning game, the first determination table 116a is selected. Then, a lottery for a normal symbol is performed based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected first determination table 116a. In addition, if the game state at the time of performing the lottery of normal symbols is the first time-saving game state, the second determination table 116b is selected, based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected second determination table 116b. A lottery for normal designs will be held. In addition, if the game state at the time of performing the lottery of normal symbols is the second time-saving game state, the third determination table 116c is selected, based on the acquired hit determination random number and the selected third determination table 116c. A lottery for normal designs will be held.

As shown in FIG. 16(a), according to the first determination table 116a, it is determined to be a hit when the hit determination random number is 1, and when the hit determination random number is other than this (0, 2 to 65535). is judged to be a failure. Therefore, the probability of winning in this first determination table 116a is 1/65536.
Also, as shown in FIG. 16(b), according to the second determination table 116b, it is determined to be a hit when the hit determination random number is 1 to 5, and the hit determination random number other than this (0, 6 to 65535). If it is, it is determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning in the second determination table 116b is 5/65536.
Also, as shown in FIG. 16(c), according to the third determination table 116c, it is determined that the hit is determined when the hit determination random number is 1 to 65500, and the hit determination random number other than this (0, 65501 to 65535). If it is, it is determined to be lost. Therefore, the probability of winning in the third determination table 116c is approximately 99/100.
In addition, when winning by lottery of normal symbols, winning symbols are determined, and when losing, losing symbols are determined.

In addition, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment includes a normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 and a second start winning opening opening table as a table for determining the normal symbol variation pattern and controlling the opening and closing of the movable piece 16b. A control table 118 is provided.

The normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 is for determining the normal symbol variation pattern. As described above, when the game ball passes through the gate 20 and the normal symbol lottery is performed, the normal symbol variation pattern is determined based on the normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 .
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 17, when the game state is a non-time-saving game state, or during a special game or a small winning game, a normal pattern in which a fluctuation time of 3 seconds is set is determined, and when the game state is the first time-saving game state, the normal symbol variation pattern in which the variation time of 2 seconds is set is determined, and when the game state is the second time-saving game state , a variation pattern of normal symbols in which a variation time of 0.5 seconds is set is determined. Then, when the normal symbol variation pattern is determined, the normal symbol display device 32 (see FIG. 3) blinks during the variation time set for the normal symbol variation pattern. Then, when the normal pattern lottery results in winning and the winning pattern is determined, the normal pattern display device 32 lights up, and when the losing pattern is determined as the losing pattern, the normal pattern display device 32 is turned on. lights out.
In this specification, the blinking display of the normal design display device 32 is "normal design fluctuation", the lighting or extinguishing of the normal design display device 32 is "normal design stop display", and the "normal design stoppage". , "Normal symbol fluctuation stop", etc.

Also, the second starting winning opening control table 118 is referred to for controlling the operation of the movable piece 16b provided in the second starting winning opening 16. FIG.
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the normal symbol display device 32 is turned on, the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16 opens and closes in a manner determined in the second starting winning opening opening control table 118. ing. Specifically, when the game state is a non-time-saving game state, or during a special game or a small winning game, as shown in FIG. second × 1 time), the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 is opened for 0.05 seconds. In addition, when the game state is the first time-saving game state, as shown in FIG. 18, the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized for 0.2 seconds (= 0.2 seconds × 1 time), so the second start The movable piece 16b of the winning opening 16 is opened for 0.2 seconds. In addition, when the game state is the second time-saving game state, as shown in FIG. 18, the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized for 1.8 seconds (= 0.9 seconds × 2 times), so the second start The movable piece 16b of the winning opening 16 is opened for a total of 1.8 seconds.

As described above, in the non-time-saving gaming state and the time-saving gaming state, the conditions for opening and closing the second start winning opening 16 are respectively defined, and according to the contents of these conditions, in the time-saving gaming state, Since the 2-start winning opening 16 is easily maintained in an open state, the game ball is more likely to enter the second starting winning opening 16 than in the non-time-saving game state.
Also, in the first time-saving game state of the time-saving game state, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be maintained in the open state than the non-time-saving game state, but it is more likely than the second time-saving game state of the time-saving game state. It is difficult to keep the second start winning opening 16 open. That is, during the first time-saving gaming state, it is easier to enter the second start winning opening 16 than during the non-time-saving gaming state, and during the second time-saving gaming state, the second starting winning opening is more than during the first time-saving gaming state. It is designed to make it easier to enter 16. Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the decrease in game balls accompanying the progress of the game is suppressed more than during the non-time-saving game state and the first time-saving game state, and during the first time-saving game state, more than the non-time-saving game state. However, you will be able to acquire the opportunity to win a lottery.

In addition, when the game state is the time-saving game state, as described above, the second determination table 116b and the third determination table 116c are executed as processing for making it easier to maintain the second start winning opening 16 in the open state. Lottery of normal symbols by (hit decision random number determination table 116 set with a higher probability of winning than non-time-saving game state), variation time for the first time-saving game state and variation time for the second time-saving game state (non- Determination of the fluctuation time shorter than the time-saving game state), and opening by the opening pattern for the first time-saving game state and the opening pattern for the second time-saving game state (opening pattern with a longer total opening time than the non-time-saving game state) Although all of the control is performed, it is not limited to this, and for example, at least one of the above-described processes may be performed.

(Overview of processing in pachinko machine P)
Next, the outline of the processing executed by the main control board 100 with the progress of the above-described special game, normal game and special game will be described using a flowchart.
First, the main processing of the main control board 100 will be explained.
When power is supplied from the power board, a system reset occurs in the main CPU 101, and the main CPU 101 executes the main processing shown in the flowchart of FIG.

In step 100, the main CPU 101 reads the boot program from the main ROM 102, initializes flags stored in the main RAM 103, and performs various operations to be sent to the sub control board 300 as an initialization process when the power is turned on. A command is stored in a performance transmission data storage area provided in the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 101.
In step 101, the main CPU 101 updates the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number referred to when updating the special symbol random number. This special symbol random number initial value update random number is for determining the initial value of the special symbol random number. That is, the special symbol random number is updated with the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at the time of starting the update as the initial value. Then, when this random number range is circulated once, the update of the special symbol random number is continued with the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at that time as the initial value. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 102 .

At step 102, the main CPU 101 updates the variation pattern random number for determining the variation pattern. After the processing of step 102 is completed, the processing of steps 101 and 102 is repeated until a predetermined interrupt processing is performed.

Next, timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 will be described.
A reset clock pulse generation circuit provided on the main control board 100 generates a clock pulse every predetermined period (4 milliseconds in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment). Timer interrupt processing is executed.

At step 200, the main CPU 101 executes timer update processing for updating various timer counters. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 201 .
Note that the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment employs a subtraction timer, and each time the timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 is executed, the timer counter is subtracted by 1, and when it reaches 0, the subtraction is stopped. It has become.
At step 201, the main CPU 101 updates the special symbol random number. Specifically, the random number counter is updated by adding "1", and if the result of the addition exceeds the maximum value of the random number range, the random number counter is returned to "0", and when the random number counter completes one cycle, updates the random number from the value of the initial value update random number for the special symbol random number at that time. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 202 .

At step 202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is an input to the gate detection sensor 20a, the first starting winning opening detecting sensor 15a, the second starting winning opening detecting sensor 16a, and the specific area detecting sensor 57a. A sensor detection process for performing a predetermined process is executed. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 203 .
In step 203, the main CPU 101 executes a special figure related control process for controlling the special figure game, the special game and the small winning game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 204 .

In step 204, the main CPU 101 executes a general-purpose related control process for controlling a general-purpose game. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 205 .
At step 205, the main CPU 101 executes error-related processing for controlling the occurrence and cancellation of various errors. Specifically, when the main control board 100 receives a door open command based on the opening of the front door 3, a pan full command based on the full state of the pan 7, or the like, the main CPU 101 designates the corresponding error. A command (for example, a door opening command, a saucer full command, etc.) is generated and stored (set) in an effect transmission data storage area. Also, when the main control board 100 no longer receives the above-described command, the main CPU 101 generates a corresponding error cancellation designation command (for example, a door closing command, a full tank cancellation command, etc.) and stores the performance transmission data. store in the area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 206 .

In step 206, when detection signals from the general winning opening detection sensor 14a, the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a, the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a, and the big winning opening detection sensor 18a are input to the main CPU 101, The main CPU 101 updates a prize ball counter provided corresponding to each detection signal, and transmits a payout number designation command corresponding to each detection signal to the launch payout control board 200 . When the ball is paid out by the launch payout control board 200, a payout command is transmitted to the main control board 100 for each payout, and when the main CPU 101 receives the payout command, the prize ball counter is decremented. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 207 .
In step 207, the main CPU 101 outputs external information data for outputting the game state of the pachinko machine P to the outside of the pachinko machine P, starting prize winning opening solenoid data for opening and closing the movable piece 16b of the second starting winning opening 16. , Large winning opening solenoid data for controlling the opening and closing of the large winning opening 18, various display devices (first special symbol display device 30, second special symbol display device 31, normal symbol display device 32, first special symbol reservation display The device 38, the second special figure reservation display device 39 and the normal design reservation display device 33) display data and the like are created. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 208 .

In step 208, the main CPU 101 performs output control processing such as port output for outputting each data signal created in step 207 and command transmission for transmitting the command stored in the effect transmission data storage area. to run. Then, the timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 ends.

Next, the sensor detection process of step 202 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 300 , the main CPU 101 executes a gate detection process for performing a normal symbol lottery based on the fact that the game ball has passed through the gate 20 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 301 .
At step 301 , the main CPU 101 executes first start winning opening detection processing for performing a lottery based on the fact that a game ball has entered the first starting winning opening 15 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 302 .

At step 302 , the main CPU 101 executes a second starting winning opening detection process for performing a lottery based on the fact that the game ball has entered the second starting winning opening 16 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 303 .
At step 303 , the main CPU 101 executes specific area detection processing for performing predetermined processing based on the entry of the game ball into the specific area 57 . Then, the sensor detection process ends.

Next, the gate detection process of step 300 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 400, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a is input. When it is determined that the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a is not input, the gate detection processing ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the gate detection sensor 20a has been input, the process proceeds to the next step 401 .
In step 401, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the normal pattern pending number counter (that is, the normal pattern pending number at the present time) is less than "4". If it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the gate detection process ends. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than 4, the next step 402 is performed.

In step 402, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the normal pattern pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 403 .
At step 403, the main CPU 101 acquires the winning determination random number, stores it in the general pattern reservation storage area, and terminates the gate detection process.

Next, the processing at the time of detection of the first start winning opening in step 301 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 500, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal is input from the first start winning opening detection sensor 15a. When it is determined that the detection signal from the first start winning hole detection sensor 15a is not input, the first start winning hole detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the first starting prize winning opening detection sensor 15a has been input, the next step 501 is performed.
At step 501, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the first pending number counter (that is, the current first pending number) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the process at the time of detection of the first start winning prize opening is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than "4", the next step 502 is performed.

At step 502, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the first pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 503 .
At step 503, the main CPU 101 acquires a win/fail random number and stores it in the storage section of the first reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 504 .

At step 504, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated at step 201 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the first reservation storage area where the hit/fail random number was stored at step 503 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 505.
At step 505, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern random number updated at step 102 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the first reserved storage area where the hit/fail random number was stored at step 503 described above. As described above, the acquired hit/fail random numbers, special symbol random numbers and variation pattern random numbers are all stored in the same storage unit of the first reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 506 .

At step 506, the main CPU 101 generates a starting winning command indicating that the first special symbol random number and the first time saving symbol random number have been stored, and stores it in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 507 .
At step 507, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the non-time-saving gaming state or the first time-saving gaming state. Then, when it is determined that it is neither the non-time-saving game state nor the first time-saving game state (that is, the second time-saving game state), the first start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it determines with it being a non-time saving game state or the 1st time saving game state, it progresses to following step 508. FIG.

In step 508, the main CPU 101 determines the stored first special random number before starting to fluctuate based on the first special random number (when the first special random number is acquired (stored as pending)). Preliminary determination processing is executed to perform various determinations related to the winning lottery. Then, the processing at the time of detection of the first start winning prize opening is ended.

Next, the processing at the time of detection of the second start winning opening in step 302 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a detection signal is input from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a. Then, when it is determined that the detection signal from the second start winning opening detection sensor 16a is not input, the second start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the second starting prize winning opening detection sensor 16a has been input, the next step 601 is performed.
At step 601, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the second pending number counter (that is, the current second pending number) is less than "4". Then, when it is determined that the value is not less than "4" (that is, "4"), the processing at the time of detection of the second starting winning opening is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value is less than "4", the next step 602 is performed.

At step 602, the main CPU 101 increments the value of the second pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 603 .
At step 603, the main CPU 101 acquires a hit/fail random number and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 604 .

At step 604, the main CPU 101 acquires the special symbol random number updated at step 201 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area in which the hit/fail random number was stored at step 603 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 605 .
At step 605, the main CPU 101 acquires the variation pattern random number updated at step 102 described above, and stores it in the storage section of the second reserved storage area in which the hit/fail random number was stored at step 603 described above. As described above, the acquired hit/fail random numbers, special symbol random numbers and variation pattern random numbers are all stored in the same storage unit of the second reserved storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 606 .

At step 606, the main CPU 101 generates a starting prize winning command indicating that the second special random number has been stored, and stores it in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 607 .
At step 607, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current gaming state is the second time-saving gaming state. And, when it is determined that it is not the second time-saving game state (that is, it is the non-time-saving game state or the first time-saving game state), the second start winning opening detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it determines with it being a 2nd time saving game state, it progresses to following step 608. FIG.

In step 608, the main CPU 101, regarding the stored second special random number, before the start of fluctuation based on the second special random number (when the second special random number is acquired (stored as pending)) Preliminary determination processing is executed to perform various determinations related to the winning lottery. Then, the processing at the time of detection of the second start winning prize opening is ended.

Next, the preliminary determination processing of steps 508 and 608 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In the above-described step 508 prior determination processing, the following processing is executed based on the success or failure random number, the special symbol random number and the variation pattern random number stored in the storage unit of the first reservation storage area, and the first reservation number. Then, in the above-described step 608 prior determination processing, the following processing is executed based on the success or failure random number, the special symbol random number and the variation pattern random number stored in the storage unit of the second reservation storage area, and the second reservation number be done.
In step 650, the main CPU 101 determines the type of starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16), number of reservations (number of first reservations, number of second reservations), and , Check the game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state, high probability time saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 651 .

At step 651, the main CPU 101 selects one of the set values set in the win/fail random number determination table 110 and the gaming state confirmed at step 650 (tables A1 to A6, tables B1 to B6). Either) is obtained, and a win-or-fail judgment process for judging the result of the lottery is executed based on the obtained table and the stored win-or-fail random number. After that, the data related to the result of the determination (winning the big win, winning the small win, winning or losing the time-saving award) is stored in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . It should be noted that, even in this prior determination process, the determination of whether or not the time saving provision is appropriate is performed only when the game state confirmed in step 650 (that is, the game state set at the time point) is the normal game state, It is not performed when it is in a game state other than the normal game state. Therefore, in the case of a game state other than the normal game state, a result of winning a big win, winning a small win or losing is derived. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 652 .
At step 652, the main CPU 101 executes special symbol determination processing for determining the type of special symbol. Specifically, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15 (first special random number), the first starting winning opening determination table 111a is acquired, and the table and , Based on the stored special symbol random number, the type of jackpot pattern (big hit pattern X1, X2, X3), the type of small hit pattern (small hit pattern Y1, Y2), the type of time saving pattern (time saving pattern J1, J2 , J3, J4, J5, J6), or the type of the lost pattern (losing pattern Z1, Z2). In addition, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the second starting winning opening 16 (second special random number), the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is acquired, and the table and the stored Based on the special symbol random number, the type of jackpot pattern (big hit pattern X1, X4), the type of small hit pattern (small hit pattern Y1, Y2), the type of time saving pattern (time saving pattern J7), or the losing pattern The type (losing pattern Z1, Z2) is determined. Then, data relating to the determination result (type of special symbol) is stored in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 653 .

In step 653, the main CPU 101 determines the gaming state confirmed in step 650, the type of the start winning hole into which the game ball entered, and the above-described consecutive jackpot count condition (the number of consecutive jackpot hits reaches a predetermined number). Acquire the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to whether or not the condition is established. Then, go to the next step 654 .
In step 654, the main CPU 101 generates a variation pattern command based on the type of special symbol determined in step 652 above, the number of reservations, the variation pattern table 114 acquired in step 653 above, and the stored variation pattern random number. A variation pattern command determination process for determining is executed. Then, go to the next step 655 .

At step 655, the main CPU 101 generates a pre-determination command including the result of the lottery determined at step 612, the type of special symbol determined at step 652, and the variation pattern command determined at step 654. is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the preliminary determination process is terminated.
By the above process, for the first special random number or the second special random number stored as pending, the result of the lottery determined at the start of the fluctuation of the special symbol, the type of special symbol and the variation pattern command are the pre-determination command , the random number is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 in advance (that is, before the start of variation) at the time of acquisition of the random number.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the above-described preliminary determination process, the To determine the first special random number or the second special random number acquired based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 and stored in the reserved storage area (second reserved storage area) However, it is not limited to this. For example, in the preliminary determination process, instead of directly determining the random numbers stored in the reserved storage area, random numbers stored in other storage areas (for example, registers) may be determined.

Next, the specific area detection processing of step 303 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 670, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a special game is being played. Then, when it is determined that the special game is not being performed, the specific area detection processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the special game is being played, the process proceeds to the next step 671 .
At step 671, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times (once in this embodiment). If it is determined that the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has not been input a predetermined number of times, the specific area detection process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the detection signal from the specific area detection sensor 57a has been input a predetermined number of times, the process proceeds to the next step 672 .
At step 672 , the main CPU 101 turns on an entry flag indicating that a predetermined number of game balls have entered the specific area 57 . Then, the process at the time of specific area detection ends.

Next, the special figure related control process of step 203 mentioned above is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 700, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the execution phase data. This execution phase data indicates which of the plurality of functional modules (subroutines) that constitute the special figure-related control process is executed. Specifically, the execution phase data includes data "00" indicating execution of special symbol variation start processing described later, data "01" indicating execution of special symbol variation stop processing described later, and post-stop processing described later. Data "02" indicating the execution of, data "03" indicating the execution of a special game control process described later, data "04" indicating the execution of a small winning game control process described later, and special game end processing described later and data "05" indicating execution.
Based on the value of the execution phase data loaded in step 700, the main CPU 101 performs special symbol variation start processing (step 701), special symbol variation stop processing (step 702), post-stop processing (step 703), special Either the game control process (step 704), the small winning game control process (step 705) or the special game end process (step 706) is executed. Then, the special figure-related control process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation start processing of step 701 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "00" indicating execution of the special symbol variation start process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "00", the process proceeds to the next step 801. FIG. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "00", the special symbol variation start process is terminated.
In step 801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special random number is stored in the storage section of the second reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the second reserved number counter is "1" or more. . And when it determines with the 2nd special random number being memorize|stored, it progresses to step 804. FIG. On the other hand, when it is determined that the second special random number is not stored, the process proceeds to the next step 802 .

In step 802, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special random number is stored in the storage section of the first reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the first reserved number counter is "1" or more. . Then, when it is determined that the first special random number is not stored, the process proceeds to step 812 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special random number is stored, the process proceeds to the next step 803 .
At step 803, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the first reservation number counter by "1" and shifts the first reservation storage area. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage unit of the first reserved storage area is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the second storage unit of the first reserved storage area . . Each random number stored in the fourth storage unit is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number by one. As a result, each random number stored in the first reserved storage area is so-called first-in, first-out (FIFO) and is used for the success/failure determination process described later. Then, go to step 805 .

Also, in step 804, which proceeds when it is determined that the second special random number is stored in step 801 described above, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the second reservation number counter by "1", and the second reservation storage Perform region shift processing. Specifically, each random number stored in the first storage unit of the second reserved storage area is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the second storage unit of the second reserved storage area . . Each random number stored in the fourth storage unit is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number by one. As a result, each random number stored in the second reserved storage area is so-called first-in-first-out (FIFO) and is used for the success/failure determination process described later. Then, go to step 805 .
At step 805, the main CPU 101 increments the count value of the change number counter for counting the number of execution times of the win/fail lottery (the number of changes of the special symbol) by "1". In addition, the main CPU 101 stores a variation number command including the count value of the variation number counter in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the change number command is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the sub control board 300 can grasp the current count value of the change number counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 806 .

At step 806, the main CPU 101 executes a winning/failing determination process for deriving the winning/failing lottery result. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 807 .
At step 807, the main CPU 101 executes special symbol determination processing for determining the type of special symbol. Specifically, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the first starting winning opening 15 (first special random number), the first starting winning opening determination table 111a is acquired, and the table and , The result of the winning lottery determined in step 806 above (winning the jackpot, winning the small win, winning the time reduction grant, losing), and the special design stored in the predetermined processing area in the above step 803 or step 804 Based on the random number, the type of jackpot pattern (big hit pattern X1, X2, X3), the type of small hit pattern (small hit pattern Y1, Y2), the type of time saving pattern (time saving pattern J1, J2, J3, J4, J5) , J6), or determine the type of the lost symbol (losing symbols Z1, Z2). In addition, when the starting winning opening into which the game ball enters is the second starting winning opening 16 (second special random number), the second starting winning opening determination table 111b is acquired, and the table and the above-mentioned The result of the winning lottery determined in step 806 (winning the jackpot, winning the small win, winning the time reduction grant, losing) and the special symbol random number stored in the predetermined processing area in the above step 803 or step 804 Based on, the type of jackpot design (jackpot design X1, X4), the type of small hit design (small hit design Y1, Y2), the type of time reduction design (time reduction design J7), or the type of loss design (loss design Z1, Z2) is determined. Then, data corresponding to the determined special symbol is stored in a predetermined temporary storage area of the main RAM 103 . Also, in this special symbol determination process, the current game state, that is, the game state at the time when the special symbol is determined is stored in the game state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 808 .
In addition, in the fluctuation start processing of the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when both the first special random number and the second special random number are stored, the second special random number is given priority over the first special random number. Although random numbers are to be processed, they are not limited to this, and may be processed in the order in which they are stored in the reserved storage area.

At step 808, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol determination command indicating the type of the special symbol determined at step 807 in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, information relating to the type of the determined special symbol is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of variation. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 809 .
At step 809, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern determination processing for determining a variation pattern based on the variation pattern random number stored in the processing area at step 803 or step 804 described above. Then, go to the next step 810 .

In step 810 , the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of special symbols on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 . As a result, when the special symbol fluctuating display is performed based on the first special symbol random number, the first special symbol display device 30 starts blinking display, and the special symbol is displayed based on the second special symbol random number. When the variable display is performed, the second special symbol display device 31 starts blinking display. Here, the blinking display means that "-" blinks at a predetermined interval on each display device.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the first special figure random number is stored in the first reservation storage area, the first special figure reservation display device 38 displays the first reservation number in a manner that can be recognized. And, when the second special figure random number is stored in the second reservation storage area, the second special figure reservation display device 39 is displayed in such a manner that the second reservation number can be recognized. Then, when the variable display of the above-mentioned special symbols is performed based on the first special figure random number, at the same time as the start of the variable display, the first special figure reservation is performed so as to indicate that the first number of reservations is reduced by one. When the display device 38 is display controlled and the variable display of the special symbol described above is performed based on the second special random number, at the same time as the start of the variable display, the second reservation number is reduced by one. , the display of the second special figure reservation display device 39 is controlled.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 811.

At step 811, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "01" so that the special symbol variation stop processing is executed in the special symbol related control processing, and ends the special symbol variation start processing.
Further, in step 812, which proceeds when it is determined in step 802 that the first special random number is not stored in the first reservation storage area, the main CPU 101 performs the effect display based on the fact that the variable display is not performed. In the device 21, a customer waiting determination process for displaying the customer waiting is executed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 counts the time during which the special symbols are not variably displayed, and when a predetermined customer waiting time (for example, 30 seconds) elapses without the special symbols being variably displayed. , a customer waiting command for displaying a customer waiting screen on the performance display device 21 is stored in the performance transmission data storage area assuming that the customer is in the customer waiting state. Then, the special symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the suitability determination processing of step 806 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 850, the main CPU 101 selects one of the set values and the current game state (low-probability game state, high-probability game state) from the hit/fail random number determination table 110, and selects Judging whether or not the jackpot is won (that is, judging whether or not the jackpot is successful) based on the table and the random number stored in the predetermined processing area in step 803 or step 804. Execute the judgment process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning the jackpot from the above table, and determines whether or not the above-described win/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. If the above-mentioned hit/fail random number falls within the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a big win has been won, and if the above-mentioned hit/fail random number does not belong to the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a big win has not been won. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 851 .
At step 851, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the jackpot success/failure determination process executed at step 850 is a jackpot winning (that is, whether or not a jackpot has been won). Then, when it is determined that the jackpot has not been won (the jackpot has not been won), the process proceeds to step 853 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot has been won, the process proceeds to the next step 852 .

At step 852 , the main 101 stores information indicating that the jackpot has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.
Also, in step 853 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 851 that the jackpot has not been won, the main CPU 101 selects the table selected in step 850 and the table stored in the predetermined processing area of step 803 or step 804. Based on the success or failure random number (that is, the same success or failure random number as the determination target in step 850 described above), it is determined whether or not the small hit will be won (i.e., the determination of the success or failure of the small hit ) to execute the small hit right or wrong determination process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning a small prize from the table described above, and determines whether or not the above-described win/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned hit/fail random number falls within the above-described numerical range, it is determined that a small win has been won, and when the above-mentioned hit/fail random number does not belong within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that a small win has not been won. Then, go to the next step 854 .

In step 854, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the small win win/loss determination process executed in step 853 is a win of a small win (that is, whether or not a win of a small win is won). Then, when it is determined that the small winning is not won (non-winning of the small winning), the process proceeds to step 856 . On the other hand, if it is determined that a small win has been won, the process proceeds to the next step 855 .
At step 855 , the main 101 stores information indicating that a small win has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.

Also, in step 856 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 854 that the small win is not won, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the currently set game state is the normal game state. And, when it is determined that it is not in the normal gaming state (that is, the first low probability shortening working hours gaming state, the second low probability shortening working hours gaming state or the high probability shortening working hours gaming state), the process proceeds to step 860 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the game is in the normal game state, the process proceeds to the next step 857 .
At step 857, the main CPU 101 processes the random numbers stored in the table selected at step 850 and the predetermined processing area at step 803 or 804 (that is, the random numbers to be determined at steps 850 and 853). Based on the same random number as the success random number), it is determined whether or not the time reduction grant will be won (that is, the time reduction grant determination process is performed). Specifically, the main CPU 101 acquires information on the numerical range for winning the time-saving award from the above-described table, and determines whether or not the above-described hit/fail random number belongs to the acquired numerical range. Then, when the above-mentioned success or failure random number belongs within the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the time-saving grant is won, and when the above-mentioned success-or-fail random number does not belong to the above-mentioned numerical range, it is determined that the time-saving grant is not won. Then, go to the next step 858 .

In step 858, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the time saving granting propriety determination process executed in step 857 was winning of the time saving grant (that is, whether or not the time saving grant was won). Then, when it is determined that it is not elected for the reduction of working hours (not elected for the small hit), the process proceeds to step 860 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the winning of the time saving provision is made, the process proceeds to the next step 859 .
At step 859 , the main 101 stores information indicating that the time-saving award has been won in a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.

In addition, in step 860 to which it proceeds when it is determined that it is not in the normal game state in step 856 described above, or when it is determined that it is not won in the time reduction grant in step 858 described above, the main CPU 101 stores a predetermined memory in the main RAM 103 The area is memorized to the effect that it is a failure. Then, the suitability determination process is terminated.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, each of the big hit success/failure determination processing, the small hit success/failure determination processing, and the time saving grant success/failure determination processing is performed in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 corresponding to the set value and the game state. is executed by a common processing program (same module) for selecting, acquiring information on the numerical range to be judged, and judging whether or not the random number belongs to the numerical range It's like

Next, the variation pattern determination process of step 809 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 900, the main CPU 101 determines the type of starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16), number of reservations (number of first reservations, number of second reservations), game Confirm the state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state, high probability time saving game state). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 901 .
In step 901, the main CPU 101 determines the gaming state confirmed in step 900, the type of the starting winning hole into which the game ball entered, and the above-described consecutive jackpot count condition (the number of consecutive jackpot hits reaches a predetermined number). Acquire the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to whether or not the condition is established. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 902 .

In step 902, the main CPU 101 uses the variation pattern table 114 obtained in step 901 described above, the type of special symbol determined in step 807 described above, the pending number confirmed in step 900 described above, and the Alternatively, at 804, a variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern random number stored in the processing area, and the determined variation pattern command is stored in a predetermined processing area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 903 .
At step 903, the main CPU 101 stores the variation pattern command determined at step 902 in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 904 .

At step 904 , the main CPU 101 determines the variation time associated with the variation pattern command based on the variation pattern table 114 . Then, the determined variable time is set in the variable time timer counter. Then, the variation pattern determination process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing of step 702 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "01" indicating execution of the special symbol variation stop process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "01", the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the execution phase data is "01", the process proceeds to step 1001 below.

At step 1001, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variable time set in the variable time timer counter at step 904 has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the variation time has not passed, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1002 .
At step 1002, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stop-displaying the special symbol determined at step 807 on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, and sets the special symbol. stop display. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1003 .

At step 1003, the main CPU 101 stores a symbol determination command indicating that the special symbol has been determined in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1004 .
At step 1004, the main CPU 101 sets the stop display time for stop-displaying the special symbols in the stop display time timer counter. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, when the determined special symbols are time-saving symbols (J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7), the stop display time is set to 3 seconds, and otherwise 0.00 seconds. A pause display time of 5 seconds is set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1005 .

At step 1005, the main CPU 101 sets "02" to the execution phase data so that the post-stop process is executed in the special figure-related control process. Then, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing of step 703 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1100, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "02" indicating execution of post-stop processing. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "02", the post-stop process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "02", the process proceeds to the next step 1101. FIG.
At step 1101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time set in the stop display time timer counter at step 1004 has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the post-stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1102 .

At step 1102, the main CPU 101 stores a stop display end command indicating that the stop display time has elapsed in the effect transmission data storage area. As a result, the fact that the stop display time has elapsed is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, the main CPU 101 stores the current game state in the game state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1103 .
In step 1103, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets a first time saving game flag indicating that the current game state is the first time saving game state, or a second time saving game flag indicating that the current game state is the second time saving game state. It is determined whether or not any of the game flags is turned on. And when it determines with the 1st time saving game flag or the 2nd time saving game flag being ON, the time saving frequency storage area provided in main RAM103 is updated. In this time saving frequency storage area, the remaining variation frequency until the time saving game state ends is stored. Then, the stored number of remaining fluctuations is decremented by "1". In addition, when the remaining number of fluctuations becomes "0" by updating the remaining number of fluctuations, a process of turning off the first time-saving game flag or the second time-saving game flag that has been turned on is also executed. Further, when it is determined that neither the first time-saving game flag nor the second time-saving game flag is turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1104 .

At step 1104, the main CPU 101 performs highly accurate count update processing. Here, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a high-probability game flag indicating that the current game state is a high-probability game state is turned on. Then, when it is determined that the high-probability game flag is turned on, the high-probability number storage area provided in the main RAM 103 is updated. In this high-probability-number storage area, the number of fluctuations remaining until the high-probability game state ends is stored. Then, the stored number of remaining fluctuations is decremented by "1". Further, when the remaining number of fluctuations becomes "0" by updating the remaining number of fluctuations, a process of turning off the high certainty game flag is also executed. Further, when it is determined that the high probability game flag is not turned on, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1105 .

At step 1105, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is a jackpot symbol. When it is determined that the stopped special symbol is not a big winning symbol (that is, it is a small winning symbol, a time saving symbol, or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1111 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1106 .
At step 1106, the main CPU 101 sets a jackpot winning command for transmitting to the sub-control board 300 the game state at the time of winning the jackpot and the types of the jackpot symbols (jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3, X4) that are stopped and displayed. do. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1107 .

At step 1107, the main CPU 101 resets the current gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1108 .
At step 1108, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and sends an opening command indicating that the opening process is started. memorize to Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1109 .

At step 1109, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the type of the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds to "10" if the stopped jackpot symbol is X1 or X2, and sets the number of rounds to "10" if the stopped jackpot symbol is X3 or X4. Set "4" as the number. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1110 .
At step 1110, the main CPU 101 sets "03" to the execution phase data so that the special game control process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

In addition, in step 1111, which proceeds when it is determined in step 1105 above that the special symbols stopped and displayed are not the big winning symbols, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbols stopped and displayed are small winning symbols. do. Then, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is not a small hit symbol (that is, it is a time saving symbol or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1114 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a small winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1112 .
At step 1112, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the small win game, in the opening time timer counter, and stores the opening command indicating the start of the opening process as transmission data for effect. store in the area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1113 .

At step 1113, the main CPU 101 sets "04" to the execution phase data so that the small winning game control process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Further, in step 1114, which is advanced when it is determined in step 1111 above that the special symbol stopped and displayed is not a small winning symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol stopped and displayed is a time-saving symbol. do. Then, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is not a time-saving symbol (that is, it is a lost symbol), the process proceeds to step 1116 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is the time saving symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1115 .
At step 1115, the main CPU 101 executes a first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting process for setting the game state to a first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Specifically, when the first time saving game flag is turned on, and the time saving pattern stopped and displayed is J1, the number of time saving times is set to "10", and the time saving pattern stopped and displayed is J2. In this case, set "20" to the number of times of time saving, set "30" to the number of times of time saving when the stop-displayed time-saving pattern is J3, and set "30" to the number of time-savings, and when the stop-displayed time saving pattern is J4. , set "50" to the number of times of working hours, and set "100" to the number of times of working hours when the stopped working hours pattern was J5, and when the stopped working hours pattern was J6. "1000" is set to the number of times of time saving, and "1" is set to the number of times of time saving when the stop-displayed time saving pattern is J7. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1116 .

At step 1116, the main CPU 101 confirms the set game state and stores a game state command indicating the game state in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1117 .
At step 1117, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "00" so that the special symbol variation start process is executed in the special symbol related control process. Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Next, the special game control processing of step 704 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1200, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "03" indicating execution of the special game control process. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "03", the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "03", the process proceeds to the next step 1201. FIG.
At step 1201, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening time set in the opening time timer counter at step 1108 has elapsed. And, when it is determined that the opening time has not passed, the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1202 .

At step 1202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending process, which is the standby process performed after the end of all round games in this special game control process, is in progress. Then, if it is determined that the ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1210 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending process is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 1203 .
In step 1203, the main CPU 101 performs a large winning opening opening/closing control process for opening and closing the large winning opening 18 and operating the distribution member 59 based on the special electric role product operation table 112 corresponding to the type of the jackpot symbol stopped and displayed. to run. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1204 .

At step 1204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round game has started based on the large winning opening opening/closing control at step 1203 described above. Then, if it is determined that the round game is not started, the process proceeds to step 1206 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is time to start the round game, the process proceeds to the next step 1205 .
At step 1205, the main CPU 101 stores a round game start command indicating the start of the round game in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1206 .
In addition, the round game start command is provided for each number of times of the round game, so that it is possible to transmit to the sub-control board 300 how many times the round game has been started.

At step 1206, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round game has ended based on the above-described big winning opening opening/closing control at step 1203. And, when it is determined that the round game has not ended, the special game control process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined that the round game has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 1207 .
At step 1207, the main CPU 101 decrements the number of rounds stored in the main RAM 103 by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1208 .

At step 1208, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the round number decremented at step 1207 is "0". And, when it is determined that the number of rounds is not "0", the special game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the number of rounds is "0", the process proceeds to the next step 1209 .
At step 1209, the main CPU 101 sets the ending time, which is the waiting time set at the end of the special game, in the ending time timer counter, and sends an ending command indicating the start of the ending process to the effect transmission data storage area. Remember. Then, the special game control process is terminated.

Also, in step 1210 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 1202 that the ending process is in progress, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending time set in the ending time timer counter in step 1209 has elapsed. And when it determines with the said ending time not having passed, it complete|finishes special game control processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1211 .
At step 1211, the main CPU 101 stores a special game end command indicating that the special game has ended in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1212 .

At step 1212, the main CPU 101 sets the execution phase data to "05" so that the special game ending process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the special game control process is terminated.

Next, the small hit game control process of step 705 mentioned above is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1250, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "04" indicating execution of the small winning game control process. And when it determines with execution phase data not being "04", it ends small hit game control processing. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "04", the process proceeds to the next step 1251. FIG.
At step 1251, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening time set in the opening time timer counter at step 1112 has passed. And when it determines with opening time not having passed, it ends small hit game control processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that the opening time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1252 .

At step 1252, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending process, which is a standby process performed after the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 in the small winning game control process, is in progress. Then, if it is determined that the ending process is in progress, the process proceeds to step 1256 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending process is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 1253 .
At step 1253 , the main CPU 101 performs small winning game execution processing for opening and closing the big winning opening 18 based on the fourth operation table 112 d in the special electric role product operation table 112 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1254 .

At step 1254, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 is finished. Then, when it is determined that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 is not completed, the small winning game control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the opening and closing of the big winning opening 18 is finished, the process proceeds to the next step 1255 .
At step 1255, the main CPU 101 sets the ending time, which is the waiting time set at the end of the small win game, in the ending time timer counter, and transmits the ending command indicating that the ending process is started. memorize to Then, the small winning game control process is terminated.

Also, in step 1256 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 1252 that the ending process is in progress, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the ending time set in the ending time timer counter in step 1255 has elapsed. And when it determines with the said ending time not having passed, it complete|finishes a small hit game control process. On the other hand, if it is determined that the ending time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1257 .
At step 1257, the main CPU 101 stores a small winning game end command indicating that the small winning game has ended in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, go to the next step 1258 .

At step 1258, the main CPU 101 confirms the set game state, and stores a game state command indicating the game state in the effect transmission data storage area. Also, the main CPU 101 sets "00" to the execution phase data so that the special symbol variation process is executed in the special symbol related control process. Then, the small winning game control process is terminated.

Next, the special game end processing of step 705 mentioned above will be described with reference to the flow chart of FIG.
At step 1300, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the execution phase data is data "05" indicating execution of special game end processing. Then, when it is determined that the execution phase data is not "05", the special game end processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the execution phase data is "05", the process proceeds to the next step 1301. FIG.
At step 1301, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the entry flag is on. Then, if it is determined that the entry flag is not on (that is, it is off), the process proceeds to step 1309 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the entry flag is ON, the process proceeds to the next step 1302 .

In step 1302, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the continuous probability variable setting number counter for counting the above-described continuous variable probability setting number counter by 1, and the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter for counting the above-mentioned continuous time reduction setting number. is decremented by 1. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1303 .
At step 1303, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the continuous variable probability setting number counter has reached 0, that is, whether or not the continuous variable probability setting number has reached a predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, when it is determined that the value of the continuous variable probability setting number counter has not reached 0, the process proceeds to step 1305 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the continuous variable probability setting number counter has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1304 .

At step 1304, the main CPU 101 executes a low-probability game state setting process for setting the game state to a low-probability game state. Specifically, the high certainty game flag is turned off. Further, the main CPU 101 sets a predetermined upper limit number of times "10000" in the continuous variable probability setting number counter. Then, go to step 1306 .
Also, in step 1305, which proceeds when it is determined that the value of the continuous probability variation setting number counter has not reached 0 in step 1303, a high probability game state setting process for setting the game state to a high probability game state is executed. . Specifically, the high probability game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set to the high probability number. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1306 .

In step 1306, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has reached 0, that is, whether or not the continuous time reduction setting number has reached a predetermined upper limit number of times. And when it determines with the value of the continuous time reduction setting counter having not reached|attained 0, it progresses to step 1308. FIG. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has reached 0, the process proceeds to the next step 1307 .
At step 1307, the main CPU 101 executes non-time-saving gaming state setting processing for setting the gaming state to a non-time-saving gaming state. Specifically, the first time saving game flag and the second time saving game flag are turned off. In addition, the main CPU 101 sets the predetermined upper limit number of times to the counter for the number of consecutive time reduction settings, which is “10000”. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311 .

In addition, in step 1308, which proceeds when it is determined that the value of the continuous time reduction setting number counter has not reached 0 in step 1306 described above, the main CPU 101 sets the game state to the second time reduction game state. Execute state setting processing. Specifically, the second time-saving game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set to the number of times of time-saving. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311 .
Also, in step 1309, which proceeds when it is determined that the entry flag is not turned on in step 1301 described above, the main CPU 101 executes the same low-probability time-saving gaming state setting process as in step 1304 described above, and a continuous probability variable setting number counter. is set to "10000" which is the predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, go to the next step 1310 .

In step 1310, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving/non time saving game state setting process for setting the game state to a non time saving game state or a second time saving game state. Specifically, when the jackpot pattern determined at the time of winning the jackpot is X2 or X3, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the time saving game state (first time saving game state), the second time saving game state is changed. In order to set, the second time saving game flag is turned on, and "10000" is set to the number of times of time saving. On the other hand, when the game state at the time of winning the jackpot is the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game flag and the second time-saving game flag are turned off so as to set the non-time-saving game state. In addition, when the big win pattern determined at the time of winning the big win is X4, the second time saving game flag is turned on and the number of times of time saving is set to "100" in order to set the second time saving game state. Then, the process proceeds to step 1311 .
In step 1311, the main CPU 101 determines that the set gaming state is a high-probability time-saving gaming state (high-probability gaming state and second time-saving gaming state) or a second low-probability time-saving gaming state (low-probability gaming state and second time-saving gaming state). ). Then, if it is determined that neither of these is the case, the process proceeds to step 1313 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be either, the process proceeds to the next step 1312 .

At step 1312, the main CPU 101 increments by one the value of the number of consecutive big wins counter for counting the number of consecutive big wins. It should be noted that when the value of the continuous jackpot frequency counter reaches a value corresponding to a predetermined number of times (three times in this embodiment), the above-described continuous jackpot frequency condition is established. Then, go to step 1314 .
In addition, in step 1313, which proceeds when it is determined that the gaming state set in step 1311 is neither the high-probability time-saving gaming state nor the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the main CPU 101 sets the value of the continuous jackpot frequency counter. reset (clear to zero). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1314 .

At step 1314, the main CPU 101 turns off the entry flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1315 .
At step 1315, the main CPU 101 sets a game state designation command in the effect transmission data storage area according to the game state set as described above. In this game state designation command, set as described above, the information of ON or OFF of the high certainty game flag, the information of ON or OFF of the first time saving game flag, the information of ON or OFF of the second time saving game flag , information on the number of times of high probability, and the number of times of working hours are included. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1316 .

At step 1316, the main CPU 101 sets "00" to the execution phase data so that the variation start process is executed in the special figure related control process. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, the above-described general-purpose map-related control processing in step 204 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1400, the main CPU 101 loads the value of the general pattern execution phase data. This general-purpose map execution phase data indicates which of a plurality of functional modules (subroutines) constituting the general-purpose map related control process is to be executed. Specifically, the normal pattern execution phase data includes data "10" indicating execution of normal symbol fluctuation start processing described later, data "11" indicating execution of normal symbol fluctuation stop processing described later, and normal It has data "12" indicating execution of post-symbol stop processing and data "13" indicating execution of movable piece control processing described later.
Then, the main CPU 101 performs normal symbol fluctuation start processing (step 1401), normal symbol fluctuation stop processing (step 1402), normal symbol stop post-processing (step 1403) or the movable piece control process (step 1404). Then, the general/universal map-related control process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol variation start processing of step 1401 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1500, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern execution phase data is "10" indicating execution of the normal pattern fluctuation start process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "10", the normal pattern fluctuation start process is terminated. On the other hand, when the normal pattern execution phase data is determined to be "10", the process proceeds to the next step 1501.
In step 1501, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a hit determination random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area, that is, whether the normal pattern reservation number counter is equal to or greater than "1". Then, when it is determined that the general pattern holding number counter is not "1" or more (that is, "0"), the normal pattern fluctuation start processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number counter of the normal pattern is greater than or equal to "1", the process proceeds to the next step 1502.

At step 1502, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the normal pattern pending number counter by "1". Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1503 .
At step 1503, the main CPU 101 executes shift processing of the normal diagram reservation storage area. Specifically, the winning determination random number stored in the first storage unit is stored in a predetermined processing area provided in the main RAM 103, and the winning number stored in the second storage unit to the fourth storage unit is stored. The decision random number is shifted to a storage unit with a smaller number. As a result, the hit determination random number stored in the general pattern reservation storage area is so-called first-in first-out (FIFO), and is used for the election determination process described later. Then, go to step 1504 .

In step 1504, the main CPU 101 determines the hit determination random number determination table 116 (first Judgment table 116a, second judgment table 116b or third judgment table 116c) is selected, and based on the selected table and the hit determination random number stored in the processing area in step 1503 described above, the normal design Winning decision processing for deriving the result of the lottery is executed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 refers to the first determination table 116a during the non-time-saving game state, during the special game, or during the small winning game, and when it is during the first time-saving game state, With reference to the second determination table 116b, in the case of the second time-saving gaming state, with reference to the third determination table 116c, the determination random number stored in the processing area is determined. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1505 .
At step 1505, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the result of the winning determination process at step 1504 is a win. Then, if it is determined to be a hit, the process proceeds to the next step 1506 . On the other hand, if it is determined not to win (that is, to lose), the process proceeds to step 1507 .

At step 1506 , the main CPU 101 stores winning symbol data in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, go to step 1508 .
Also, in step 1507 to which the result of the lottery determination process is determined to be no win (that is, lose) in step 1505 described above, the main CPU 101 stores the losing symbol data in a predetermined processing area of the main RAM 103 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1508 .

In step 1508, the main CPU 101 confirms whether the current state of the pachinko machine P is a non-time-saving game state, a first time-saving game state, a second time-saving game state, during a special game, or during a small winning game. , normal symbol variation pattern determination table 117 is referred to, and normal symbol variation time corresponding to the state of pachinko machine P at present is set in a normal symbol variation time timer counter. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets "3 seconds" to the normal figure fluctuation time counter during the non-time-saving game state, during the special game, or during the small winning game, and during the first time-saving game state In some cases, "2 seconds" is set to the normal pattern fluctuation time counter, and "0.6 seconds" is set to the normal pattern fluctuation time counter when it is in the second time reduction game state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1509 .
At step 1509, the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of normal symbols. As a result, when the variable display of normal symbols is performed, the normal symbol display device 32 starts blinking display. In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the hit determination random number is stored in the normal pattern reservation storage area, the normal pattern reservation display device 33 is displayed in a manner that allows recognition of the normal pattern reservation number. It's becoming Then, when the variable display of the normal design is performed, the display of the normal design reservation display device 33 is controlled so as to indicate that the number of normal design reservations is reduced by one at the same time as the start of the variable display. Then, go to the next step 1510 .

In step 1510, the main CPU 101 stores the current state of the pachinko machine P in the gaming machine state buffer as the state of the pachinko machine P at the start of fluctuation. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1511 .
In step 1511, the main CPU 101 sets "11" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern fluctuation stop processing is executed in the normal pattern related control processing. Then, the normal symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol variation stop processing of step 1402 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1600, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal pattern execution phase data is data "11" indicating execution of the normal pattern fluctuation stop process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "11", the normal pattern fluctuation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "11", the process proceeds to the next step 1601.
In step 1601, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol variation time set in the normal symbol variation time timer counter in step 1508 has elapsed. When it is determined that the variation time has not passed, the normal symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 1602 .

In step 1602, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stopping and displaying the normal symbols on the normal symbol display device 32, and executes stop display of the normal symbols. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1603 .
In step 1603, the main CPU 101 sets a variable stop display time for stop-displaying normal symbols in a normal pattern stop display time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1604 .

In step 1604, the main CPU 101 sets "12" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern stop post-processing is executed in the normal pattern related control process. Then, the normal symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the normal symbol stop post-processing in step 1403 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1700, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol execution phase data is data "12" indicating execution of normal symbol stop post-processing. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "12", the normal pattern stop post-processing is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "12", the process proceeds to the next step 1701.
At step 1701, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the fluctuation stop display time set in the normal pattern stop display time timer counter at step 1603 has passed. And when it determines with the said fluctuation|variation stop display time not having passed, the process after a normal design stop is complete|finished. On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1702 .

At step 1702, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal symbol displayed in a stopped state is a winning symbol. Then, when it is determined that the normal symbol that is stopped and displayed is not a winning symbol (that is, it is a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 1704 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal symbol that is stopped and displayed is a winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 1703 .
At step 1703, the main CPU 101 sets "13" to the normal map execution phase data so that the movable piece control process is executed in the normal map related control process. Then, the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated.

Also, in step 1704, which proceeds when it is determined in step 1702 that the normal symbols stopped and displayed are not winning symbols (that is, they are losing symbols), the main CPU 101 starts normal symbol variation in the normal symbol-related control processing. "10" is set to the normal figure execution phase data so that the process is executed. Then, the normal symbol stop post-processing is terminated.

Next, the movable piece control processing of step 1404 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 1800, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the normal diagram execution phase data is data "13" indicating execution of the movable piece control process. Then, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is not "13", the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal pattern execution phase data is "13", the process proceeds to the next step 1801.
At step 1801, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the movable piece 16b is under operation control, that is, whether or not the start winning opening solenoid 16c is energized. Then, when it is determined that the movable piece 16b is under operation control, the process proceeds to step 1804 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the movable piece 16b is not under operation control, the process proceeds to the next step 1802 .

In step 1802, the main CPU 101 determines that the state of the pachinko machine P at the start of normal symbol fluctuation is in the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, the second time-saving game state, the special game, or the small winning game. Check whether it was Then, it proceeds to the next step 1803 .
At step 1803, the main CPU 101 refers to the second starting prize winning opening control table 118, and in accordance with the state of the pachinko machine P confirmed at step 1802, electrification control data (opening data) for the starting winning opening solenoid 16c. , the number of times of energization (number of times of opening) and the energization time (opening time) are set. Then, the movable piece control process ends.

Also, in step 1804 to which the movable piece 16b is under control in step 1801 described above, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the energization time (release time) set in step 1803 has elapsed. judge. Then, when it is determined that the energization time (opening time) has not elapsed, the movable piece control process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the energization time (opening time) has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 1805 .
At step 1805, the main CPU 101 stops the operation of the movable piece 16b, that is, stops the energization of the start winning opening solenoid 16c. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 1806 .

At step 1806, the main CPU 101 sets "10" to the normal pattern execution phase data so that the normal pattern fluctuation start processing is executed in the normal pattern related control processing. Then, the movable piece control process ends.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to this embodiment)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the first low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state game state combining game state), second low probability time saving game state (game state combining low probability game state and second time saving game state), or high probability time saving game state (high probability game state and second time saving game state A game state combining game states) is set, and the game progresses.

When a player starts playing a game, the normal game state is often set. During this normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is , there is a possibility that the ball will enter the first starting prize winning port 15, and the ball will not enter the second starting prize winning port 16. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined (see FIG. 12(a)). . Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, the game state after the special game is finished is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, and the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined. If it is done, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the special game ends is set to the normal game state (see FIGS. 14(a) and 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the player hits to the left as instructed during the normal game state, the jackpot will be won to shift to the normal game state or the high-probability time-saving game state (Fig. 41). However, since it is 1% of the time when the jackpot is won, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined (see FIG. 12(a)). It is extremely difficult to shift to the game state.

Here, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the decision is made as to whether or not the time reduction grant is appropriate in the winning lottery, and the winning of the time reduction grant is determined with a probability of about 1/100. (see FIGS. 6(a), 7(a), 8(a), 9(a), 10(a), 11(a)). Then, when the time saving pattern J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined, the game state is set to the first low-probability time saving game state without going through the jackpot and the special game. At the same time, when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time-saving pattern J2 is determined. Then, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the winning lottery result is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time-saving pattern J3 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. However, it continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 30 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time saving pattern J4 is determined, the first low-probability time saving game state is the winning lottery without winning the big win. is derived 50 times, and when the time-saving pattern J5 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times without winning the jackpot. When the time saving pattern J6 is determined, the first low-probability time saving game state is continued until the result of the winning lottery is derived 1000 times without winning the jackpot, and when the time saving pattern J7 is determined. 2, the first low-probability time-saving game state is continued until the result of the winning lottery is derived once without winning the jackpot.

In addition, during the first low probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (left hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly As in the normal game state, lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15.例文帳に追加Then, if a jackpot is won during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined in the same manner as during the normal game state, and the probability of each jackpot pattern determination (decision of the jackpot pattern X1 The probability is 1%, and the probability of determining the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is 99%) is the same as during the normal game state, so when the jackpot is won during the first low-probability time-saving game state, almost the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined (see FIG. 12(a)). Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, since the game state at the time of jackpot winning is the time-saving gaming state, the gaming state after the special game is the second. It is set to a low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times (see FIG. 14(b) and FIG. 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the time-saving design J1 is determined, the time-saving design J2 is determined until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10 times. When the result of the winning lottery is derived 20 times, the time saving pattern J4 is determined until the result of the winning lottery is derived 30 times when the time saving pattern J3 is determined. In the case, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 50 times, if the time saving pattern J5 is determined, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times, If the time saving pattern J6 is determined Until the result of the lottery is derived 1000 times, and if the time-saving pattern J7 is determined, the result of the lottery is derived once). It will shift to the probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 41).

During the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game The ball may enter the second start prize winning port 16 and never enter the first start prize winning port 15.例文帳に追加Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and if the big win is won, the big win symbol X1 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 12(b)). Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, similarly to the above, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to a high probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set. is set to 10000 times. Further, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game without a predetermined number of game balls entering the specific area 57 is again set to the second low-probability time-saving game state to save time. The number of times is set to 100 (see FIG. 14(c) and FIG. 41). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, if the right hitting is performed as instructed during the second low probability time saving game state, whether the second low probability time saving game state is reset by winning the jackpot Or, it will shift to a high-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 41). Here, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is shifted to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times, and during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the normal game state or the first low probability Since the second start prize-winning port 16 is much easier to maintain in the open state than during the time-saving game state, the player can win the next big win almost certainly while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game. And, since it is 70% when the jackpot is won that the jackpot pattern X1 is determined (see FIG. 12(b)), during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the jackpot is won It is easy to shift to a high-probability time-saving game state.

During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and the game ball is launched accordingly. As long as there is, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and when the big win is won, the big win pattern X1 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 12 (b) ). Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the game state after the predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 and the special game is finished is again set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is 10000. times. Further, when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state without entering the predetermined number of game balls into the specific area 57, and the number of times of time-saving is 100. times (see FIG. 12(c) and FIG. 41).
During the high-probability time-saving game state, similarly to the second low-probability time-saving game state, it is possible to win the next big win almost certainly while suppressing the decrease of game balls.

In addition, when the jackpot pattern X4 is determined in the second low probability time-saving gaming state or high probability time-saving gaming state, the second low probability time-saving gaming state of 100 time-saving times is set (Fig. 12 (c) , see FIG. 41), if a jackpot is won before the winning lottery is performed 100 times, it is possible to expect a transition to a high-probability time-saving gaming state again.

Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, during the normal game state, the first low by the determination of the winning of the time saving grant (time saving pattern J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6 or J7) based on the winning lottery Aiming to transition to the probability reduction gaming state, during the first low probability reduction gaming state (until the result of the lottery is 10 times, 20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times, 1000 times or 1 time ) by winning the jackpot, aiming to transition to the second low-probability time-saving game state, and then continuing the second low-probability time-saving game state and high probability time-saving game state. A new playability is given. That is, the first low-probability time-saving game state that can be shifted from the normal game state without winning the jackpot and the special game shifts to the second low-probability time-saving game state or high probability time-saving game state that is advantageous for the player. A game property such as a chance zone for a game is imparted, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the success or failure of the time saving provision is determined in the winning lottery during the normal game state, and the time saving granting is won by the winning lottery, and the time saving symbols J1, J2, J3. , J4, J5, J6 or J7 is determined, it is possible to shift to the time-saving gaming state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. It is possible to give a novel impression to the player, and to provide a wide variety of transitions to the time-saving game state, thereby providing unprecedented game performance.
Further, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, in the win/loss lottery, the win/loss determination is performed based on the win/loss random number, and when it is determined that the win/loss is not won, the same win/loss is performed during the normal game state. Since the judgment of whether or not to give time reduction is based on random numbers, the type of random numbers used for making various judgments can be suppressed, and the load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 and main RAM 103 is reduced. can do.
Further, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, since the probability of winning the time saving grant is the same regardless of the set value, the set value is set by setting the time saving game state without winning the jackpot It is possible to prevent a situation in which the degree of gambling is excessively increased when the advantage of each game changes and a predetermined set value is set.

(Outline of production in pachinko machine P)
As described above, by executing various processes in the main control board 100, a special game, a normal game, a special game, and a small winning game will proceed. During the progress of these games, various commands are transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub-control board 300, and the sub-control board 300 receives these commands, thereby allowing the sub-control board 300 to control the progress of the game. Execute the control of the production accompanying.
In the following, it is executed during the variable display of the special symbols, and the variable effect that can notify the result of the winning lottery, and the variable effect in the case where the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, and the time saving grant Winning and a special notification effect that can notify the number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state based on the winning will be described.

(Outline of variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as described above, during the variable display of the special symbols, a variable effect is executed in which the result of the winning lottery can be notified by the display mode of the effect symbols 50 . In this variable effect, the effect symbol 50 (dummy symbol) is displayed in a variable manner superimposed on the background image displayed on the display section 21a of the effect display device 21.例文帳に追加Then, the result of the lottery can be notified to the player by the combination of the performance symbols 50 that are displayed in a stationary manner after being variably displayed (in a stationary display manner).

Specifically, after the start of the variable display of the special symbols, the variable display of all the performance symbols 50 is started from the state where all the performance symbols 50 are stopped and displayed (FIGS. 42(a) and (b), See FIGS. 43(a) and (b)). A downward arrow in the figure indicates that the effect pattern 50 is displayed to scroll downward from above.
After that, the production pattern 50 positioned on the left side (hereinafter referred to as the first stop pattern), the production pattern 50 positioned on the right side (hereinafter referred to as the second stop pattern), the production pattern 50 positioned in the center (hereinafter referred to as the third stop pattern) ) (see FIGS. 42(c) to (e) and FIGS. 43(c) to (e)).

Then, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, all the performance symbols 50 are stop-displayed with the same symbols (see FIG. 43(e)). That is, by stop-displaying all the performance symbols 50 with the same symbols, it is informed that the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot.

In addition, when the result of the winning lottery is a loss, all the performance symbols 50 are not stop-displayed with the same symbols (see FIG. 42(e)). That is, when at least one performance symbol 50 is stopped and displayed in a pattern different from the other performance symbols 50, it is indicated that the result of the lottery is a loss. It should be noted that the stop display mode described above does not actively notify that the result of the winning lottery is a loss, but simply makes the player aware that the result is a loss (not winning a big win or a small win). is.
Also, although not shown in particular, when the result of the lottery is a small win, a specific mode indicating that fact (for example, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol become the same symbol, The effect symbol 50 is stop-displayed in a combination where the third stop symbol is a special symbol indicating winning of a small hit. That is, by stop-displaying the effect pattern 50 in a specific manner, it is informed that the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the small prize.
In addition, the stop display mode of the production pattern 50 in the case of winning a small hit is not limited to the above contents, and the same mode as when the result of the lottery is a loss (that is, at least one production pattern 50 may be stopped and displayed in a pattern different from the other production patterns 50). As a result, the player may not be able to grasp whether the result of the winning lottery is a loss or winning a small prize, depending on the stop display mode of the performance symbols 50.例文帳に追加

Also, if the result of the lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, a special mode indicating that (for example, the first stop design and the second stop design become the same odd number design other than "7", The effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a combination where the 3 stop patterns are "7", etc.), and a setting image indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (for example, "CHANCE ZONE rush!" character images, etc.) are displayed (see FIGS. 44(g) to 44(h)), and the number of working hours is reported (see FIG. 44(i)). That is, the effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a special mode, and the above-described setting image is displayed, so that the result of the winning lottery is notified that the time saving grant is won, and the number of time saving times is notified. , The type of the determined time saving pattern is notified.

Also, the third stop symbol is stop-displayed substantially simultaneously with the stop-display of the special symbol on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 . As a result, the special symbols are stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31 prior to the stop display of the performance symbols 50, and the result of the lottery is grasped by the type of the special symbols. prevent this from happening.

(Aspect of the first half of the variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are used as the first half of the variable effect (from the start of the variable effect until the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed). There are provided a no-reach pattern in which symbols different from the symbol are stopped and displayed, and a variable reach pattern in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with the same symbol (so-called reach display is performed). there is

A plurality of types of reach-free patterns and reach-fluctuation patterns are provided, respectively, and various methods of fluctuation and the like are set.
Specifically, as the no-reach pattern, a no-reach pattern A in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with different symbols without causing any particular change in the manner of fluctuation or the display contents of the performance symbol 50. , all the production patterns 50 are temporarily stopped in a predetermined stop display mode (for example, the first stop pattern and the second stop pattern are temporarily stopped with numbers different by 1, and the third stop pattern is a temporary stop suggesting a temporary stop). After a pseudo-continuous effect is executed in which display is performed a predetermined number of times (for example, once) in which the game is temporarily stopped at the stop symbol and the variable display is resumed, the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are different symbols. A no-reach pattern B that is stopped and displayed is provided.
Further, as the reach variation pattern, the reach variation pattern A in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed with the same symbol without causing any particular change in the method of variation or the display contents of the performance symbol 50, is described above. A ready-to-win variation pattern B is provided in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stop-displayed with different symbols after the pseudo continuous effect is executed.

As for the number of times of temporary stop and the timing of temporary stop in the pseudo-continuous effect, various times and various points of time may be set. In addition, it is set so that a pseudo-continuous effect in which the above-mentioned temporary stop is performed a specific number of times (for example, 4 times) is performed only when the jackpot is won or when the time-saving award is won, and the pseudo-continuous effect is performed. When it is executed, it may be made possible to grasp that the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the reduction of working hours is decided. In addition, after the ready-to-win display is performed, the third stop symbol is temporarily stopped and then the variable display is resumed. You may set so that the execution ratio of continuous production may become high.
Further, the no-reach pattern and the reach-variation pattern are not limited to the above-described modes. For example, as the ready-to-win variation pattern, the ready-to-win display in which the first stop symbol and the second stop symbol are stopped and displayed in the same pattern is not performed, and instead of performing the ready-to-win display, a predetermined image is displayed to the effect that the ready-to-win has occurred. You may provide the aspect etc. which alert|report by displaying.

(Aspect of the second half of the variable production)
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the second half of the variable effect when the first half of the variable effect is the non-reach pattern (the second stop symbol is stop-displayed and then the third stop symbol is stop-displayed). ), there is provided a normal losing pattern in which the third stop symbol is stopped and displayed as it is to notify that the result of the winning lottery is a losing (see FIG. 42).
As a mode of the second half of the variable performance when the first half of the variable performance is the ready-to-win variation pattern, a predetermined development performance image is displayed on the performance display device 21 together with the variable display of the third stop pattern after the ready-to-win display. The reach development effect is executed, and the result of the lottery is a development pattern (see FIG. 44) that informs that the result of the lottery is the winning of the jackpot, the winning of the small win, the winning of the time reduction grant, or the loss, and the above-mentioned reach after the reach display A no-development pattern (see FIG. 43) is provided for notifying that the result of the lottery is a big win, a small win, a short-time award win or a loss without execution of the development performance.

A plurality of types of development pattern modes are provided, and various types of development effect images and the like are set. In the pachinko machine P according to this embodiment, a development pattern A and a development pattern B are provided as patterns with development.
In the development pattern A, a moving image (hereinafter referred to as a development performance image A) is displayed in which the performance symbols 50 are successively destroyed and the finally displayed performance symbol 50 is determined as the third stop symbol. Yes (see FIGS. 44(e) to (g)), and as will be described later, it can be executed in any case of winning a jackpot, winning a small win, winning a short-time award, and losing. .
In the case where the development pattern A is executed, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, a display is made to the effect that the performance pattern 50 constituting the stop display mode of finally winning the jackpot has been reached. When the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the small win, a display is made to the effect that the performance pattern 50 constituting the stop display mode that finally wins the winning of the small winning is reached, and the result of the winning lottery is reduced in time. When the award is won, a display is made to the effect that the production pattern 50 that constitutes the stop display mode that finally wins the time saving award is reached (see FIGS. 44 (e) to (g)), and the winning lottery. When the result of (1) is a loss, a display is made to the effect that the performance symbol 50 constituting the stop display mode that eventually leads to a loss is reached. As a result, it is notified whether the result of the winning lottery is winning a big win, winning a small win, winning a time-saving award, or losing.

Development pattern B, although not particularly illustrated, displays a moving image in which a predetermined character challenges a mission and the result of the challenge is shown.
In this development pattern B, there are four types of patterns: development pattern B1, development pattern B2, development pattern B3, and development pattern B4. are associated with a development effect image B1, a development effect image B2, a development effect image B3, or a development effect image B4, which are different from each other. Specifically, the development effect image B1 is displayed in the development pattern B1, the development effect image B2 is displayed in the development pattern B2, the development effect image B3 is displayed in the development pattern B3, and the development effect image B4 is displayed in the development pattern B4. configured to be displayed.

In addition, as will be described later, this development pattern B can be executed only in the case of winning a jackpot or winning a reduced working hours.
Then, when the development pattern B1, the development pattern B2, the development pattern B3, or the development pattern B4 is executed, if the result of the lottery is a big win, the above-mentioned mission is finally succeeded. After the display is performed, the stop display mode that becomes the winning of the jackpot is displayed (see FIGS. 46(b) to (d)), and when the result of the lottery is the winning of the time reduction grant, the above-mentioned finally A setting image indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the display indicating that the mission has failed and the number of times of time-saving are displayed (see FIGS. 45(e) to (h)). It is As a result, it is notified whether the result of the winning lottery is the winning of a big hit or the winning of a time saving grant.
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the variable performance by the development pattern B is executed, it is determined that the result of the winning lottery is either the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the reduction of working hours. , the player's interest in the execution of the variable presentation by the development pattern B can be heightened.

In addition, the pattern with development is not limited to the above-mentioned mode. For example, as a pattern with development, after a predetermined development effect image is displayed, other development effect images set with a higher expectation of winning a jackpot or a higher expectation of winning a time saving grant than the development effect image It is also possible to provide a mode in which the display is switched to, or a mode in which the winning of the jackpot or the reduction of working hours is reported after being once notified of the loss.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as a mode of variable performance, separately from the various modes described above, all the performance symbols 50 are displayed in a variable manner, and after the lapse of the variable time, these performance symbols 50 are displayed. A special variation pattern is provided in which the are all stopped and displayed.

Further, in each of the effects described above, in addition to displaying an image, a predetermined sound may be output, or the effect lighting device 23 (lamp) may emit light in a predetermined lighting pattern or color.

(Determination of Mode of Variable Production)
Next, determination of the execution mode of the above-described variable effect will be described.
The main ROM 302 of the sub control board 300 stores a variable effect determination table 119 that defines the mode of the variable effect for each variable pattern command that can be determined by the main control board 100 . Then, when the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 receives a variation pattern command from the main control board 100 at the start of variation, the sub CPU 301 refers to the variation performance determination table 119 and determines the mode of variation performance based on the received variation pattern command. do.

In the variable effect determination table 119, the mode of the variable effect is determined in association with each variable pattern command and the variable effect random number acquired within a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249 in this embodiment). When the sub CPU 301 of the sub control board 300 receives the variation pattern command from the main control board 100, it acquires a variation effect random number of 1 from a predetermined numerical range (0 to 249). Then, the sub CPU 301 determines the aspect of the variable effect based on the variable effect determination table 119, the received variable pattern command, and the acquired variable effect random number. As a result, the effect display device 21 executes a variable effect based on the determined mode.

As shown in FIG. 47, according to the variable effect determination table 119, when the received variable pattern command is "00H", "04H", "05H" or "08H" ), the first half is a non-reach pattern A and the second half is a normal failure pattern (hereinafter referred to as mode 1), or the first half is a non-reach pattern B and the second half is a normal failure pattern. (hereinafter referred to as mode 2) is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "01H" (that is, if the result of the lottery is a loss), the first half is the reach variation pattern A and the second half is the pattern without development (hereinafter , Mode 3), or the mode of reach variation pattern B in the first half and no development pattern in the latter half (hereinafter referred to as mode 9) is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "02H", "03H", "06H" or "07H" (that is, if the result of the lottery is a loss), the first half is the reach variation pattern Either A and the latter half of the development pattern A mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 4), or the first half reach variation pattern B and the latter half of the development pattern A mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 10) are determined .

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "22H", "23H", "26H" or "27H" (that is, if the result of the lottery is a small hit), mode 4 or Any of aspects 10 are determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "A2H", "A3H", "A6H" or "A7H" (that is, if the result of the lottery is a jackpot), mode 4, first half Part is the reach fluctuation pattern A and the latter half is the mode of the development pattern B1 (hereinafter referred to as mode 5), the first half is the reach variation pattern A and the second half is the mode of the development pattern B2 (hereinafter referred to as mode 6), the first half is Reach variation pattern A and the latter half of the development pattern B3 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 7), reach variation pattern A and the latter half of the development pattern B4 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 8), mode 10, first half part is reach variation pattern B and the second half is the development pattern B1 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 11), the first half is the reach variation pattern B and the second half is the development pattern B2 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 12), the first half is reach Either the variation pattern B and the second half of the development pattern B3 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 13), or the first half of the reach variation pattern B and the second half of the development pattern B4 mode (hereinafter referred to as mode 14) are determined be done.

Also, when the received variation pattern command is "B3H" (that is, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J1 (time saving number of times 10 times) is determined), mode 4 , aspect 5, aspect 10 or aspect 11 is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "B4H" (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined) or "B5H" If there is (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving award and the time saving pattern J3 (time saving number of times 30 times) is determined), mode 4, mode 5, mode 6, mode 10, mode 11 or aspect 12 is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "B6H" (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J4 (time saving number of times 50 times) is determined) or "B7H" If there is (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J5 (time saving number of times 100 times) is determined), mode 4, mode 5, mode 6, mode 7, mode 10 , Aspect 11, Aspect 12 or Aspect 13 is determined.

Also, when the received variation pattern command is "B8H" (that is, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J6 (time saving number of times 1000 times) is determined), mode 4 , Aspect 5, Aspect 6, Aspect 7, Aspect 8, Aspect 10, Aspect 11, Aspect 12, Aspect 13 or Aspect 14 is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "B9H" (that is, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the time saving pattern J7 (time saving number of times) is determined), mode 4 or aspect 10 is determined.

Also, if the received variation pattern command is "BAH", "BBH", "BCH", "BDH", "BEH" or "BFH" case), a special variation pattern (hereinafter referred to as aspect 15) is determined.

In addition, in FIG. 47, the number shown in each area in which the variation pattern command and the aspect of the variation effect are associated is the range of the variation effect random numbers assigned to the area, that is, the selection ratio of the area (determined percentage).
In the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, regarding the mode of variable presentation, if the result of the winning lottery is a loss, if a big win is won, if a small win is won, a time reduction grant is won and a predetermined time reduction pattern is determined. The selection ratio for each case is set separately.

For example, if the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the short-time grant, compared to the case of losing or the winning of the small hit, although the determination ratio of the reach fluctuation pattern A is low, the reach fluctuation pattern The decision ratio of B is high. Therefore, when the reach variation pattern B is executed, the degree of expectation for the winning of the jackpot or the reduction of working hours is higher than when the reach variation pattern A is executed.

In addition, regarding development pattern A, although the result of the lottery can be determined in any case of losing, winning a small win, winning a big win, and winning a short time grant, development pattern B ( B1, B2, B3, and B4) can be determined only when the result of the winning lottery is winning a jackpot or winning a short-time award. Therefore, when the development pattern B is executed, the winning of the jackpot or the reduction of working hours is decided, and it can be grasped that one of them has been won.

In addition, regarding the development pattern B1, the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, and the time saving pattern J1 (10 times the time saving), J2 (20 times the time saving), J3 (30 times the time saving), J4 (50 times the time saving) times), J5 (time saving number of times 100 times) or J6 (time saving number of times 1000 times) can be determined. The development pattern B2 can be determined when the lottery result is winning of the time saving award and the time saving pattern J2, J3, J4, J5 or J6 is decided. The development pattern B3 can be determined when the result of the lottery is the winning of time saving provision and the time saving pattern J4, J5 or J6 is decided. As for the development pattern B4, it can be determined when the result of the lottery is the winning of time saving provision and the time saving pattern J6 is decided.
That is, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, only the development pattern B1 can be determined among the development patterns B, and the time saving pattern J2 or J3 is determined, it is possible to determine the development pattern B1 and the development pattern B2 out of the development pattern B, and when the time saving pattern J4 or J5 is determined, the development pattern B1 out of the development pattern B, the development pattern B2 and the development pattern B3 can be determined, and when the time saving pattern J6 is determined, all of the development pattern B1, the development pattern B2, the development pattern B3 and the development pattern B4 can be determined. It's like

Furthermore, in other words, when the development pattern B is executed when the time reduction pattern J1 in which the number of times of time reduction is determined is determined, the execution rate of the development pattern B1 is 100%, and the execution of the development patterns B2, B3 and B4. The ratio is 0%, and the development pattern B is executed when the time saving pattern J2 in which the number of times of time saving is set to 20 times is determined or when the time saving pattern J3 in which the number of times of time saving is set to 30 times is determined. Sometimes, the execution ratio of the development patterns B1 and B2 are both 50%, and the execution ratio of the development patterns B3 and B4 are both 0%. When the development pattern B is executed when the time saving pattern J5 with the number of times 100 is determined, the execution ratio of the development patterns B1, B2 and B3 is all about 33%, and the execution ratio of the development pattern B4 is 0. %, and when the development pattern B is executed when the time reduction pattern J6 in which the number of times of time reduction is set to 1000 times is determined, the execution ratio of the development patterns B1, B2, B3 and B4 is 25%. That is, according to the time reduction frequency|count set, the execution ratio of development pattern B1, B2, B3, and B4 differs.

Then, when the development pattern B1 is executed, the winning of the jackpot, or the reduction in working hours set to 10 times or more (10 times, 20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times, or 1000 times) election is confirmed. In addition, when the development pattern B2 is executed, the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the time saving grant set to 20 times or more (20 times, 30 times, 50 times, 100 times or 1000 times) Determine. In addition, when the development pattern B3 is executed, the winning of the jackpot or the winning of the reduction in working hours set to 50 times or more (50 times, 100 times or 1000 times) is decided. In addition, when the development pattern B4 is executed, winning of a jackpot or winning of time saving given in which the number of times of time saving is set to 1000 times is decided.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the execution ratio of the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 differs according to the number of times of time reduction when the time reduction grant is won, and the executed development pattern Since the player can be given a different sense of expectation for the number of time reductions that can be set for each type of B, the player's interest in the variable presentation by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, and B4 can be heightened. .

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot, and when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the reduction of working hours, the development patterns B1, B2, B3 , B4 can be executed, but when the result of the win/fail lottery is winning or losing a small prize, the variable performance by the development patterns B1, B2, B3 and B4 is not executed. That is, the development patterns B1, B2, B3, B4 are better when the result of the lottery is the winning of the big win or the winning of the short-time grant than the case where the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the small win or the loss. The execution ratio of the variable production by is high. Therefore, by executing the variable production by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, B4, it is possible to improve the expectation for the winning of the jackpot or the reduction of working hours, so the development patterns B1, B2, B3, B4 It is possible to enhance the player's interest in the variable presentation.

It should be noted that the variable performance by the development patterns B1, B2, B3, B4 is not executed when the result of the lottery is a small win or a loss, but the result of the lottery is a big win or a big win. It may be executed at a rate lower than the case of winning the time saving award.

In addition, during the variable production, along with the variable display of the production pattern 50, various advance notice images indicating the degree of expectation of winning the jackpot and the degree of expectation of winning of the time saving grant are displayed. ing.

Then, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the possibility of execution of the above-described advance notice effect when winning a jackpot or when winning a time-saving award is set separately. As a result, it is possible to change the player's expectations for winning a big win or winning a time-saving award in accordance with the notice effect to be executed. Specifically, the specific notice effect is set to be executed when the jackpot is won or when the time reduction is won, so the player who wins the jackpot or wins the time reduction It will raise the expectations of

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, the possibility of execution of a specific advance notice performance is set higher in the case of winning the time-saving award than in the case of winning the jackpot.

For example, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 48, as an advance notice effect to be executed before the ready-to-win display during the variable effect, it is possible to execute a dialogue announcement in which a dialogue by a predetermined character is displayed. there is As the mode of the speech notice, three patterns of speech notice A, speech notice B, and speech notice C are provided.
Also, as a notice effect executed after the ready-to-win display during the variable effect, a cut-in notice in which a predetermined cut-in image is displayed can be executed. Modes of the cut-in notice include a blue cut-in notice in which a blue cut-in image is displayed, a red cut-in notice in which a red cut-in image is displayed, and a purple cut-in notice in which a purple cut-in image is displayed. 3 patterns are provided.

Then, when the time-saving provision is won by the lottery, it is possible to execute the dialogue notice A and the dialogue notice B as the dialogue notice. The percentage of execution of the advance notice B is 10%. Also, as cut-in notices, blue cut-in notice, red cut-in notice, and purple cut-in notice can be executed. The percentage of execution is 40%, and the percentage of execution of purple cut-in notice is 55%.

Further, in the event that a jackpot is won by lottery, it is possible to execute speech notice A, speech notice B, and speech notice C as speech notices, and in this case, the rate at which speech notice A is executed. is 15%, the rate at which line notice B is executed is 20%, and the rate at which line notice C is executed is 25%. Also, as cut-in notices, blue cut-in notice and red cut-in notice can be executed. 25%.

In addition, in the case of winning or winning a small prize by lottery, it is possible to execute dialogue notice A and dialogue notice B as dialogue notice, and in this case, the proportion of execution of dialogue notice A is 3%, and the rate at which dialogue announcement B is executed is 5%. Also, as cut-in notices, blue cut-in notice and red cut-in notice can be executed. 10%.

That is, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when winning the time-saving award, compared with the case of winning the jackpot, the rate at which the line notice A is executed is the same, and the line notice B is executed. Since both the percentage of speech advance notice C and the percentage of execution of speech notice C are small, when speech notice B or speech notice C is executed, the player can have a sense of expectation for winning a big win. ing. In addition, since the speech notice C can be executed only when the jackpot is won, when the speech notice C is executed, the winning of the jackpot is confirmed, and the player's interest can be enhanced. ing.

On the other hand, if you win a time-saving grant, the percentage of blue cut-in notices executed is the same, the percentage of red cut-in notices executed, and the purple Since the cut-in notice is executed at a high rate, when the red cut-in notice or the purple cut-in notice is executed, the player can have a sense of expectation for winning the time reduction grant. ing. In addition, since the purple cut-in notice can be executed only when the time reduction grant is won, when the purple cut-in notice is executed, the winning of the time reduction grant is confirmed, increasing the interest of the player. It is possible to do so.
As a result, it is possible to increase the expectation of the player for winning the time-saving grant, which has a high possibility of transitioning to the high-probability time-saving gaming state, rather than the jackpot winning, which is extremely difficult to transition to the high-probability time-saving gaming state. It has become.

Note that the effects that can be executed by the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment are not limited to the variable effects described above. It is also possible to provide a look-ahead effect for suggesting the suspension.
Specifically, as a look-ahead effect, when a new hold is stored, a normal mode, and a special mode that has a higher expectation of winning a jackpot or giving a shorter working time than the normal mode. Suspension look-ahead effect that displays suspension in one of the modes, Suspension display being displayed in a predetermined mode at any timing from the time when suspension is stored to the end of variable performance based on the suspension is changed to a mode in which the expectation of winning a jackpot or a reduction in working hours is high. When a new hold is stored, during a variable production based on the hold, or from the hold Suggestion of high expectation that suggests that the expectation of winning a jackpot or winning a short time grant is high across multiple variable performances from the variable performance based on the previously stored hold to the variable performance based on the hold A look-ahead zone rendering or the like that displays an image (for example, a background image or the like) may be provided.

In addition, when winning a time-saving award than when winning a jackpot, it is possible to execute the suspension look-ahead effect, the hold change look-ahead effect, the look-ahead zone effect, etc. in which the hold display is performed in the above-mentioned special mode. It may be set so as to increase the

For example, as shown in FIG. 49, as pending change look-ahead effects, a blue pending change where white pending display changes to blue pending display, a red pending change where white pending display changes to red pending display, and white There are three patterns of purple pending change in which the pending display by changes to purple pending display, and as a look-ahead zone effect, zone A where the first high-expectation suggestive image is displayed, and the second high-expectation suggestive image. and a zone C in which a third high-expectation-suggestive image is displayed.

Then, for any of the stored holds, if it is determined that the time-saving grant is won by a lottery, blue hold change, red hold change, and purple hold are used as hold change look-ahead effects for the above hold Changes can be performed, and in the above cases, the blue pending change may be performed 10% of the time, the red pending change may be performed 40% of the time, and the purple pending change may be performed 55% of the time. . In addition, as the look-ahead zone effect for the above-described suspension, zone A and zone B can be executed, and in the above case, the ratio of zone A to be executed is 15%, and the ratio of zone B to be executed is 10%. %.

In addition, when it is determined that a jackpot is won by a lottery for any of the stored holds, a blue hold change and a red hold change can be executed as the hold change look-ahead effect for the above hold. Yes, and in the above case, the rate at which the blue-holding change is performed may be 10%, and the rate at which the red-holding change is performed may be 25%. In addition, as the look-ahead zone effect for the above-mentioned hold, zone A, zone B and zone C can be executed. 20%, and zone C may be executed 25%.

In addition, if any of the stored holds is determined to be a loss or a small hit by a lottery, blue hold change and red hold change are performed as a hold change look-ahead effect for the above hold. It is practicable, and in the above case, 5% of the time the blue pending change is performed and 10% of the time the red pending change is performed. In addition, as the look-ahead zone effect for the above-mentioned suspension, zone A and zone B can be executed, and in this case, the ratio of zone A to be executed is 3%, It may be 5%.

That is, when set as described above, when it is determined that the winning of the time saving grant is determined, compared with the case of determining that the winning of the jackpot, the rate at which the blue pending change is executed is the same, and the red pending change is executed Since both the rate of execution and the rate of execution of the purple reservation change are large, when the red reservation change or the purple reservation change is executed, the player can have expectations for winning the time reduction award. In addition, since the purple pending change can be executed only when it is determined that the winning of the time saving grant is determined, when the purple pending change is executed, the determination of the time saving grant is confirmed and the player's interest is enhanced. is now possible.
Even in the case of setting in this way, it is possible to increase the expectation of the player for winning the short-time award rather than winning the jackpot.

In addition, when it is set as described above, when it is determined that the winning of the time reduction grant is determined, compared with the case of determining that the winning of the jackpot, the rate at which zone A is performed is the same, and zone B is performed. Since both the rate and the rate at which zone C is executed are small, when zone B or zone C is executed, the player can have a sense of expectation for winning a big prize. Note that zone C can be executed only when it is determined that a jackpot has been won. Therefore, when zone C is executed, the jackpot win is confirmed and the player's interest can be enhanced. It's becoming

(Outline of special notification effect)
The special notification effect is when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the time saving grant and the variation effect is performed by the special variation pattern (that is, the determined variation pattern command is "BAH", "BBH", "BCH", " BDH”, “BEH” or “BFH”) is a performance that can be executed along with the variable performance, and the number of times of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state based on the winning of the time-saving grant and the winning It can be notified.

In this special notification production, after the fluctuation production is started, the fluctuation time predetermined for each fluctuation pattern command has passed, and after the fluctuation production is completed, the stop display time (time saving pattern) predetermined for each special pattern are executed continuously until 3 seconds) elapses.
Specifically, in the special notification effect, all images displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 (effect pattern 50 , background image, etc.) are erased and the entire surface of the display unit 21a is displayed in black, and all the lamps (effect lighting device 23) provided in the pachinko machine P are extinguished. 50(a)-(c)). Then, when a predetermined blackout effect execution time (4 seconds in this embodiment) elapses, at the upper right corner of the display section 21a, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 smaller in size than the effect pattern 50 before the start of the blackout effect is started. As a result, the variable effect is resumed, a window is displayed in the center of the display section 21a, and the count-up display of numbers is started in this window (see FIG. 50(d)). The count-up display is performed until the variation time set in the variation pattern command elapses (see FIGS. 50(e) to (h)). Then, when the variable time has elapsed, the numbers in the above-mentioned window reach the number of time reductions corresponding to the time reduction design determined based on the winning of the time reduction grant, and count up with the end of the variable production. The display ends (see FIG. 50(h)). After that, until the stop display time elapses, a setting image indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set and the number of time-saving times are displayed (see FIG. 50 (i) to (j)), The special notification effect ends as the stop display time elapses.

In the above-described count-up display, until the number in the window reaches a predetermined value (20 in this embodiment), the number in the window increases to a predetermined number (20 in this embodiment) every time a predetermined count time (1 second in this embodiment) elapses. In 1), a display that increases by increments is performed (see FIGS. 50(d) to (e)).
Also, when the number in the window reaches "10" or "20" (that is, the value of the number of times that can be set), a display that goes back and forth between the displayed number and the next displayed number is performed. A stimulating effect is executed to arouse expectations for counting up to the next number (see FIGS. 50(f) to (g), FIGS. 51(a) to (d), and FIG. 52(a)). Here, when the time saving pattern corresponding to the number of time saving times greater than the number being displayed is determined, the count up to the next number is performed through the above-mentioned fanning production, and then the count up display is continuously performed. (See FIGS. 51(a)-(b)). On the other hand, if the time-saving pattern corresponding to the same number of time-savings as the number being displayed is determined, the count-up display ends with the number being displayed without counting up to the next number at the end of the fanning production. (That is, at this time the variable time has passed and the variable effect is completed), and then the above-described setting image and the number of times of time saving are displayed (Fig. 50 (h) ~ (j), Fig. 51 (e) ~ (g)).

Also, if the time saving pattern corresponding to the number of time saving times exceeding 20 times (30 times, 50 times, 100 times, 1000 times) has been determined, the number in the window will exceed "20" and the count-up display will be displayed. However, after the number in the window exceeds "20" through the above-mentioned effect, the number in the window is covered with a predetermined shielding image (for example, the image "???"). A hidden shield effect is executed (see FIG. 52(b)). Then, when the time corresponding to the determined number of times of time saving has passed, the shielding image is erased, and the number indicating the number of times of time saving that has been decided is suddenly displayed in the window, ending the count-up display (that is, At this point, the variable time has passed and the variable effect is finished), and then the above-described setting image and the number of times of time saving are displayed (see FIGS. 52(c) to (e)). By covering the numbers in the window with the shielding image in this way, the player is expected to see the numbers that are finally displayed in the window (that is, the number of time-savings corresponding to the determined time-saving pattern). can be improved.

Hereinafter, the progress of the special notification effect will be described more specifically.
(1) When the time saving pattern J1 (time saving number of times 10 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BAH" (variation time 18 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (a), special variation Two seconds after the start of the variation performance by the pattern, the blackout performance is started, and six seconds after the start of the variation performance, the blackout performance is finished and the count-up display is started. Then, 16 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the number in the window reaches "10" and the fan effect is executed, and 18 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the fan effect ends and the number in the window changes to "10". stop. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 10 times is 21 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the lapse of the stop display time.

(2) When the time saving pattern J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BBH" (variation time 30 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (b), special variation Until 18 seconds have passed since the start of the variable effect by the pattern, the special notification effect will proceed in the same way as (1), but after 18 seconds have passed since the start of the variable effect and the fan effect has ended, the numbers in the window exceeds "10" and the count-up display continues. Then, 28 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the number in the window reaches "20" and the fan effect is executed, and 30 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the fan effect ends and the number in the window changes to "20". stop. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 20 times is 33 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when set.

(3) When the time saving pattern J3 (time saving number of times 30 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BCH" (variation time 36 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. 53 (c), special variation Until 30 seconds have passed since the start of the variable performance by the pattern, the special notification performance will proceed in the same way as (2), but after 30 seconds have passed since the start of the variable performance and the fanning performance has ended, the shielding performance will be executed. be done. After 36 seconds from the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "30" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 30 times is 39 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times is set.

(4) When the time saving pattern J4 (time saving number of times 50 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BDH" (variation time 46 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. Until 30 seconds have elapsed from the start of , the special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (3) until the shielding effect is executed. After that, 46 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "50" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 50 times is 49 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. This is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times and 30 times are set.

(5) When the time saving pattern J5 (time saving number of times 100 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BEH" (variation time 66 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. Until 30 seconds have passed since the start of , the special notification effect proceeds in the same manner as in (3) and (4) until the shielding effect is executed. After that, 66 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "100" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 100 times is 49 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times, 30 times and 50 times are set.

(6) When the time saving pattern J6 (time saving number of times 1000 times) is determined and the variation pattern command "BFH" (variation time 68 seconds) is determined In this case, as shown in FIG. Until 30 seconds have passed since the start of , and until the shielding effect is executed, the special notification effect progresses in the same manner as in (3) to (5). After that, 68 seconds after the start of the variable effect, the shielding effect ends, the shielding image is erased, and the number "1000" is displayed in the window. At the same time, the variable production ends at this point. After that, until the stop display time of 3 seconds elapses, the above-described setting image and the number of times of shortening of working hours are displayed, and the special notification effect ends.
That is, the execution time of the special notification effect when the number of times of time saving is set to 1000 times is 49 seconds from the start of the variable effect to the end of the variable effect and the stop display time. It is longer than the execution time of the special notification effect when 20 times, 30 times, 50 times and 100 times are set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time saving pattern J7 (the number of times of time saving is once) is determined, the variation performance by the special variation pattern is not performed, and the special notification performance is not performed.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time saving grant is won, the more the number of time saving times set corresponding to the determined time saving pattern increases, the more special notification Execution time of production becomes longer. In other words, after the special notification effect is executed, the transition to the first low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving game state), which is an advantageous game state for the player, is performed. The period during which the first low-probability time-saving gaming state that shifts after execution of the effect is executed is lengthened.
Therefore, the longer the execution period of the special notification performance, the greater the game profit (the provision of the time-saving game state) given to the player, so that the player's interest in the special notification performance can be enhanced.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment, when the time-saving provision is won and the special notification effect is executed, the game ball is sent to the second start winning hole 16 without going through the winning of the jackpot and the special game. Since the first low-probability time-saving gaming state that makes it easy to enter the ball is set, the large winning opening 18 is opened during the period from the execution of the special notification effect to the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. will not be Therefore, the operation control of the structure (large prize winning port 18) during the above period is reduced, and the load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 can be reduced.

Next, control processing in the sub-control board 300 for executing various types of processing as described above will be described.
First, the main processing of the sub control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
At step 2000, when the power is turned on, the main processing program is read from the sub-ROM 302, and flags stored in the sub-RAM 303 are initialized and set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2001 .
In step 2001, the sub CPU 301 performs a process of updating each effect random number (fluctuation effect random number), and thereafter repeatedly executes the process of step 2001 until an interrupt process is performed. Here, each production random number is asynchronously updated.

Next, timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 will be described with reference to the flowchart shown in FIG.
The sub-control board 300 is provided with a reset clock pulse generation circuit (not particularly shown) that generates a clock pulse at a predetermined cycle (4 milliseconds). When a clock pulse is generated by the reset clock pulse generating circuit, the sub CPU 301 reads the timer interrupt processing program and starts the timer interrupt processing shown in FIG.

At step 2100 , the sub CPU 301 executes update processing of various timer counters used in the sub control board 300 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2101 .
In addition, the pachinko machine P according to the present embodiment employs a subtraction timer, and each time the timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 is executed, the timer counter is subtracted by 1, and when it reaches 0, the subtraction is stopped. It has become.
At step 2101, the sub CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the reception buffer of the sub RAM 303 and executes various processes according to the received command. Specifically, in the sub control board 300, when a command is transmitted from the main control board 100, command reception interrupt processing is performed, and the command transmitted from the main control board 100 is stored in the reception buffer. Then, the sub CPU 301 analyzes the command stored in the reception buffer by the command reception interrupt processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2102 .

In step 2102, the sub CPU 301 determines whether or not the operation of the effect operation device 9 can be accepted according to the progress of the variable effect being executed, and the operation signals from the rotation operation detection sensor 9c and the pressing operation detection sensor 9d. is input. When an operation signal is input from the rotating operation detection sensor 9c or the pressing operation detection sensor 9d, if the operation of the effect operation device 9 is being accepted, an image indicating that the effect operation device 9 has been operated is displayed. Commands are sent to the transmission buffer to be sent to various control boards such as a control board (not shown), a voice control board (not shown), and an illumination control board (not shown). Store. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2103 .
At step 2103, the sub CPU 301 transmits the command set in the transmission buffer of the sub RAM 303 to various control boards such as an image control board, an audio control board, and an illumination control board. Then, the timer interrupt processing of the sub control board 300 ends.

Next, among the command analysis processing in step 2101 described above, variation pattern command reception processing executed when a variation pattern command is received will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. As described above, the variation pattern command is stored in the main control board 100 at step 903 of the variation pattern determination process, and then transmitted to the sub control board 300 by the output control process at step 208 .
At step 2200, the sub CPU 301 acquires the variable effect random number updated at step 2001 described above. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2201 .
In step 2201, the sub CPU 301 determines the aspect of the variable effect based on the variable effect determination table 119, the variable effect random number acquired in step 2200, and the received variable pattern command. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 2202 .

In step 2202, the sub CPU 301 sets a variable effect execution command in accordance with the determined mode of the variable effect in the transmission buffer. The variable performance execution command set here is transmitted to various control boards in the above-described step 2103, and these control boards perform control to execute the variable performance based on the received variable performance execution command. . Then, the variation pattern command reception process is terminated.

In addition, the special notification effect in the above-described embodiment is started with the start of the variable effect related to the winning of the time saving grant, and ends when the stop display time of the special symbol has passed after the variable effect ends. It was set so that the execution time of the special notification effect for each time-saving design (the number of times of time-saving to be set) changes by varying the variation time specified in the variation pattern command corresponding to the time-saving design. It is not limited to this.
For example, in any time-saving design, although the variation time specified in the corresponding variation pattern command is the same, by changing the stop display time for each time-saving design, time-saving design (time-saving number of times to be set) You may set so that the execution time of special information production|presentation every may change. Moreover, by making both the variable time and the stop display time different, the execution time of the special notification effect may be changed for each time saving pattern (the number of time saving times to be set).
Even when set in this manner, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

In addition, the special notification effect is not executed in the period from the start of the variable effect related to the winning of the time reduction grant until the stop display time of the special symbol after the end of the variable effect passes, but the start of the above-mentioned variable effect It may be executed in the period from to end. Specifically, starting from a predetermined start point in the above-mentioned variable production (for example, the start time of the variable production, the time after a predetermined time has elapsed since the variable production was started, etc.), and a predetermined end point in the variable production (For example, after a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the start of the variable effect, the end of the variable effect, etc.).
In addition, the special notification effect is executed during the period from the acquisition of the special random number (first special random number) that won the time reduction grant until the end of the variable performance related to the time reduction grant. good too. Specifically, for example, 1 variable performance (hereinafter referred to as "prefetching variable performance") that is executed before the variable performance (hereinafter referred to as the "variable performance") pertaining to the winning of the time saving grant It is performed during the period. Alternatively, it may be executed in a period spanning a plurality of look-ahead variable effects, or may be executed in a period spanning from a look-ahead variable effect to the variable effect.
In the case of setting in this way, the execution timing of the special notification effect becomes rich in variations, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, it is possible to derive the winning of the time saving grant as a result of the determination in the winning lottery, and when the time saving grant is won, the time saving gaming state (first time saving gaming state) is set. However, as a result of the judgment in the lottery, it does not derive the winning of the time-saving grant, and it can be decided based on the judgment results other than the winning of the jackpot in the winning lottery (that is, the winning or losing of the small winning). A special symbol (that is, a small hit symbol or a losing symbol) is substituted as a time-saving symbol, and depending on the type of the above-mentioned special symbol determined, whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state (whether or not to give time-saving) is determined. good.

For example, a losing pattern ZA1, a losing pattern ZA2, a losing pattern ZA3, etc. are provided as losing patterns determined when a winning lottery based on a winning random number is determined, and when the losing pattern ZA1 is determined, the number of times of time reduction is 10 times. is set, and when the lost pattern ZA2 is determined, the first time-saving game state is set in which the number of times of time saving of 20 times is determined, and when the losing pattern ZA3 is determined, the number of times of 30 times is set. You may set so that the 1st time saving game state in which the number of times of time saving was defined may be set. Also in this case, the same variation pattern B as in the above-described embodiment may be executed, or the special notification effect similar to that in the above-described embodiment may be executed. good too.

Similarly, a small winning pattern YA1, a small winning pattern YA2, a small winning pattern YA3, etc. are provided as small winning patterns determined when a small winning is won by a winning lottery based on a winning random number. When YA1 is determined, the first time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is determined is set, and when the small winning symbol YA2 is determined, the first time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is determined is set. , When the small winning symbol YA3 is determined, it may be set so that the first time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is set to 30 times is set. Also in this case, the same variation pattern B as in the above-described embodiment may be executed, or the special notification effect similar to that in the above-described embodiment may be executed. good too.
In addition, as described above, the special notification effect in the case where the time-saving gaming state is set based on the small winning pattern is the small winning based on the winning of the small winning after the start of the variable production based on the winning of the small winning. It may be set to be executed during the period until the winning game is finished. And, when set in this way, the fluctuation time of the above-mentioned variable effect, the stop display time of the special symbol, the opening time of the small winning game, the opening time of the big winning opening 18 during the small winning game, the opening time of the small winning game By making one or more of the ending times different, the execution time of the special notification effect for each small winning symbol may be set to change.
In addition, the above-mentioned special notification effect is the same as the above, after the special random number (first special random number) that has won the small hit is acquired, until the fluctuation effect related to the small win is completed. You may make it perform in a period.
In the case of setting in this way, the variation of winning of time reduction provision becomes abundant, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

In addition, in the above-described embodiment, as the number of times of time saving set corresponding to the determined time saving pattern increases, the execution time of the special notification effect is set to be longer. The object to be controlled is not limited to the special notification effect that can be executed when winning the time saving award. For example, if one of a plurality of jackpot symbols is determined based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of round games to be executed during the special game is determined for each jackpot pattern, It may be set such that the greater the number of times of round games executed corresponding to the jackpot symbols, the longer the fluctuation time of the variable performance executed based on the winning of the jackpot. In other words, it may be set so that the longer the fluctuation time of the variable performance executed based on the winning of the jackpot, the greater the number of round games during the special game executed thereafter.
Further, as the number of round games executed corresponding to the jackpot pattern increases, the execution period of the predetermined look-ahead performance that can be executed from before the variable performance executed based on the winning of the jackpot becomes longer. can be set as In other words, it may be set so that the longer the execution period of the predetermined look-ahead effect, the greater the number of round games during the special game to be executed thereafter.
In the case of setting in this way, it is possible to increase the player's interest in the variable performance based on the winning of the jackpot and the look-ahead performance that can be executed before the variable performance.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, the large winning opening 18 is not opened during the period from when the special notification effect is executed until the first low probability time saving gaming state (time saving gaming state) is set. However, during the period from the execution of the variable performance based on the winning of the jackpot to the start of a special game advantageous to the player, another winning opening (for example, the second starting winning opening 16) is opened. may be omitted.

In addition, the variation production and special notification production by the development pattern B in the above-described embodiment are not only executed when the time saving grant is won by the winning lottery, but also the fact that the jackpot is won and the time saving game state is set. It may be executed even when a predetermined jackpot pattern is determined.

(Modification)
(1) In the above-described embodiment, the low-probability gaming state in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively low, and the non-time-saving gaming state in which the second start winning opening 16 is relatively difficult to maintain in an open state are combined. Only in the lottery during the normal game state, the judgment of whether the time saving grant is correct or not is performed, and during other game states (during the high probability game state where the probability of winning the jackpot is relatively high or the second start winning opening 16 is relatively During the time-saving game state that is easily maintained in the open state (that is, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, and during the high-probability time-saving game state) By not judging, it was possible to win the time saving grant only during the normal game state, and it was not possible to win the time saving grant during other game states, but the result of such a success or failure lottery is derived. The control for this is not limited to this.

For example, as the success/failure random number determination table 110 that is referred to during the high-probability gaming state or during the time-saving gaming state, a table (FIG. 6(b), FIG. 7( b), FIG. 8(b), FIG. 9(b), FIG. 10(b), FIG. 11(b)) are provided, and in the winning lottery during the high probability game state or the time saving game state, based on the above table You may make it determine the propriety of time saving provision. In this case, during the high-probability gaming state or during the time-saving gaming state, the time-saving grant determination is performed based on the success/failure random number determination table 110 that is not determined to be winning of the time-saving granting. As in the embodiment, during a game state other than the normal game state, it is impossible to be elected for the time reduction grant.
In addition, for example, the success or failure random number determination table 110 referred to during the high-probability game state or the time-saving game state is also provided with a numerical range of the success-or-failure random numbers for winning the time-saving grant. In the lottery, the appropriateness of the time-saving grant is determined based on the table, but if the time-saving grant is elected, the judgment result of the time-saving grant is forcibly rewritten to non-election of the time-saving grant. Or you may discard the determination result of winning of the said time saving provision. Also in this case, similarly to the above-described embodiment, during a game state other than the normal game state, it is impossible to win the winning of time saving grant.
In this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the determination in the winning lottery can be executed in the same manner as in the normal game state even in the game state other than the normal game state. The determination in the lottery can be shared, and the processing load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 can be reduced.
Further, in the above-described embodiment, even if any setting value is set, the probability of winning the time reduction grant was set to be the same, but it is not limited to this , You may set so that the probability of election of time reduction provision may differ according to a setting value. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the probability of winning the time saving award when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the time saving when the game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16 Although the probabilities of winning the award are set to be the same, the present invention is not limited to this, and the case where the game ball enters the first start prize winning port 15 and the second start prize winning port 16. It may be set so that the probability of winning the time saving provision may be different from the case where the game ball enters the ball. In addition, the number of times of time saving may be set differently according to the set game state and the type of time saving design determined when time saving is won. In addition, the set game state and the number of times of time reduction determined according to the type of time reduction pattern determined when winning the time reduction grant may be 0 times, or be sure to be 1 time or more. good too.
In addition, when setting a different number of time-saving patterns for each time-saving pattern to be determined, the probability of determining the number of time-saving patterns and the number of time-saving patterns is determined by the relationship with the probability of winning a jackpot in the winning lottery, and the gambling property becomes too high. (For example, the probability of winning a jackpot in a low-probability gaming state (for a pachinko machine with multiple levels of set values associated with settings related to ball output), the lowest jackpot in a low-probability gaming state probability of winning) is 1/P, the number of times of time saving ≤ P × specific coefficient A, probability of determination of time saving pattern ≤ P × specific coefficient B) may be satisfied.
In addition, a plurality of types of conditions for ending the time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the time-saving design may be set. For example, the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 reach a predetermined number of times (time saving number of times C1). Or, when the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches a predetermined number of times (time saving number C2), the time saving gaming state ends. can be set as In addition, when it is set in this way, the number of times of time saving C1 and the number of times of time saving C2, which is larger, is determined by the relationship with the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery as described above, and the gambling property is high. It may be set to a value within a range that does not become too much.

(2) In the above-described embodiment, if the time-saving grant is elected by determining whether the time-saving grant is appropriate in the winning lottery using the random number, it is different from the winning lottery using a special symbol random number that is different from the random number. A time-saving pattern is determined by processing for determining a special pattern, and the number of times of time-saving design is determined according to the determined types (J1, J2, J3) of the time-saving pattern, but the present invention is not limited to this.
For example, it may be set so that both the winning of time saving provision and the determination of the number of time saving times can be determined by a win or loss lottery using a win or fail random number. That is, the determination of the winning of the time saving provision and the number of times of time saving may be performed by the same random number and the same process, rather than by separate random numbers and separate processes.
Specifically, in the success/failure random number determination table 110, when it is determined that the winning of time saving is given and a numerical range is set in which a predetermined time saving pattern is associated, and the acquired success/failure random number belongs to the numerical range, It can be set so that the number of times of time saving determined in the time saving pattern corresponding to the winning of time saving grant and the numerical range is determined. For example, the set value is set to 1, and the success/failure random number determination table 110 referred to in the success/failure lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 during the low-probability gaming state. When is 3310 to 3637, it is determined that the time saving design J1 (time saving number of times 10 times) is associated with the time saving grant winning, and if the winning random number is 3638 to 3964, the time saving design J2 (time saving number of times 20 times ) can be provided with a table A1a that is determined to be the winning of the time saving grant associated with (see FIG. 58). According to this table A1a, when the success or failure random number is 3310 to 3637, it is determined that the time saving grant is elected, and the time saving number is determined to be 10 times by determining the time saving pattern J1. Become. Further, when the success/fail random number is 3638 to 3964, it is determined that the time saving award is won, and the number of times of time saving is determined to be 20 by determining the time saving pattern J2.
In this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the winning and the number of times of time saving are determined only by the process of determining whether the time saving is given in the winning lottery. , the load of the processing in the winning lottery is reduced.

(3) In the above-described embodiment, after judging whether or not to give time reduction in the winning lottery during the normal game state, if the result of the judgment is that the time reduction is won, the number of times of time reduction is associated. Although the time saving pattern is determined, the order of processing is not limited to this.
For example, after determining the time-saving design, a lottery may be performed to determine whether the time-saving provision is appropriate. Then, when the winning of the time saving provision is determined, the time saving game state (first time saving game state) is set, and the time saving number of times associated with the time saving pattern previously determined is set. good.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

(4) In the above-described embodiment, all of the determination of whether the big hit is right or wrong, the determination of whether the small hit is right or wrong, and the determination of whether or not the time reduction is right or wrong are performed with reference to the same success/failure random number determination table 110. However, it is not limited to this.
For example, the determination of the validity of the time saving grant is a table different from the success random number determination table 110 used for the determination of the validity of the big hit and the determination of the validity of the small hit, and is a specific table used only for the determination of the validity of the time reduction grant. A table may be referred to for execution.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained.

(5) In the above-described embodiment, a plurality of types of time-saving patterns associated with the number of time-saving patterns are provided, and the number of time-saving patterns is determined according to the determined time-saving pattern. is not limited to For example, one type of time saving pattern J that is associated only with the winning of time saving grant and is not associated with the number of time saving times is provided, and when the time saving design J is won by lottery, the time saving pattern J is determined. In addition, the number of times of time saving may be determined by a specific lottery separate from the winning lottery.
In this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the memory capacity of the special symbols in the main ROM 102 can be reduced, and the space for storing other information can be increased.

(6) In the above-described embodiment, the low-probability gaming state in which the probability of winning a jackpot is relatively low, and the non-time-saving gaming state in which the second start winning opening 16 is relatively difficult to maintain in an open state are combined. Only in the winning lottery during the normal game state, the judgment of the right or wrong of the time saving grant is made, and it is possible to win the time saving grant (determine the time saving patterns J1, J2, J3), and the probability of winning the jackpot is relative. During a relatively high probability game state or during a time saving game state in which the second start winning opening 16 is relatively easily maintained in an open state (that is, during the first low probability time saving game state, during the second low probability time saving game state, In the winning lottery during the high-probability time-saving game state), it was not possible to determine whether the time-saving grant was appropriate or not, and it was not possible to win the time-saving grant, but it is not limited to this, and in the time-saving game state. Even if there is, it may be determined whether the time saving provision is appropriate in the lottery.

Specifically, for example, in the first low-probability time-saving game state combining the low-probability game state and the first time-saving game state (that is, during the game state in which the time-saving game state is set) Even in the lottery, time-saving grant It may be set so that the determination of the appropriateness is performed, and the winning of the time reduction grant (time reduction patterns J1, J2, J3) can be obtained. Then, in the winning lottery during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the time-saving grant is elected by determining whether the time-saving grant is appropriate, and when the time-saving pattern is determined, the first time-saving game state is reset. At the same time, the number of times of time reduction associated with the determined time reduction pattern (10 times of time reduction for time reduction pattern J1, 20 times for time reduction pattern J2, and 1 time for time reduction pattern J3). You may make it set again (overwrite the number of times of time saving at present). For example, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state is 5 times, the time saving design J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined when the time saving grant is elected, the first time saving game state is Along with being reset, "20 times" may be set again as the number of time reductions. In this case, again, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 20 times without winning the jackpot.
In the above case, instead of setting the number of times of time saving associated with the time saving pattern again, the number of times of saving time associated with the time saving pattern may be added to the remaining number of times of time saving at the time point. For example, when the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving game state is 5 times, the time saving design J2 (time saving number of times 20 times) is determined when the time saving grant is elected, the first time saving game state is Along with being reset, the remaining number of times of time reduction may be updated to "25 times (= 5 times of remaining number of times of time reduction + 20 times of times of time reduction determined in time reduction pattern J2)". In this case, again, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 25 times without winning the jackpot.
In this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the chances of setting the time-saving gaming state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game are increased, so that the game is more novel. It is possible to impart a playfulness and increase the interest of the player.

(7) In the above-described embodiment, the time-saving patterns that can be determined when the time-saving award is won are the time-saving pattern J1 in which the number of time-savings is set to 10 times, and the time-saving design in which the number of time-savings is set to 20 times. Three kinds of time-saving patterns J2 and J3 in which the number of times of time-saving is set once are provided, but the present invention is not limited to this, and other time-saving patterns in which different number of times of time-savings are set may be provided.
Specifically, in addition to these time-saving patterns, the time-saving pattern J4 with the number of time-savings set to 30 times, the time-saving design J5 with the number of time-savings set at 50 times, and the time-saving design J6 with the number of time-savings set at 10000 times. etc. may be provided. In addition, only one type of time saving pattern in which a predetermined number of time saving times is determined may be provided as the time saving pattern that can be determined when the time saving award is won.
In this case, it is possible to achieve the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment, and to increase the variation of the time-saving game state that is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. , it is possible to provide a more novel game, and to increase the interest of the player.
Further, the number of times of time saving to be set may be predetermined for each type of time saving pattern as described above, or may be predetermined for each type of time saving pattern and set game state. For example, in the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), when the time-saving pattern J1 is determined, when the time-saving pattern J2 is determined, and when the time-saving pattern J3 is determined, the number of times of time saving is set to 100 times. Although it is set, in the time saving game state, when the time saving pattern J1 is determined, the number of time saving times is set to 100 times, and when the time saving pattern J2 is decided, the number of time saving times is set to 50 times. When the pattern J3 is determined, the number of times of time saving may be set to 0 (that is, at the same time when the time saving game state is set, the time saving game state may be set to end).
In this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the number of time reductions to be set can be increased. can increase the interest of
In addition, the pachinko machine is designed so that it is possible to win a time-saving grant in either the winning or losing lottery for the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 or the entry of a game ball into the second start prize winning port 16. If set, based on the probability of winning the time-saving grant in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16. The probability of winning the time saving grant in the winning lottery is different (for example, in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning prize opening 15, the time saving grant is won at 1/100, and the second start winning prize opening In the lottery based on the entry of the game ball to 16, it may be set so that the time reduction grant is won at 1/10.
In this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the advantage of setting the time-saving gaming state changes for each starting winning hole into which the game ball enters, so that the interest of the player is increased. can increase
In addition, according to the type of the determined time-saving design, in the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the time-saving design, the normal design is won by lottery and the normal design is stopped and displayed, and then the movable piece 16b opens ( It may be set so that the normal figure opening time, which is the time until the second start winning opening 16 is in an open state, is different. For example, in the time saving game state set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J1, the normal pattern opening time is 0.5 seconds, and in the time saving game state set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J2, the normal pattern opening time is 1.0 seconds, and in the time saving game state set based on the determination of the time saving pattern J3, the normal figure opening time may be set to 1.5 seconds.
In this case, the effect similar to that of the above-described embodiment is obtained, and the advantage of the set time-saving game state changes for each determined time-saving pattern, so that the interest of the player is enhanced. be able to.

(8) In the above-described embodiment, as a result of the determination in the lottery, it is possible to derive the winning of the time saving grant, and when the time saving grant is won, the time saving game state (first time saving game state) is set. However, as a result of the judgment in the lottery, the winning of the time-saving grant was not derived, and it was decided based on the judgment results other than the winning of the jackpot in the winning lottery (that is, the winning or losing of the small winning). Obtained special patterns (that is, small winning patterns or losing patterns) are substituted as time saving patterns, and depending on the type of the above-mentioned special patterns that have been determined, it is decided whether or not to set the time saving gaming state (property of giving time saving). good too.

For example, in the case of losing by a winning lottery based on a winning random number, when a losing pattern Z1 is determined by a special symbol random number, a first time-saving game state in which the number of times of time-saving is set to 20 times is set, and a special symbol random number is set. When the losing pattern Z2 is determined by , the first time-saving game state may not be set. In addition, the losing pattern that can be determined by the special symbol random number is not limited to these, and a losing pattern in which the first time-saving game state with a different number of times of time saving from the losing pattern Z1 is set (for example, 50 times of time saving times A losing pattern Z3 in which the first time-saving gaming state is set, a losing design Z4 in which the first time-saving gaming state of 10000 time-saving times is set, etc.) may be provided.
It should be noted that, instead of determining the losing pattern by the process of determining the winning lottery and special symbols, as in the above-mentioned modification (2), in the winning lottery based on the winning random number, for example, setting the first time-saving gaming state and The losing pattern corresponding to the losing pattern Z1 in which the number of times of time saving is set to 20 times and the losing pattern Z2 in which the first time saving game state is not set are set so as to be derivable, and the losing pattern is determined by lottery. When it becomes a loss corresponding to Z1, a first time-saving game state of 20 times of time-saving is set, and when it becomes a loss corresponding to a losing pattern Z2 by a winning lottery, the first time-saving game state is not set. can be

Also, for example, in the case where a small hit is won by a success or failure lottery based on a success or failure random number, when the small hit pattern Y1 is determined by the special symbol random number, the first time saving game state in which the number of times of time saving is set to 50 times When it is set and the small winning symbol Y2 is determined by the special symbol random number, the first time-saving gaming state may not be set. In addition, the small winning pattern that can be determined by the special symbol random number is not limited to these, and the small winning pattern in which the first time saving game state of the number of times of time saving different from the small winning pattern Y1 is set (for example, the number of time saving A small winning pattern Y3 in which the first time-saving game state of 80 times is set, a small winning pattern Z4 in which the first time-saving game state of 10000 times of time saving is set, etc.) may be provided.
In addition, instead of determining the small winning design by the process of determining the winning lottery and the special symbol, as in the above-described modification (2), in the winning lottery based on the winning random number, for example, setting the first time-saving gaming state And it is possible to derive the winning of the small winning corresponding to the small winning pattern Y1 in which the number of times of time saving is set to 50 times, and the winning of the small winning corresponding to the small winning pattern Y2 in which the first time saving gaming state is not set. , and when a small win corresponding to the small winning pattern Y1 is won by the lottery, the first time-saving game state of 50 times of time saving is set, and the small winning corresponding to the small winning pattern Y2 is set by the lottery. , the first time-saving game state may not be set.
In addition, it may be determined that the time-saving gaming state is set for all of the small winning symbols that can be determined, or that the time-saving gaming state is set for some of the small winning symbols that can be determined. Further, it may be determined that the time-saving gaming state is set for all of the determinable losing symbols, or that the time-saving gaming state is set for some of the determinable losing symbols. In addition, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is fixed so that the small winning pattern or the losing pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is not switched each time the game is played. can be
In this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment is obtained, and special patterns such as small winning patterns and losing patterns that have been conventionally adopted without newly providing time-saving patterns as special patterns. can be used to set a time-saving game state that does not involve the winning of a jackpot and the execution of a special game, thereby simplifying the pachinko machine development process.

(9) In the above-described embodiment, whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state is determined by the determination result of the time-saving provision in the winning lottery based on the random number, but the setting of the time-saving gaming state is not limited to this.
For example, separately from the winning random number and the special symbol random number, a time-saving pattern random number that is a dedicated random number for determining whether to set the time-saving gaming state is provided, and separately from the determination of the winning lottery and the special symbol, Set to perform a time-saving pattern lottery that determines whether the time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) can be set based on the random number, and based on the result of the time-saving pattern lottery, the time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) can be set, and the number of times of time saving when setting the time saving game state may be determined.
That is, a winning lottery is performed based on a winning random number, and a special symbol is determined based on the result of the winning lottery, and a time-saving design lottery is performed based on the time-saving design random number to set the time-saving gaming state (described later). It can be set to determine the time saving pattern).

Specifically, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, along with the above-mentioned first special random number and second special random number, the above-mentioned random number dedicated to the time saving pattern lottery One certain time-saving pattern random number is acquired within a predetermined numerical range (for example, 0 to 65535), and based on the acquired time-saving pattern random number, the type of time-saving pattern for which whether or not to set a time-saving game state is determined is determined. It is set to perform a time saving pattern lottery.
More specifically, a time-saving design random number determination table is provided for determining the type of time-saving design in the time-saving design lottery. This time-saving symbol random number determination table may be provided for each type of starting winning opening (first starting winning opening 15, second starting winning opening 16) into which the game ball enters. Then, when the set game state is the normal game state, the aforementioned time-saving design lottery is performed with reference to a predetermined time-saving design random number determination table, and the type of time-saving design is determined.

As a time-saving design, a time-saving winning design that has been determined to win a time-saving grant (that is, to set a time-saving gaming state), and a time-saving non-winning design that is determined to be non-winning of a time-saving grant (that is, not to set a time-saving gaming state) Winning patterns can be provided. In addition, as the time-saving winning pattern, there are multiple types of time-saving winning patterns with different number of times of time-saving determined (for example, time-saving winning design JA1 with time-saving number 10 times, time-saving winning design JA2 with time-saving number 20, etc.) can be provided.
Then, when one of the time-saving winning patterns is determined by the time-saving design lottery, for example, the first time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set, and according to the determined time-saving winning design Time saving number of times is set. As a result, the first low-probability time-saving game state is continued until the winning lottery result is derived for the set number of times of time-saving without winning a jackpot. On the other hand, when the time-saving non-winning symbol is determined, the normal game state remains.
In addition, if the set game state is other than the normal game state (first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state, high probability time saving game state), the above time saving pattern lottery is performed Instead, it may be set to forcibly determine the time-saving non-winning pattern. As a result, the time saving game state is not newly set in the game state other than the normal game state.

In addition, as described above, when it is set to determine the type of time-saving design by time-saving design lottery based on time-saving design random numbers, for time-saving design lottery and time-saving design, winning or not lottery, special design, etc. in the above-described embodiment You may set so that the control similar to the control about may be performed.
For example, the acquired time-saving symbol random number is the same as the first special random number and the second special random number acquired with the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 and the second starting winning opening 16. It may be set so that it can be stored in the reserved storage area and can be reserved up to a predetermined upper limit number (for example, 4) like the first special random number and the second special random number.
Further, when the time-saving design is determined as described above, a predetermined display device (time-saving design display device) different from the first special design display device 30 and the second special design display device 31 is similar to the special design. You may set so that the fluctuation|variation display (henceforth, the fluctuation|variation of a time-saving design) of a time-saving design may be performed in . The variable display of the time-saving symbols may be set to start at the same timing as the variable display of the special symbols, or may be set to have the same variable time as the variable display of the special symbols. Further, when the variable display of the special symbol and the variable display of the time saving symbol are started at the same timing, the time saving symbol lottery may be set at the start of the variable display.

Also, when the time-saving winning design is determined in the above-mentioned time-saving design lottery, when it is lost in the winning lottery executed with the time-saving design lottery, after the fluctuation of the special design based on the winning lottery stops (At the start of the fluctuation of the next special symbol), a time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) may be set. In addition, when a small hit is won in the winning lottery executed in conjunction with the time-saving pattern lottery, after the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning ends (the first special after the small winning game ends) At the start of pattern fluctuation), a time-saving gaming state may be set.

On the other hand, when the time-saving winning pattern is determined in the above-mentioned time-saving design lottery, and when a big hit is won in the success or failure lottery executed along with the time-saving design lottery, the time-saving winning design is decided. The time-saving gaming state is not set based on the jackpot, and after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot ends (at the start of the first special symbol fluctuation after the special game ends), the jackpot determined based on the winning of the jackpot The game state may be set according to the type of symbol. That is, when the determination of the time-saving winning design and the determination of the jackpot design (winning of the jackpot) overlap, the determination of the time-saving winning design is invalidated, and the gaming state based on the determination of the jackpot design is set. good. If the setting of the game state based on the determination of the time-saving winning pattern takes precedence over the special game, there is a possibility that the game state at the time of winning the jackpot will change, and the special game will end after confirming whether or not there is such a change. A later game state must be set, and there is a risk that the processing for setting the game state will be complicated.

Also, the variation pattern command, the aspect of the variation effect, the aspect of the look-ahead effect, etc. may be determined based on the results of the determination of the special symbol and the determination of the time-saving symbol.
Specifically, if the result of the lottery is a small win or loss and a time-saving winning design is determined, the result of the lottery is a small win or loss and a time-saving non-winning design is determined, and when the result of the winning lottery is the winning of the jackpot (when the time-saving non-winning pattern is determined), the variation pattern command and the aspect of the variation performance corresponding to each are determined. good too. And, for example, if the result of the lottery is a small win or a loss, and the time-saving winning pattern is determined, or if the result of the lottery is a big win, the result of the lottery is small. It may be set so that the determination ratio of the variation pattern command associated with the long variation time is higher than when the pattern is winning or losing and the time-saving non-winning pattern is determined, or the big win. You may set so that the determination ratio of the aspect of a variable production|presentation which the expectation of winning|winning or winning of time saving provision was set high, or the aspect of the look-ahead production|presentation may become high.

Also, even if the type of the time-saving design is determined by the time-saving design lottery based on the time-saving design random number, whether the time-saving design lottery is performed in a game state other than the normal game state to set the time-saving game state. You may make it determine whether. Various controls in this case are the same as those in (6) described above, so the description is omitted.
In addition, in the time-saving design lottery based on the time-saving design random number, it is not possible to set both the time-saving game state and the number of time-savings, but in the time-saving design lottery based on the time-saving design random number, only the setting of the time-saving game state is determined. However, when it is determined to set the time-saving gaming state, a lottery may be performed to determine the number of time-savings based on another random number (random number for determining the number of time-savings) different from the above-described time-saving pattern random number. .

Further, the time saving pattern lottery described above may be set to be performed using other random numbers instead of using the time saving pattern random numbers.
For example, as in the above-described embodiment, a random number of 1 is used to determine whether the jackpot is successful or not, instead of determining whether the jackpot is successful or not. Random numbers used only for judging big hits, random numbers for judging small hits used only for judging whether or not to win small hits, and random numbers for judging losing judgments used only for judging whether or not to lose are separately provided, and each random number By making a judgment every time, the judgment result of winning a big win, winning a small win or losing is derived, and the above-mentioned time-saving pattern lottery is performed based on one of these random numbers to save time. You may make it determine the propriety of the setting of a game state, and the number of times of time saving.

Also, as in the above-described embodiment, instead of determining the jackpot pattern, the small hit pattern, or the lost pattern by one special pattern random number, the jackpot pattern is used only to determine the type of the jackpot pattern when the jackpot is won. The symbol determination random number, the small winning symbol determination random number used only for determining the type of the small winning symbol in the case of winning the small winning, and the losing symbol determination random number used only for determining the type of the losing symbol in the case of loss are separately Based on any random number according to the judgment result of winning the big win, winning the small win, or losing, the type of the big win pattern, the type of the small win pattern, and the type of the losing pattern are determined, and these random numbers are determined. A time-saving design lottery may be performed based on one of them to determine whether or not the time-saving gaming state can be set and the number of times of time-saving.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P provided with a plurality of stages of setting values associated with the setting regarding the ball output as in the above-described embodiment, the lottery is set so that the lottery probability differs according to the setting value. Random numbers used in (for example, random numbers for success or failure, random numbers for judging big hits, random numbers for judging small hits, random numbers for judging losing, etc.), or used in lotteries set so that the lottery probability is the same regardless of the set value A time-saving design lottery may be performed based on any of random numbers (for example, special design random numbers, etc.) to determine whether the time-saving gaming state can be set and the number of times of time-saving. Also, based on the random number used in the lottery set so that the lottery probability differs according to the set value, the time saving pattern lottery is not performed, and the lottery probability is set to be the same regardless of the set value. A time saving pattern lottery may be performed based only on the random numbers used in the lottery, and whether or not the time saving game state can be set and the number of times of time saving may be determined.

In the case of setting as described above, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the control method for setting the time-saving game state becomes abundant, and the time-saving game state is set according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. becomes possible.

(10) When the high-probability gaming state is set in the above-described embodiment, a special symbol (jackpot symbol X4) in which the jackpot is won and the setting of the low-probability gaming state is determined is determined. , The high-probability game state ends and the low-probability game state is set, but the control of transition to the low-probability game state is not limited to this.
For example, after the high-probability game state is set, the high-probability game state ends when a predetermined high-probability lottery (e.g., 80 times, etc.) is performed without winning the jackpot. (configured as a so-called ST type pachinko machine). Then, in the pachinko machine set in this way, if a game state combining a high probability game state and a non-time-saving game state can be set, during the game state, the above-described embodiment When the winning of the time saving grant is decided by the lottery as shown in the above and the time saving pattern is decided, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern is decided to set the time saving gaming state as in the above-mentioned modification (8) Or, when the time-saving winning pattern is determined by the time-saving pattern lottery as in the above-described modification (9), the time-saving game state may be set based on the determination.
Also, for example, a drop lottery random number used for a drop lottery for determining whether or not to end a high probability game state and set a low probability game state is provided, and the high probability game state is ended by a drop lottery based on this fall lottery random number. However, when it is determined to set the low-probability game state, the high-probability game state may end. Then, when the falling lottery random number is provided, a time-saving pattern lottery like the above-described modification (9) may be performed based on the falling lottery random number, and whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state may be determined. .
In the case of setting as described above, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment are obtained, and the control method for setting the time-saving game state is abundant, and the time-saving game state is set according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. becomes possible.

(11) In the above-described embodiment, the process of determining the result of the lottery is performed in the order of judging the suitability of the big hit → judging the suitability of the small hit → judging the suitability of the time saving grant, but the judgment The order of is not limited to this.
For example, the determination may be made in the order of determination of the suitability of the big hit→determination of the suitability of the time saving provision→determination of the suitability of the small hit.
In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), in the winning lottery, instead of deriving the determination result of the winning of the time saving grant, the small win corresponding to the small winning pattern that is set to set the time saving gaming state (hereinafter also referred to as a small win with time reduction) winning, a small win corresponding to a small winning pattern that is determined not to set a time saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a small win without time reduction) can be derived, In a pachinko machine in which a time-saving game state is set when a small win with time is won, and a time-saving game state is not set when a small win without time-saving is won, for example, determination of whether the big win is successful → Judgment is made in the order of judging the suitability of a small hit with time saving → judging the suitability of a small hit without time saving, and judging the suitability of a big hit → judging the suitability of a small hit without time saving → judging the suitability of a small hit with time saving. good too.
In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), in the winning lottery, instead of deriving the determination result of the winning of the time saving grant, the loss corresponding to the loss pattern that is set to set the time saving gaming state (hereinafter , Loss with time saving), Loss corresponding to a losing pattern that does not set a time saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as loss without time saving) can be derived, and if it becomes a loss with time saving, the time saving game state is set, and the time-saving game state is not set when there is a loss without time-saving, for example, the order of judging whether the big hit is right or wrong → judging whether the small win is right or wrong → judging the loss with time-saving. The determination may be performed in the order of determination of right or wrong of → determination of loss with time saving → determination of right or wrong of small hit.
In addition, in pachinko machines that are set to determine whether or not to end the high-probability gaming state by a fall lottery, a fall lottery → success or failure lottery The lottery process may be performed in the order of judgment).

Also, as in the above-mentioned modification (9), the time-saving pattern lottery is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state, and the pachinko machine in which the set values in multiple stages are not determined, the time-saving pattern lottery → The lottery process may be performed in the order of success or failure lottery, or the lottery process may be performed in the order of success or failure lottery → time-saving pattern lottery. In addition, the time-saving pattern lottery is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving game state, and the pachinko machine, which has multiple levels of setting values, has a time-saving pattern lottery (lottery probability regardless of the setting value Lottery processing may be performed in the order of a lottery set so that the values are the same) → win-fail lottery (a lottery set so that the lottery probability is different according to the set value).
In addition, in a pachinko machine set so as to determine whether or not to set a time-saving game state by a time-saving symbol lottery, and to determine whether or not to end a high-probability game state by a drop lottery, and in which set values in multiple stages are not determined. , the lottery may be processed in the order of drop lottery → time-saving pattern lottery → success or failure lottery, or the lottery may be processed in the order of fall lottery → win-loss lottery → time-saving pattern lottery. In addition, a pachinko machine that is set to determine whether or not to set a time-saving game state by a time-saving pattern lottery, and to determine whether or not to end a high-probability game state by a fall lottery, and has set values in multiple stages. In this case, a falling lottery (lottery set so that the lottery probability is the same regardless of the setting value) → time-saving pattern lottery (set so that the lottery probability is the same regardless of the setting value) The lottery process may be performed in the order of lottery (lottery) → lottery (lottery set so that the lottery probability differs according to the set value).

In the case of setting as described above, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and a lottery for determining whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state can be performed at a timing according to the specifications of the pachinko machine.

(12) In the above-described embodiment, the special game is executed when the result of the winning lottery is a jackpot, but the trigger for executing the special game is not limited to this. do not have.
For example, not only when the result of the lottery is a big win, but also when the result of the lottery is a predetermined small win (when a predetermined small winning pattern is determined), a small In the winning game, a specific large winning hole having a special area into which the game ball can enter is opened, and the game ball entering the specific large winning hole during the small winning game enters the special area. It may be set so that the special game is executed even when the game is played (configured as a so-called one-type and two-type pachinko machine). Also, after the end of the special game executed based on the winning of the above-mentioned small hit, to the game state (non-time-saving game state, time-saving game state) according to the small hit pattern determined when winning the above-mentioned small hit You can set it to migrate.

Then, in the pachinko machine set as described above (a so-called one-type two-type mixed pachinko machine), similarly to the above-described embodiments and modifications, the determination of the appropriateness of the time-saving provision (the above-described embodiments and Winning lottery in the above-mentioned modification (2)), determination of small winning symbols and losing symbols that determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state (processing of winning lottery and special symbols in the above-mentioned modification (8)) , Decision of time-saving winning design or time-saving non-winning design (time-saving design lottery of the above-mentioned modification (9)) etc. (hereinafter collectively referred to as time-saving grant decision processing) However, the time-saving game state may be set without intervening the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game.
In addition, for example, when the above-mentioned time-saving pattern lottery is performed on a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine, the fact that the time-saving game state is set by the time-saving pattern lottery (the time-saving design that sets the time-saving game state (Time-saving winning design)) is determined, and when the winning design is determined to be lost (the losing design is determined), after the fluctuation of the special design based on the winning lottery stops, the result of the above-mentioned time-saving design lottery Set the corresponding time-saving gaming state, it is decided to set the time-saving gaming state by the above-mentioned time-saving pattern lottery, and when a small hit is won by the success or failure lottery (a small winning pattern is determined), the above-mentioned The time-saving game state is not set according to the result of the time-saving design lottery, and after the small winning game and special game based on the winning of the small winning, the type of small winning design determined based on the winning of the small winning. A corresponding game state may be set.
Specifically, the time-saving design (time-saving winning design) associated with setting the first time-saving gaming state (the number of time-saving times is 20 times) is determined by the above-mentioned time-saving design lottery, and a small hit in the winning lottery. , and after the end of the small winning game and special game, when the small winning pattern associated with setting the second time saving game state (the number of time saving times is 100 times) is determined, the small winning game and special After the game is over, the first time-saving game state is not set, and the second time-saving game state may be set.
In this case, in addition to the same effect as the above-described embodiment, pachinko machines with various specifications can be equipped with a lottery function for determining whether or not to set the time-saving game state, and a small win can be achieved. , and the determination of the setting of the time saving game state overlap, it is possible to properly prevent the occurrence of a situation in which the setting processing of the time saving game state becomes complicated.

(13) When multiple types of determination results are provided as determination results that can be determined by the above-described time reduction grant determination process, the second start winning opening 16 is easily maintained in the open state for each determination result. You may set the time-saving game state with different processing contents for.
For example, as in the above-described embodiment, if set to determine the time-saving design determined to set the time-saving gaming state by the process of determining the winning lottery and the special design, the above-mentioned modification (9 ), if set to determine the time-saving design (time-saving winning design) determined to set the time-saving gaming state by time-saving design lottery, the type of time-saving design (time-saving winning design) that can be determined As a result, although the probability of winning in the lottery of the normal pattern is higher than the non-time-saving game state, the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the second start winning opening The opening time of 16 is the same as the non-time-saving game state The pattern that is set to set the third time-saving game state, and the normal pattern fluctuation time is longer than the non-time-saving game state, but in the lottery of normal patterns The probability that it will be and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are the same as the non-time saving game state A pattern that is set to set the fourth time saving game state, the opening time of the second starting winning opening 16 is a non-time saving game Although it will be longer than the state, the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery and the fluctuation time of the normal pattern are the same as the non-time-saving game state. good. In addition to these, any two of the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols, the fluctuation time of normal symbols and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are higher (or longer) than the non-time-saving game state. However, the other one may provide a pattern determined to set the time-saving gaming state, which is the same as the non-time-saving gaming state.
It should be noted that, as in the above-described modification (2), in the winning lottery, even when it is possible to derive the result of winning the time saving grant corresponding to the predetermined time saving pattern, the same setting can be performed. For example, in the winning lottery, it corresponds to the winning of the time saving grant corresponding to the time saving pattern that is set to set the above-mentioned 3rd time saving game state, and the time saving pattern that is set to set the above-mentioned 4th time saving game state It may be set so as to be able to derive the results such as the winning of the time saving grant.

In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), when it is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state by the small winning design or the losing design determined in the process of determining the winning lottery and the special design , Small winning pattern Y1 (or losing pattern Z1) determined to set the above-mentioned first time-saving gaming state, small winning design Y3 (or losing design) determined to set the above-mentioned third time-saving gaming state (or A failing pattern Z5) or the like may be provided. In addition to these, any two of the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery, the normal pattern fluctuation time and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 are higher (or longer) than the non-time-saving game state. However, the other one may provide a small winning pattern (or a losing pattern) that is determined to set a time-saving gaming state that is the same as the non-time-saving gaming state.
In addition, as in the above-mentioned modification (8), in the winning lottery, it is determined that the winning of the small hit corresponding to the small winning symbol that is determined to set the time saving gaming state, and the setting of the time saving gaming state The same setting can be performed even when it is possible to derive the result of the loss corresponding to the lost symbol. For example, in the success or failure lottery, the small winning corresponding to the small winning pattern Y3 that is set to set the above-mentioned third time saving game state (or the loss corresponding to the losing pattern Z3), the above-mentioned fourth time saving game state may be set so as to be able to derive a result such as winning a small winning corresponding to the small winning symbol Y4 (or losing corresponding to the losing symbol Z4).

When set as described above, the same effect as the above-described embodiment is achieved, and in the time-saving game state set without the execution of the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, the second start winning opening 16 Since it is possible to provide a wide variety of processing for facilitating the maintenance of the open state, it is possible to impart more novel game characteristics and increase the interest of the player.

(14) The type and number of symbols (time saving symbols, time saving winning symbols, small winning symbols, losing symbols, etc.) that are determined to set the time saving gaming state that can be determined by the above-mentioned time saving determination process are for each game state may be set differently.
For example, when there are predetermined types (for example, 5 types) of patterns (time saving patterns, time saving winning patterns, small winning patterns, losing patterns, etc.) that are set to set the time saving gaming state, in the normal gaming state Although all types can be determined, it may be set so that any one or more types can be determined in a low probability time-saving gaming state, and all types can be determined in a low probability time-saving gaming state , it may be set so that any one or a plurality of types can be determined in the normal game state.
Also, for example, although all types can be determined in a specific time-saving gaming state (for example, the first time-saving gaming state), any one or more in a time-saving gaming state other than the specific time-saving gaming state (for example, the third time-saving gaming state) may be set to be determinable.
When set as described above, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the rate at which the time-saving game state is set and the type of the time-saving game state that can be set can be changed for each game state. As a result, it is possible to provide a more novel game, and to increase the interest of the player.

(15) When the setting is made to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state depending on the type of the small winning symbol or the losing symbol, the variation pattern is determined according to the type of the determined small winning symbol or losing symbol. You may do so.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment is obtained, and when the time-saving game state is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, the variable performance rich in variation. can be executed.

(16) If it is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state depending on the type of small winning pattern or losing pattern, within a predetermined period (for example, from a predetermined start time until the winning lottery is performed 100 times between), depending on the number of determinations of the small winning pattern that is determined to set the time-saving gaming state, and the number of determinations of the losing design that is determined to set the time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state is set You may do so.
For example, within the above-mentioned predetermined period small hit pattern Y1 (a small hit pattern that is determined to set the first time-saving gaming state of 20 times of time-saving times) a predetermined number of times (for example, 2 times, etc.) When it is determined , a time-saving gaming state determined for the small winning symbol Y1 may be set. Also, for example, when the losing pattern Z1 (a small winning pattern defined to set the first time-saving gaming state of 50 times of time-saving times) is determined a predetermined number of times (for example, 3 times, etc.) within the above-mentioned predetermined period In addition, the time-saving gaming state determined for the lost symbol Z1 may be set.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the conditions for setting the time-saving gaming state is increased, making it possible to impart more innovative gaming characteristics.

(17) In a so-called one-type and two-type pachinko machine, when a time-saving game state is set based on the type of the small winning pattern, the small winning pattern that is set to set the time-saving game state When the game ball enters the special area provided in the specific large winning opening during the small winning game based on the determination, and when the game ball does not enter the special area provided in the specific large winning opening during the small winning game At the time, the number of times of time saving in the time saving game state set after the small winning game may be the same, or may be different.
For example, when the small hit pattern Y1 is determined to set the first time saving game state with the number of times of time saving 20 times, during the small hitting game based on the determination of the small hitting pattern Y1, the game ball is a special area , a first time-saving game state of 20 time-saving times is set after the end of the small winning game and the special game, and even when the game ball does not enter the special area, the number of time-saving times is set after the end of the small winning game. 20 first time-saving game states may be set.
Also, for example, when the above-mentioned small winning pattern Y1 is determined, during the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning pattern Y1, when the game ball enters the special area, after the small winning game and the special game are finished, Even if the first time-saving game state of 20 times of time-saving is set and the game ball does not enter the special area, the first time-saving game state of 5 times of time-saving is set after the end of the small winning game. good.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and different time-saving game states can be set according to whether or not the game ball is allowed to enter the special area, so that there is a wide variety of game characteristics. can be

(18) When a small win is won in the winning lottery (when the small winning pattern is determined), when setting the time-saving gaming state, from the winning of the small winning (determining the small winning pattern) Any timing until the end of the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning (for example, when winning the small winning, when the small winning pattern starts to change, when the fluctuation of the small winning pattern ends, when the small winning pattern ends) At the start of the winning game, during the small winning game, at the end of the small winning game (when the first special symbol starts to change after the small winning game ends), etc.) A time saving game state may be set.
Similarly, if you set the time-saving gaming state when you lose in the winning lottery (when the losing pattern is determined), it is based on the loss from the time when you lose (when the losing pattern is determined) Shortening of time at any timing until the end of the fluctuation (for example, when the result of the losing lottery is derived, when the fluctuation of the losing pattern starts, when the fluctuation of the losing pattern ends (when the next special pattern starts to fluctuate), etc.) You may set the game state.
Even if it is set in this way, it is possible to obtain the same effects as those of the above-described embodiment, and it is possible to increase the variation of transition to the time-saving game state, and to increase the variation of the game characteristics. .

(19) When it is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state depending on the type of small winning symbol or losing symbol, the number of time-saving games in the time-saving gaming state corresponds to the type of small winning symbol or losing symbol. Alternatively, a lottery may be held to determine the number of times of time saving when shifting to the time saving game state, and the number of times of time saving determined by the lottery may be set.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the method of determining the number of times of time saving can be increased, and the number of times of time saving can be determined according to the specifications of the pachinko machine. becomes.

(20) When set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state depending on the type of the small winning symbol or the losing symbol, the time-saving game set according to the type of the determined small winning symbol or losing symbol The performance of the state (difficulty of maintaining the second start winning opening 16 in the open state) may be different.
For example, when the small winning pattern Y1 (or the losing pattern Z1) is determined, the second start winning opening 16 is more likely to be maintained in the open state than in the normal game state (the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery is high One or more of the setting, the setting with the long fluctuation time of the normal pattern, and the setting with the long opening time of the second start winning opening 16) Time-saving gaming state A is set, and the small winning pattern Y3 (or losing When the pattern Z3) is determined, a time saving game state B in which the second start winning opening 16 is more easily maintained in an open state than the time saving game state A may be set.
Also, the performance of the time-saving gaming state to be set may be different according to the type of the small hit symbol or the losing symbol and the gaming state that is set.
For example, when the small winning pattern Y1 (or the losing pattern Z1) is determined in the normal game state, although the above-described time-saving gaming state A is set, the small winning pattern Y1 (or the losing pattern Z1) is set in the time-saving gaming state. ) is determined, the time-saving game state B described above may be set.
Even in the above case, it is possible to achieve the same effect as the above-described embodiment, and it is possible to enrich the variation of the performance of the time-saving game state to be set, and to provide more innovative game characteristics. Become.

(21) When the time saving game state is set based on the determination of time saving symbols, time saving winning symbols, small winning symbols or losing symbols, the upper limit of the number of times of time saving is set. (that is, the number of times of time saving is infinite), the time saving game state may be ended on the condition of winning a jackpot, or a lottery for determining the time saving end symbol that is determined to end the time saving game state (Lottery for time saving end symbol) may be performed, and the time saving game state may be terminated on condition that the time saving end symbol is determined by the lottery. In addition, the time-saving game state is terminated on the condition that the time-saving game state is set and the time-saving pattern, the time-saving winning pattern, the small winning pattern, or the losing pattern is determined, and a new time-saving game based on the decision is made. You may set (overwrite) a state and the number of times of time saving. In addition, the above-mentioned time-saving game state is that the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols (the number of times of deriving the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the time-saving number of times, that a big hit is won, and a special game based on a small win is executed. That is, the time-saving game state (time-saving game state such as (29) described later (the second time-saving game state (second time-described later You may make it complete|finish by satisfy|filling any conditions of time saving)) being set.
Even in this case, the effects similar to those of the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of conditions for ending the time-saving game state can be increased, making it possible to impart more novel game characteristics.

(22) If the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches a predetermined upper limit number of times, the time reduction game state cannot be set as the next game state (a non-time reduction game state is forcibly set). In the pachinko machine (hereinafter referred to as a pachinko machine equipped with a time-saving limiter), in the normal game state, time-saving patterns, time-saving winning patterns, small winning patterns, or losing patterns that are set to set the time-saving gaming state are stopped and displayed. In that case, based on the stop display, the number of continuous working hours setting may be updated or may not be updated.
Also, in the time-saving gaming state, even if the time-saving pattern, the time-saving winning pattern, the small winning pattern, or the losing pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is stopped and displayed, based on the stop display, the above-mentioned continuous The number of working hours setting may be updated or may not be updated.
Also, if it is determined during the normal game state, the time saving game state is set, but if it is determined during the time saving game state, the time saving pattern, the time saving winning pattern, which is determined not to set the time saving game state, Even when the small winning pattern or the losing pattern is stopped and displayed during the time saving game state, the continuous time saving setting number may or may not be updated based on the stop display.
Even in the above case, the same effects as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the difficulty level when the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the upper limit number can be changed, and more innovative gameplay can be provided. Become.

(23) In a pachinko machine equipped with a time-saving limiter, the performance of the time-saving gaming state that is set based on the determination of the time-saving design, time-saving winning design, small winning design, or losing design determined to set the time-saving gaming state ( One or more of the winning probability of the normal design, the fluctuation time of the normal design, the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 and the number of times of time reduction), the remaining number of times until the number of times of continuous time reduction setting reaches the predetermined upper limit number , or may be the same regardless of the remaining number of times.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and variations of the time-saving game state set in the pachinko machine equipped with a time-saving limiter can be enriched, resulting in more novel game performance. can be given.

(24) A pachinko configured to set a time-saving game state by determining a time-saving pattern, a time-saving winning pattern, a small winning pattern, or a losing pattern, which is determined to set a time-saving game state, while a falling lottery is performed. In the machine, when it is decided to end the high-probability gaming state by a falling lottery and a time-saving design, a time-saving winning design, a small winning design or a losing design that is set to set a time-saving gaming state is determined, As the number of times of the time saving game state set based on the determination of the pattern, the game state before the above-mentioned decision is made by the fall lottery, and the time saving number of times determined according to the type of the decided pattern. Alternatively, the game state before the above-described determination by the falling lottery is performed, and the number of times of shortening time determined according to the determined symbol type may be set.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment can be obtained, and the variation of the number of times of time saving set in the time saving game state can be enriched, and more novel game characteristics can be given. Become.

(25) When the look-ahead effect that informs the result of the winning lottery is being executed, if the time-saving pattern, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is determined, it is being executed may continue the look-ahead effect, or may be canceled without continuing the look-ahead effect.
In addition, when the time-saving pattern, the small winning pattern, or the losing pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state is stored, a specific effect (forecasting effect, such other (Predetermined effects that are executed during the variable effect based on the hold) may be restricted, or if a specific effect for the other hold is already being executed, the running The specific effect may be continued, or may be canceled without continuing.
It should be noted that the pachinko machine is set to determine whether or not to set the time-saving gaming state by the time-saving pattern lottery, and is set to execute a look-ahead effect that notifies the result of the time-saving pattern lottery. may be controlled.
Even in this case, the same effect as the above-described embodiment is obtained, and the time saving pattern, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern determined to set the time saving gaming state is determined appropriately according to the situation. It becomes possible to execute a special production.

(26) In a pachinko machine capable of setting the game state after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot to a high probability game state, the game state after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot in the low probability game state is high. The probability A1 of being set to the probability gaming state, and the probability A2 of being set to the high probability gaming state after the special game is completed based on the winning of the jackpot during the high probability gaming state, They may be set to have the same value, or may be set to have different values.
In addition, the above-mentioned probabilities A1 and A2 are set to be the same value regardless of the type of special random number (first special random number, second special random number) used in the winning lottery Alternatively, it may be set to a different value depending on the type of special random number. In addition, the above-mentioned probabilities A1 and A2 may be set to be the same value regardless of the type of special symbol determined when the jackpot is won, or may be set according to the type of special symbol. It may be set to a different value. Also, different values may be set depending on the type of special symbol random number used for the lottery and the type of special symbol determined when winning the jackpot.
When set in this way, the probability that the high probability game state is set through the execution of the special game from the low probability game state, the high probability game state again through the execution of the special game from the high probability game state The variation of the probability that is set becomes abundant, and the game characteristics that can be provided to the player can also be enriched in variation.

(27) A value of 1 as the decision probability B for ending the high-probability game state and setting the low-probability game state in a pachinko machine that can end the high-probability game state and set the low-probability game state by a drop lottery. Only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
Then, if only one value is provided, the drop lottery is always performed with that value, and if multiple values are provided, depending on the situation (for example, a special Falling lottery may be performed with any value (depending on the number of fluctuations in the design, the type of the start winning opening into which the game ball entered, etc.).
In addition, the determination probability B is the same value regardless of the set game state (high probability non-time-saving game state combining high-probability time-saving game state, high-probability game state, and non-time-saving game state) can be set as In addition, the determination probability B may be set to the same value regardless of the type of special random number (first special random number, second special random number) used for the winning lottery, You may set so that it may become a different value according to the kind of special random number. In addition, the determination probability B may be set to be the same value regardless of the type of special design (losing design) determined in the case of a loss, or may be set to be the same value depending on the type of special design. You can set it to be a value. Also, different values may be set according to the set game state, the type of special symbol random number used for the win/loss lottery, and the type of special symbol determined in the case of loss.
In the case of setting in this manner, the variation of the probability that the high-probability game state is terminated and the low-probability game state is set is increased, and the game characteristics that can be provided to the player are also rich in variation. can.

(28) When the number of continuous high-probability settings reaches a predetermined upper limit, a pachinko machine (hereinafter referred to as a pachinko machine with a variable probability limiter) is forcibly set to a low-probability game state after the end of a special game. In a pachinko machine (called a pachinko machine), as the upper limit number of times, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided. Then, when only one value is provided, the above setting is performed when the number of consecutive high-precision settings reaches the value, and when multiple values are provided, the number of consecutive high-precision settings is set according to the situation Depending on (for example, according to the number of times of transition from the low probability gaming state to the high probability gaming state, etc.) the above setting may be performed by reaching any value.
Similarly, in a pachinko machine equipped with a time saving limiter, as the upper limit number of times, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided. Then, if only one value is provided, the above setting is performed when the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the value, and if multiple values are provided, the number of continuous time reduction settings depends on the situation. (For example, according to the number of times of transition from the non-time-saving gaming state to the time-saving gaming state, etc.) By reaching any value, the above-described setting may be performed.
In the case of setting in this way, the variation of the upper limit number of continuous high-precision setting times and the continuous time-saving setting number of times becomes abundant, and the game characteristics that can be provided to the player can be made rich in variations.

(29) In the above-described embodiment, when the time-saving grant is elected by determining whether the time-saving grant is appropriate in the winning lottery during the normal game state, the time-saving gaming state is set. The trigger for setting the gaming state is not limited to this.
For example, counting the number of variations of the special symbol (the number of derivation of the lottery result in the winning lottery), the game state when the count value reaches the predetermined time-saving activation count LN without winning the jackpot is the time-saving gaming state If it is other than (normal game state or high probability non-time-saving game state), the time-saving game state is set so that the number of time-saving times becomes the specific number of time-saving times TN without going through the execution of the jackpot winning and the special game. can be Further, the specific number of times of shortening working hours TN may be set to be larger than the number of times of shortening working hours activated LN.
In the case of setting in this way, even if the jackpot is not won, if the number of fluctuations of the special symbols reaches the number of time-saving activations LN, the time-saving gaming state is set, so there are variations in which the time-saving gaming state can be set. It becomes abundant, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

(30) In the pachinko machine set as in the above modified example (29), the above count value is (a) when the power is turned on (at the time when the RAM is cleared), (b) the number of times the special symbols fluctuate during the normal game state. When reaches the number of time-saving activations LN, or the number of times the special symbols fluctuate during the normal game state reaches the number of time-saving activations LN, and then the lottery for the specific number of time-savings TN is performed without winning the jackpot. Time (when the time-saving game state set by reaching the time-saving activation count LN ends), (c) at the time of winning the jackpot or at the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot, (d) setting the time-saving game state In a pachinko machine that sets a time-saving gaming state by determining time-saving symbols, time-saving winning symbols, small winning symbols, and losing symbols, (e) a set value is provided at the time when the time-saving gaming state is set. In the pachinko machine, the RAM may be cleared at one or a plurality of times among the RAM clear times performed by executing the change of the setting value. That is, the counting of the above-mentioned count value may be started from the time points (a) to (e). It should be noted that the clear at the point of time (c) may be set to always be executed.
Also, the above-described count value may be cleared at a time different from (a) to (e).
In addition, the above-mentioned count value may always be counted regardless of which game state the set game state is, or during a state advantageous to the player (for example, during a high probability During a game state, etc.), the count may not be performed.
Also, as the timing of counting the above-mentioned count value, when it is lost in the lottery (when the losing pattern is determined), from the time when it is lost (when the losing pattern is determined) Any timing until the end of the fluctuation based on (for example, when the result of the losing lottery is derived, at the start of the fluctuation of the losing pattern, at the end of the fluctuation of the losing pattern, stop display after the fluctuation of the losing pattern ends It may be the time when time has passed (when the next special pattern starts to fluctuate, etc.), or when the jackpot is won in the lottery (when the jackpot pattern is determined), at any of the above points Alternatively, it may be the end of a special game based on winning a jackpot.
Also, the timing at which the time-saving gaming state is set may be set to be the same as the timing at which the above-described count value is counted.
In addition, the above-mentioned count value, for example, if it is in the normal game state, it may be possible to count the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number mainly acquired during the normal game state. However, not only the variation of the special symbol based on the first special symbol random number but also the variation of the special symbol based on the second special symbol random number may be counted.
In the case of setting in this way, the variation of the timing at which the time-saving gaming state is set becomes abundant, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.
In addition, when starting to count the above-mentioned count value from the end of the special game, the variation at the time when the count value reaches the number of time reduction activations LN can be executed according to a specific variation pattern (variation time). good too. Also, when starting to count the above-mentioned count value from the time of clearing the RAM, even if the variation at the time when the count value reaches the time saving activation number LN cannot be executed by a specific variation pattern (variation time) good.

(31) In the pachinko machine set as in the above modified example (29), the number of time-saving activations LN is determined by the relationship with the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery, and the gambling property is not too high. Value (for example, if the probability of winning the jackpot in the winning lottery is 1 / P, P × activation lower limit coefficient (eg, 2.5, etc.) ≤ time-saving activation number LN ≤ P × activation upper limit coefficient (eg, 3.0, etc.)). Alternatively, the value may be set appropriately according to the game specifications of the pachinko machine, regardless of the probability of winning the jackpot. In addition, as the number of time reduction activations LN, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
When setting values for multiple stages associated with settings related to ball output are provided, a different number of time-saving activations LN may be set for each setting value, or the same time-saving activation for any setting value The number of times LN (the number of time-saving activations LN determined based on the probability of winning a jackpot at any set value (for example, the probability of winning the lowest jackpot)) may be set.
In the case of setting in this way, it is possible to prevent the gambling property based on the setting of the time-saving gaming state from becoming too high, and it is possible to enrich the variation of the timing at which the time-saving gaming state is set.

(32) In the pachinko machine set as in the above modified example (29), the specific time reduction number TN is determined in relation to the probability of winning the jackpot in the lottery, and the gambling property is not too high. Value (for example, if the probability of winning the jackpot in the winning lottery is 1 / P, P × specific lower limit coefficient (for example, 0.4, etc.) ≤ specific time reduction number TN ≤ P × specific upper coefficient (for example, 3.8 etc.)). Alternatively, the value may be set appropriately according to the game specifications of the pachinko machine, regardless of the probability of winning the jackpot. Moreover, as specific time saving frequency LN, only one value may be provided, or a plurality of values may be provided.
In addition, the number of time-saving gaming states set based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of time-saving gaming states set based on the determination of the pattern that sets the time-saving gaming state regardless of the winning of the jackpot The number of time reductions may also be set to a value within the above range.
In addition, when setting values of multiple stages associated with settings related to ball output are provided, a different specific time reduction number TN may be set for each setting value, or any setting value is the same A specific time-saving number of times TN (a specific time-saving number of times TN determined based on the probability of winning a jackpot at any set value (for example, the probability of winning the lowest jackpot)) may be set.
In addition, the time-saving gaming state set based on the fact that the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbols has reached the time-saving activation count LN is based on the determination of the design determined to set the winning of the jackpot or the time-saving gaming state. It may be set to end by satisfying the same time saving end condition as the time saving game state set. For example, it may be set to terminate the time-saving gaming state when a jackpot is won or when a winning lottery is performed a specific number of times TN without winning a jackpot.
In addition, as a condition for ending the time-saving gaming state, for example, the total number of fluctuations in special symbols based on the first special random number and the number of fluctuations in special symbols based on the second special random number reaches the specific time-saving number TN1, And, in the case of providing a plurality of patterns that the number of fluctuations in the special symbol based on the second special random number reaches the specific time saving number TN2, both the specific time saving numbers TN1 and TN2 seem to belong within the above-mentioned range. Alternatively, only one of the specific time saving times TN1 or TN2 (for example, only the specific time saving times TN1 or TN2 with a larger value) may be included in the above range.
In the case of setting in this way, it is possible to prevent the gambling property based on the setting of the time-saving game state from becoming too high, and to enrich the variation of the timing at which the set time-saving game state ends.

(33) In the pachinko machine set as in the above modified example (29), as the time saving gaming state set based on the fact that the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbols has reached the time saving activation count LN, the second A plurality of time-saving game states having different processing contents for facilitating the maintenance of the starting prize winning port 16 in an open state may be provided, and one of the time-saving game states may be set according to the situation.
Specifically, the first time-saving game state in the above-described embodiment, the third time-saving game state, the fourth time-saving game state, the fifth time-saving game state, etc. in the above-described modification (13) are provided. The type of jackpot pattern when the last big win is won before reaching the number of times LN, the type of small win pattern when the last small win is won before reaching the number of time-saving activations LN, the time-saving activation One of the time-saving gaming states is set according to the type of jackpot pattern, small winning pattern, losing pattern, time-saving pattern, and time-saving winning pattern when the time-saving gaming state is set before reaching the number of times LN. may
In the case of setting in this way, the variation of the time saving game state set based on the fact that the count value of the number of variations of the special symbols reaches the number of time saving activation times LN is increased, and the interest of the player can be enhanced. .

(34) In a pachinko machine in which the time-saving game state is set based on the count value of the number of fluctuations of special symbols reaching the time-saving activation count LN as in the above-described modification (29), the normal game state The time-saving game state is set based on the determination of the pattern (time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, small winning pattern or losing pattern) that is set to set the time-saving game state in the middle (during the low probability game state) can be
Then, in the pachinko machine set in this way, the pattern determined to set the time-saving game state is not determined during the time-saving game state, and the fact that the time-saving game state is set only during the non-time-saving game state. may be determined, or the symbol determined to set the time-saving gaming state may be determined even during the time-saving gaming state.
Also, at the same time as the above-mentioned count value reaches the time saving activation number LN during the normal game state (during the low probability game state), when the above-mentioned pattern is determined during the normal game state (during the low probability game state) (i.e. , When the setting conditions of a plurality of time-saving game states are satisfied at the same time), one of the time-saving game states may be set.
In addition, not only during the normal game state, set to count the above-mentioned count value during the low probability time-saving game state and high probability time-saving game state, and during the low probability time-saving game state and high probability time-saving game state It may be set so that the time saving game state is reset when the count value reaches the time saving activation number LN. In the case of setting in this way, when the time-saving gaming state is reset, the time-saving number of times corresponding to the reset time-saving gaming state (that is, the specific time-saving number of times TN) is set again as the time-saving number of times. Alternatively, the number of time reductions corresponding to the reset time reduction gaming state may be added to the remaining number of time reductions at the time point. In addition, when the above count value reaches the number of times of shortening working hours LN, after the shortening working hours game state set at the time is finished, the shortening working hours game state based on the reaching may be set.
In this case, it is possible to increase the variation of the time-saving game state to be set, and to increase the interest of the player.

(35) Even in the so-called 1 type 2 type mixed pachinko machine, the time saving game state is set based on the fact that the count value of the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the time saving activation number LN as in the above-mentioned modification (29) may be made.
Also, the count value described above may not be cleared based on winning a small prize.
In addition, in the so-called one-type and two-type pachinko machine set as described above, when the result of the lottery is a big win, a special game is executed, and the result of the lottery is a predetermined small win. In the small winning game that is executed when winning is set so that the special game is executed by the game ball entering the special area of the specific large winning opening, the above-mentioned modification (31) and ( 32) As the probability P used to determine the number of time reduction activations LN and the specific time reduction number TN, the probability of winning the above-mentioned jackpot, the probability of winning the above-mentioned predetermined small hit (during the non-time-saving gaming state Probability of winning a small hit in a winning lottery mainly based on special random numbers obtained), or using either the above-mentioned probability of winning a big hit and the probability of winning a predetermined small hit mentioned above good too.
In addition, in the so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine set as described above, there is no jackpot winning as a result of the lottery, and when the result of the lottery is a predetermined small win When the special game is set to be executed only by the fact that the game ball enters the special area of the specific large winning opening in the small winning game to be executed, as in the above-mentioned modifications (31) and (32) As the probability P used to determine the number of times of reduced working hours LN and the number of times of reduced working hours TN, the probability of winning the above-mentioned predetermined small hits probability of winning a small hit) or probability of winning a predetermined small win and entering a game ball into a special area (probability of executing a special game via winning a predetermined small win) may be used.
In addition, when a small win is won, the number of time-saving activations LN may be updated or may not be updated according to the type of the small win pattern determined based on the win. .
In addition, in a so-called one-type two-type pachinko machine, a time-saving game state is set based on the fact that the count value of the number of times the special symbols have changed has reached the time-saving activation count LN, and during the normal game state (low-probability game state In the case that the time saving game state is set based on the determination of the time saving pattern, the time saving winning pattern, the small winning pattern or the losing pattern, the above-mentioned count value is At the same time as reaching the time saving activation count LN, when the above-mentioned pattern is determined (that is, when the setting conditions of a plurality of time saving game states are satisfied at the same time), one of the time saving game states is set. good too.
Further, in a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine, when the time-saving gaming state is set based on the count value of the number of times of special symbol variations reaching the time-saving activation number LN, the number of times of special symbol variations is set. At the time when reaches the number of times of shortening activation LN, a small hit is won by a lottery, a predetermined small hit pattern is determined, and when a game ball enters a special area during a small hit game based on the small hit, a small hit game After the end of, without setting the time-saving gaming state based on the fact that the number of fluctuations of the special symbols has reached the time-saving activation count LN, the game state determined for the predetermined small winning pattern (for example, the time-saving activation count LN has been reached A time-saving game state different from the time-saving game state based on the fact (a time-saving game state with a different degree of difficulty in which the second start winning opening 16 is maintained in an open state, a time-saving game state with a different number of time-saving settings, etc.)) can be
Further, in a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine, when the time-saving gaming state is set based on the count value of the number of times of special symbol variations reaching the time-saving activation number LN, the number of times of special symbol variations is set. When reaches the number of time-saving activations LN, a small win is won by a lottery and a predetermined small win pattern is determined, but the game ball does not enter the special area during the small win game based on the small win. After the end of the small winning game, the time saving game state may be set based on the fact that the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the time saving activation number LN. If the above-described time-saving game state is set during the small winning game, when the game ball enters the special area during the small winning game and the special game is executed, the set time-saving game state is terminated. However, in the case of setting as described above, it is possible to prevent complicated processing such as ending the set time-saving gaming state from being performed.
In the above case, it is possible to increase the variation of the time-saving game state set in a pachinko machine with a mixture of one type and two types, and to increase the interest of the player.

(36) In addition, the pachinko machine has a time-saving game state set after the special game is completed based on the determination of the jackpot pattern, which is set to set the time-saving game state as a time-saving game state (that is, the jackpot winning And the time-saving game state set through the execution of the special game, hereinafter also referred to as the first time-saving), the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined time-saving activation count LN Time-saving gaming state set by doing (that is, time-saving gaming state that is set without going through the execution of the jackpot winning and special game, hereinafter also referred to as the second time-saving), and that the time-saving gaming state is set Set based on the determination of the specified patterns (the above-mentioned time-saving patterns, time-saving winning patterns, small winning patterns that set the time-saving gaming state, losing patterns that set the time-saving gaming state, etc.) All of the time-saving gaming state (that is, the time-saving gaming state that is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, hereinafter also referred to as the third time-saving) may be provided.
By doing so, the variation of the time-saving gaming state to be set is increased, so that the interest of the player can be enhanced.

(37) In addition, in the first time saving described above, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is higher than the normal game state (non-time saving game state), the setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is shorter, and , the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set to be longer. In addition, in the above-mentioned second time saving, the setting that the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery is the same as the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) than the normal It is also possible to set the symbol variation time to be short and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 to be long. In addition, even in the above-mentioned third time saving, the setting that the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery is the same as the normal game state (non-time-saving game state), and the normal game state (non-time-saving game state) than the normal It is also possible to set the symbol variation time to be short and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 to be long.
In addition, only in the first time reduction among the first time reduction, second time reduction and third time reduction, the probability of winning in the normal pattern lottery is higher than the normal game state (non-time reduction game state). may
By doing so, it is possible to change the degree of advantage of various time-saving game states, and it is possible to enhance the interest of the player.

(38) In addition, when the pachinko machine is equipped with the first time reduction, the second time reduction, and the third time reduction, when the jackpot design that sets the time reduction gaming state during the first time reduction is determined, 1a) You may employ|adopt the control which complete|finishes 1st time saving and newly sets 1st time saving after completion|finish of a special game. In addition, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN during the first time reduction, (2a) the first time reduction is terminated, and the second Set time saving, (2b) Continue the first time saving, (2c) When the number of time saving times when setting the second time saving is greater than the remaining time saving number of times in the first time saving, end the first time saving , Newly set the second time reduction, (2a) ~ (2c) of any of the control may be adopted. In addition, a pattern that is set to set the time saving game state during the first time saving (the above-mentioned time saving pattern, time saving winning pattern, small winning pattern that is set to set the time saving game state, setting the time saving game state (3a) End the first time saving and newly set the third time saving, (3b) Continue the first time saving, (3c) Third time saving When the number of times of time saving when setting is greater than the number of times of time saving remaining in the first time saving, end the first time saving and newly set the third time saving (3a) to (3c) Either control may be adopted.

Also, when the jackpot pattern is determined to set the time-saving game state during the second time-saving, (4a) the second time-saving is ended, and after the special game is finished, the first time-saving is newly set. control may be employed. In addition, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN during the second time reduction, (5a) the second time reduction is terminated, and the second Any one of the control of (5a) to (5b) of setting the time saving and (5b) continuing the second time saving may be adopted. In addition, a pattern that is set to set a time-saving game state during the second time-saving (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, small winning pattern that is set to set a time-saving game state, and time-saving game state are set (6a) End the second time saving and newly set the third time saving, (6b) Continue the second time saving, (6c) Third time saving When the number of times of saving time when setting is greater than the number of times of saving time remaining in the second time saving, end the second time saving and newly set the third time saving (6a) to (6c) of Either control may be adopted.

Also, when the jackpot pattern is determined to set the time-saving game state during the third time-saving, (7a) end the third time-saving, and set the first time-saving anew after the end of the special game. control may be employed. Also, when the number of fluctuations in the special symbol (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN during the third time reduction, (8a) the third time reduction is terminated, and the second Set time saving, (8b) Continue the 3rd time saving, (8c) If the number of time saving times when setting the 2nd time saving is greater than the remaining time saving number of times in the 3rd time saving, end the 3rd time saving , Newly set the second time reduction, (8a) ~ (8c) of any one of the control may be adopted. In addition, a pattern that is set to set a time-saving game state during the third time-saving (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, a small winning pattern that is set to set a time-saving game state, and a time-saving game state are set (9a) End the 3rd time saving and set a new 3rd time saving, (9b) Continue the 3rd time saving, (9c) 3rd time saving When the number of times of saving time when setting is greater than the number of times of saving time remaining in the third time saving, end the third time saving and set a new third time saving (9a) to (9c) Either control may be adopted.

In addition, as control when various determinations are made in the above-mentioned 1st time saving, 2nd time saving, and 3rd time saving, you may apply combining suitably based on the above-mentioned content.
For example, as an example, the following control can be performed.
In the normal game state (low-probability game state, non-time-saving game state), when the jackpot pattern that sets the time-saving game state is determined, the first time-saving game is set after the special game is finished, and the special pattern. When the number of fluctuations (the number of times of derivation of the lottery results of the winning lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time saving activations LN, the second time saving is set, and the design that sets the time saving gaming state is set (the above-mentioned time saving A third time-saving pattern is set when a pattern, a time-saving winning pattern, a small win pattern set to set the time-saving game state, a losing pattern set to set the time-saving game state, etc. is determined.
During the first time saving, when the jackpot pattern set to set the time saving game state is determined, the first time saving is terminated, and after the special game is finished, the first time saving is newly set, and the number of variations of the special symbols. When (the number of derivation of the lottery result of the success or failure lottery) reaches the predetermined number of time reduction activations LN, the first time reduction is continued without setting the second time reduction, and the time reduction game state is set. When the pattern (the above-mentioned time-saving design, time-saving winning design, small winning design that sets the time-saving gaming state, lost design that sets the time-saving gaming state, etc.) is determined, the third time-saving Continue the first short time without setting
During the second time-saving, when the jackpot pattern set to set the time-saving game state is determined, the second time-saving is terminated, and after the special game is finished, the first time-saving is newly set, and the number of variations of the special symbols. When (the number of derivation of lottery results of win/fail lottery) reaches a predetermined number of time reduction activation times LN, the currently set second time reduction is continued without setting a new second time reduction, and the time reduction game state is reached. Designs that are determined to set the When determined, the second time saving is continued without setting the third time saving.
During the third time saving, when the jackpot pattern set to set the time saving game state is determined, the third time saving is terminated, and after the special game is finished, the first time saving is newly set, and the number of fluctuations of the special symbols. When (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the success or failure lottery) reaches the predetermined number of times of shortening activation LN, the third time saving is terminated, the second time saving is newly set, and the time saving game state is set. When the pattern (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, small winning pattern that is set to set the time-saving gaming state, lost design that is set to set the time-saving gaming state, etc.) is determined, a new number To continue the currently set third time saving without setting the three time saving.
During the high-probability time-saving game state or during the high-probability non-time-saving game state (that is, during the high-probability game state), when the jackpot pattern that is set to set the time-saving game state is determined, after the end of the special game A first time-saving is set, and when the number of fluctuations of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of lottery results of win-fail lottery) reaches a predetermined time-saving activation frequency LN, a time-saving game state is set without setting a second time-saving. Designs that are determined to that effect (the above-mentioned time-saving patterns, time-saving winning patterns, small winning patterns that are set to set the time-saving gaming state, loss patterns that are set to set the time-saving gaming state, etc.) have been decided. Occasionally, a third short time is not set.
By doing so, it is possible to increase the variety of setting of the time-saving gaming state, thereby increasing the interest of the player.

As described in (31) above, when the pachinko machine is provided with the second time saving and a setting value associated with the setting related to the ball output is provided, the same time saving is provided regardless of the setting value The activation count LN may be set.
By doing so, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the advantage between the set values excessively changes due to the setting of the second time saving.
In addition, it is set so that the main control board 100 can count the number of times of variation of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery) for determining whether or not the time saving activation number LN has been reached. Counting is always performed during the low probability game state (low probability non-time-saving game state, low probability time-saving game state), and is not performed during the high probability game state (high probability non-time-saving game state, high probability time-saving game state). You may do so. That is, during the low-probability gaming state, regardless of whether or not the time-saving gaming state is set, the above-described counting may be always performed.
By doing so, it is possible to reliably set the second time saving only during the low probability game state.
In addition, the above-mentioned count is performed when a predetermined operation is performed when the power is turned on (for example, when the RAM is cleared by pressing the RAM clear button for clearing the RAM, etc.). When the RAM is cleared by changing the setting value, when the count value by the above-mentioned count reaches the number of time reduction activation times LN and the second time reduction is set, when the jackpot is won (special based on the small win) It may be cleared at the start of the game) or at the end of the special game. In addition, clearing at the time when the second time saving is set, and at the time of winning the jackpot (at the time of starting the special game based on the winning of the small win) or clearing at the end of the special game may be executed without fail. .
In addition, as the timing for determining that the count value by the above count has reached the number of times of shortening activation LN, the timing of the start of fluctuation of the special design, the end of the fluctuation of the special design, and the stop display time after the fluctuation of the special design is finished It may be any point in time that has passed. And the 2nd time saving may be made to be set at the timing judged that the count value by the above-mentioned count reached|attained the time saving activation frequency|count LN.

In addition, as the end condition of the second time saving, (10a) setting that the jackpot was won, and (10b) the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning port 15 and the second start winning The total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the opening 16 reaches the number of times of time reduction, (10c) The number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches a specific number , (10d) that the number of times a small win is won reaches a predetermined number of times, any one or more of (10a) to (10c) may be set.
For example, the following contents can be set as end conditions of the 1st time saving, the 2nd time saving, and the 3rd time saving.
Specifically, in the pachinko machine, the jackpot pattern XA1 (in the variable effect, the first stop pattern, the second stop pattern, and the third stop pattern are all "7"), and a jackpot pattern XA2 (in the variable effect, the first stop pattern, the second stop pattern, and the third stop pattern are all other than "7") are provided, and a time-saving game Time-saving design JD1 (in the variable production, the first stop design and the second stop design are the same odd design other than "7", and the third stop design is "7"), which is defined to set the state. It is provided, and the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery results of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) is set in advance. It is assumed that a game state is set so that a small win can be won in a winning lottery.
In this pachinko machine, the first time reduction set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern XA1 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of game balls to the first start winning port 15 is set. The total of the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 ends when the total reaches 100 times (the number of times of time reduction), and the game to the second starting winning opening 16 It can be set to end when the number of times of variation based on ball entry reaches 10 times (specified number of times) and to end when the number of winning times of small wins reaches 2 times (predetermined number of times).
In addition, the first time reduction set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern XA2 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and when the game ball enters the first start winning port 15. The number of fluctuations based on and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 ends when the total reaches 50 times (time saving number of times), and the entering of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 It can be set to end when the number of fluctuations based on the ball reaches 4 times (specific number of times), and to end when the number of winning times of the small win reaches 1 time (predetermined number of times).
In addition, the second time-saving set by reaching the predetermined time-saving activation number LN of the number of times of variation of the special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value according to the above-mentioned count) is a big hit. It is set to end based on winning, and the total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 It ends when it reaches 600 times (number of times of time saving), ends when the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 reaches 50 times (specific number of times), and wins a small hit. It can be set to end when the number of times reaches 10 times (predetermined number of times).
In addition, the third time reduction set by the determination of the time reduction pattern JD1 is set to end based on the winning of the jackpot, and the number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15. And the total number of fluctuations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 ends when the total number of fluctuations reaches 60 times (time reduction number), based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 It can be set to end when the number of fluctuations reaches 8 times (specified number of times), and to end when the number of winnings of small wins reaches 3 times (predetermined number of times).
By doing so, it is possible to increase the variety of termination of the time-saving game state, and to provide various game properties.

Also, regarding the second time saving, when the probability of winning in the normal symbol lottery is set to be the same as the normal game state (non-time saving game state), the second start winning opening 16 is opened during the second time saving. In order to make it easier to maintain the state, it is necessary to set the above-mentioned probability of winning during the normal game state to some extent high. In this case, the movable piece 16b has a structure that can be projected and retracted with respect to the game board 11, and when the movable piece 16b protrudes from the game board 11, the game ball is guided to the second start winning opening 16 by the movable piece 16b. While the ball can be entered into the second starting winning hole 16, the game ball is not guided to the second starting winning hole 16 when the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11, and the second starting winning hole 16 is not guided. During the normal game state, the ball is prevented from entering the start winning opening 16, and the projecting time (opening time) of the movable piece 16b is set to be shorter than during the second time saving during the normal game state. When winning in the normal pattern lottery, it is possible to reduce the entry rate of the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 than when winning in the normal pattern lottery during the second time saving. can.

Also, the number of times that the second time saving can be set may be only once during the period from winning the big win to winning the next big win. Specifically, after winning the jackpot (end of the special game), the number of fluctuations in the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) is set in advance to the number of times of shortening activation LN After the second time saving is set by reaching, again without winning the jackpot, the number of fluctuations of the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) is the number of time saving activation times LN Even if it reaches|attains, you may make it so that a 2nd time reduction may not be set.
By doing so, it is possible to prevent the time-saving game state from being excessively set and the gambling property from becoming excessively high.

Further, as described above, by the main control board 100, during the low probability gaming state (low probability non-time-saving gaming state, low probability time-saving gaming state), for determining whether or not the time-saving activation count LN has been reached The number of changes in special patterns (number of times of derivation of lottery results of lottery) is counted, but after winning the jackpot (end of special game), the number of times of fluctuation of special patterns (number of times of derivation of lottery results of lottery) is time-saving. You may make it stop the above-mentioned count after the 2nd time saving is set by having reached|attained the frequency|count LN of activation.
By doing so, the processing load on the main control board 100 can be reduced.

In addition, symbols that set the time saving game state during the first time saving or the second time saving Even if it is set to continue the first time saving or the second time saving without setting the third time saving when the losing pattern, etc., which is determined to set the gaming state) is determined , The final lottery of the first time saving or the second time saving (the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches the number of time saving times) Based on the above, the design that sets the time-saving gaming state (the above-mentioned time-saving design, the time-saving winning design, the small winning design that sets the time-saving gaming state, and the time-saving gaming state is set. When a lost pattern, etc.) is determined, a third reduction in time may be set.
By doing so, the continuity of the time-saving gaming state can be enhanced, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.
Also, in the case of setting as described above, the winning lottery of the final time of the first time saving or the second time saving (the number of fluctuations of special symbols (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) Winning lottery right before reaching the number of times of time reduction) Designs that set the time reduction game state (the above-mentioned time reduction design, time reduction winning design, time reduction game state) Small winning design, time reduction game When a lost pattern, etc., which is determined to set the state) is determined, the first time saving or second time saving is ended with the end of the fluctuation of the special pattern in the final round, and a non-time saving game state is set. After the non-time-saving game state is set, a symbol indicating that the time-saving game state is to be set may be stopped and displayed, and the third time-saving may be set after the stop display. In addition, along with the setting of the above-mentioned non-time-saving gaming state, the transmission of the external signal (time-saving signal) indicating that the time-saving gaming state is transmitted to the outside of the pachinko machine in the time-saving gaming state is terminated, and the above-mentioned third You may make it transmit the said external signal again with setting of time saving.
By doing so, it is possible to reliably execute the control of the end of the time saving game state and the new setting, and to reliably notify the change of the time saving game state to the outside of the pachinko machine.

In addition, when the number of fluctuations in the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the lottery lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches the predetermined number of time-saving activations LN When a small hit is won by the lottery may be set so that both a small winning game based on the winning of a small winning and a setting of a second time saving due to the number of fluctuations of special symbols reaching the number of times of shortening working hours LN are executed.
Also, when set in this way, the second time saving is (a) from the winning of the small winning until the small winning design is stopped and the start of the small winning game, (b) from the start of the small winning game to the end It may be set at any timing of (C) after the end of the small winning game.
By doing so, when the winning of the small hit and the establishment of the conditions for setting the second time reduction overlap, the variation of the timing at which the second time reduction is set is abundant, so the variation is rich. It becomes possible to impart playability.

Also, when the second time saving and the third time saving are installed, the advantage may be set to be the same in both the second time saving and the third time saving (that is, the winning in the normal pattern lottery probability, the normal pattern fluctuation time, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set to be the same), the advantage may be set to be different (normal pattern lottery , any one or more of the probability of winning, the normal pattern fluctuation time, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 may be set differently). For example, the second time reduction may be set to be more advantageous than the third time reduction (setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is high, setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is short, and the second Any one or a plurality of settings that increase the opening time of the start winning opening 16 may be performed).
By doing so, it is possible to increase the variation of the advantages of the second time saving and the third time saving, thereby increasing the player's interest.
In addition, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches the predetermined time saving activation number LN, and it is defined that the time saving gaming state is set. When the pattern (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern, small winning pattern that sets the time-saving gaming state, lost design that sets the time-saving gaming state, etc.) is determined, the third You may make it give priority to time saving and set 2nd time saving.
Even if the conditions for setting the 2nd time saving and the 3rd time saving overlap by doing in this way, the 2nd time saving can be set reliably.

(39) In addition, for the first time reduction, second time reduction, and third time reduction, the variation of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 and the game ball to the second starting winning opening 16 Variation of the special pattern based on the entering ball is performed at the same time (that is, both the holding based on the entering ball of the game ball to the first start winning hole 15 and the holding based on the entering ball of the game ball to the second starting winning hole 16 is stored, the pachinko machine (hereinafter also referred to as a simultaneous turning machine) that is set to process both holds at the same time, so-called simultaneous turning control), and the above (1) to ( 38) may be set.
Then, when the first time reduction, second time reduction, and third time reduction are installed in the simultaneous spinning machine, based on the entry of the game ball into either the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16 Designs that set the time-saving gaming state (the above-mentioned time-saving design, time-saving winning design, small winning design that set the time-saving gaming state, and loss design that set the time-saving gaming state etc.) is determined, and during the variation of the special symbol based on the determination, the number of times of variation of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball to the other (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the above-mentioned count count value by) reaches a predetermined time-saving activation number LN, during the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball to one of the above, the entry of the game ball to one of the above Based on the ball, the number of fluctuations in the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) sets the second time saving by reaching the time saving activation number LN, and setting the second time saving Afterwards, although the symbols determined to set the time-saving gaming state determined based on the entry of the game ball to one of the above-mentioned are stopped and displayed, even if it is controlled not to set the third time-saving. good.
In addition, a pattern (the above-mentioned time-saving pattern, time-saving winning pattern , a small winning pattern that is set to set a time-saving gaming state, a losing design that is set to set a time-saving gaming state, etc.) When the jackpot pattern is determined based on the entry of the game ball (the jackpot is won), during the fluctuation of the special pattern based on the entry of the game ball to one of the above, to one of the above The first time-saving is set by determining the jackpot pattern based on the entry of the game ball, and after setting the first time-saving, the time-saving game determined based on the entry of the game ball to one of the above Although the symbol determined to set the state is stopped and displayed, control may be performed so as not to set the third time saving.
By doing so, even if the conditions for setting the first time reduction or the second time reduction are established in the simultaneous turning machine, and the conditions for setting the third time reduction are duplicated, It is possible to reliably set the first time saving or the second time saving.

(40) In addition, when the time-saving gaming state is set after the special game is completed based on the determination of the jackpot symbol that sets the time-saving gaming state (that is, when the first time-saving is set) , During the variation of the jackpot pattern (during the execution of the variation effect based on the determination of the jackpot pattern), and at least either during the execution of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern, during a predetermined period (for example, the most A period shorter than the long fluctuation time, a period shorter than the time from the start to the end of the special game when the number of round games is the smallest (for example, 10 seconds, etc.)), the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21 In a predetermined area (for example, the entire area of the display section 21a, etc.), a display for instructing the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right hitting) is performed, and after the lapse of the predetermined period, the above-mentioned predetermined (For example, the area of the upper right corner or the lower right corner of the display unit 21a) continues to display a mark suggesting the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b. good.
By doing so, it is possible to make the player recognize that the time-saving game state is set after the end of the variable performance and the special game, and after the end of the variable performance and the special game, to the second game area 12b. It is possible to give an impression that all game balls are launched.

In addition, when the time saving gaming state is set by the number of times of variation of the special symbol (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery, i.e., the count value by the above-mentioned count) reaches the time saving activation count LN (i.e., the second time saving is set), during the fluctuation of the special symbol at the time of reaching the time reduction activation number LN (during the execution of the fluctuation production), during a period shorter than the above-mentioned predetermined period (for example, from the shortest fluctuation time for a short period of time (for example, 2 seconds), a specific area (for example, an area about half the size of the display section 21a) in the display section 21a of the effect display device 21 toward the second game area 12b After a period shorter than the above-mentioned predetermined period, an area smaller than the above-mentioned specific area (for example, the area in the upper right corner of the display unit 21a) is displayed. , lower right corner area, etc.) may continue to display a mark suggesting launching of a game ball toward the second game area 12b.
By doing so, during the fluctuation production at the time when the number of fluctuations of the special symbols reaches the number of times of shortening working hours LN, the player can recognize that the shortening of working hours gaming state is set after that, and the above-mentioned Even if a short variation time is determined as the variation time at the point in time, the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b after completion of the variation performance without making the player feel uncomfortable. can impress.
Note that the above-described predetermined area and the above-described specific area may be the same area or may be different areas. Also, the specific area described above may be a part of the predetermined area described above. In addition, when the first time saving is set, the area where the mark suggesting the launch of the game ball toward the second game area 12b is displayed, and when the second time saving is set, the second game area 12b The regions in which the mark indicating the launch of the game ball toward the player is displayed may be the same region, different regions, or regions of different sizes. Also, one region may be part of the other region.

In addition, the number of fluctuations of the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the lottery lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) wins a big hit by the lottery at the time when the number of time reduction activation times LN is reached, and the time reduction game state is set. When a jackpot pattern is determined that is determined not to be played, the second time saving may be set after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot is finished.
By doing so, the chances of setting the time-saving gaming state are increased, so that the interest of the player can be enhanced.
In addition, the number of fluctuations of the special pattern (the number of times of derivation of the lottery result of the lottery lottery, that is, the count value by the above-mentioned count) is elected to the jackpot by the lottery at the time when the number of time-saving activation times LN is reached, and the high probability game state and When a jackpot design that sets the time saving game state (high probability time saving game state) is determined, after the special game based on the winning of the jackpot is completed, the second time saving is set without setting the jackpot A high-probability game state and a time-saving game state (high-probability time-saving game state) based on symbols may be set.
By doing so, after the special game ends, a game state with a higher degree of advantage for the player is set, so that the player's interest can be enhanced.

(41) In a pachinko machine set so that a special game is executed only based on the winning of a jackpot, when the stop display time (so-called pattern confirmation time) in the variation that reaches the time saving activation number LN has passed, or the stop A second time reduction may be set at a predetermined time after the display time has elapsed.
Also, in the so-called 1 type and 2 type mixed pachinko machine, if the result of the winning lottery at the time of reaching the number of times of shortening activation LN is lost, the stop display time after the fluctuation of the special symbol at that time stops The second time saving may be set at any time until the time elapses (for example, when the special symbol stops changing, when the stop display time elapses, etc.). In addition, if the result of the winning lottery at the time of reaching the number of times of shortening activation LN is the winning of the small winning, the time of the end of the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning (the end of the ending process in the small winning game) Then, the second time saving may be set.
In addition, in the so-called simultaneous rotation machine, the second time saving may be set at the start time of fluctuation reaching the time saving activation frequency LN.
By doing as above, the second time saving can be set at an appropriate timing according to the specifications of the pachinko machine.

(42) In addition, the pachinko machine P includes a hall computer, a data display device that displays the number of times a jackpot has been won (the number of times a special game is executed), the number of fluctuations after the end of a special game, the number of times a time-saving game state has been set, and the like. For example, it may be set so that a plurality of external signals can be transmitted to an external device installed outside the pachinko machine P.
For example, as external signals, a plurality of jackpot signals can be provided that are transmitted based on the winning of a jackpot and the execution of a special game.
The first jackpot signal among the plurality of jackpot signals is set to be continuously transmitted to the hall computer and the data display device from the start to the end of the special game, and the jackpot is displayed on the hall computer and the data display device. The number of wins (the number of times a special game is executed) can be counted, and the number of times can be displayed. Further, in the hall computer or the data display device, when the first jackpot signal is received, the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game may be reset.
In addition, for the second jackpot signal among the plurality of jackpot signals, the hall computer and the data display device continue from the start of the special game until the end of the time saving game state (third time saving) set after the end of the special game. , so that the hall computer or the data display device can count the number of times of the third time saving and display the number of times. Further, in the hole computer or the data display device, when the second jackpot signal is received, the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game may be reset.
In addition, the third jackpot signal among the plurality of jackpot signals is set to be continuously transmitted to the hall computer or the data display device from the time when the second time reduction is set to the end, and the hall computer and the data display. While enabling the number of times of 2nd time saving to be countable in an apparatus, you may enable it to display the said number of times. Further, in the hall computer or the data display device, when the third jackpot signal is received, the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game may be reset. Further, in the data display device, when the third jackpot signal is received, notification that the second time reduction is set may be performed. It should be noted that the third jackpot signal is not to be continuously transmitted until the second time reduction is set until it ends, but is transmitted only at the time when the second time reduction is set. good too.
Also, the above-described jackpot signal may be transmitted to either one of the hall computer and the data display device instead of being transmitted to both. For example, the first jackpot signal and the second jackpot signal may be sent only to the data display device, and the third jackpot signal may be sent only to the hall computer.
By doing as above, it becomes possible to grasp outside the pachinko machine P that the second time saving has been set.

(43) In the above-described embodiment, after the condition for the number of consecutive jackpots (the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number) is established, the determination ratio of the fluctuation time longer than before the condition for the number of consecutive jackpots is established. By increasing it, the number of special games executed per unit time (the number of jackpot winnings per unit time) was reduced, but in order to reduce the number of special games executed per unit time. The control method by the main CPU 101 is not limited to this. Specific examples will be described below.
In addition, as described above, the continuous jackpot means that the jackpot is won in the normal game state, and at least it shifts to either the time-saving game state or the high-probability game state, and then continuously without shifting to the normal game state. It shall mean the winning jackpot.

(Specific example 1)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, three times), in the fluctuations executed thereafter, (A) the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuations executed before this You may set so that the determination ratio of a long fluctuation time may become high. In addition, in the special game to be executed after this, (B) an opening time longer than the opening time in the special game executed before this may be set, or (C) executed before this (D) An interval time longer than the interval time of the previously executed special game may be set. Alternatively, (E) an opening time longer than the opening time of the big winning opening 18 in the previously executed special game may be set.

(Specific example 2)
For example, when the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times, etc.), in the variations and special games executed after this, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) can be set as
(Specific example 3)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3 times) and the total number of rounds executed during the consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times), the subsequent execution In the variations and special games to be played, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 4)
For example, the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, three times), and when the predetermined number of times is reached or after reaching the predetermined number of times, the jackpot pattern determined in the jackpot is a specific pattern (during the special game When the number of rounds to be executed is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc., set jackpot patterns, etc.), in the fluctuations related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuations to be executed after this, In the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.
(Specific example 5)
For example, during continuous jackpots, the total number of rounds executed reaches a predetermined number (for example, 20 times, etc.), and the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won after reaching the predetermined number is a specific pattern (during special games If the number of rounds to be executed is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc., set jackpot patterns, etc.), in the fluctuations related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuations to be executed after this, , in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 6)
For example, during continuous jackpots, when the number of fluctuations from the end of a predetermined special game until winning the next jackpot is a specific number (for example, 10 times) or less, or when all the special games during continuous jackpots If the total number of fluctuations after the end reaches a specific number, the fluctuations related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuations to be executed after this, special games based on the winning of the jackpot, and special games to be executed after this In the game, it may be set as described above (A) to (E).
(Specific example 7)
For example, it is determined when the number of fluctuations from the end of a predetermined special game to winning the next jackpot during continuous jackpots is a specific number (for example, 10 times, etc.) or less, and the next jackpot is won. If the jackpot pattern drawn is a specific pattern (such as a jackpot pattern with a relatively large number of rounds (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.) set during the special game), it is related to the winning of the jackpot. The above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set in fluctuations and fluctuations to be executed thereafter, and in special games based on the winning of the jackpot and special games to be executed thereafter.

(Specific example 8)
For example, when the total number of prize balls paid out during consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3000), the above-mentioned (A) to (E ) can be set as
(Specific example 9)
For example, the total number of prize balls paid out during continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3000), and the jackpot pattern determined in the jackpot after reaching the predetermined number is a specific pattern (during special games If the number of rounds to be executed is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc., set jackpot patterns, etc.), in the fluctuations related to the winning of the jackpot and the fluctuations to be executed after this, , in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 10)
For example, when the difference between the number of prize balls paid out during consecutive jackpots and the number of shot balls reaches a predetermined number (for example, 1500, etc.), the fluctuations and special games that are executed after this, the above-mentioned (A) to (E) may be set.
(Specific example 11)
For example, the difference between the number of prize balls paid out and the number of shot balls during consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 1500), and the jackpot pattern determined in the jackpot after reaching the predetermined number is specified. If there is a pattern (such as a jackpot pattern in which the number of rounds to be executed during the special game is relatively large (10 rounds, 15 rounds, etc.)), changes related to winning the jackpot and subsequent execution Also, in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 12)
For example, the variation pattern determined when a predetermined jackpot is won during continuous jackpots is a specific variation pattern (for example, a variation pattern with a relatively short variation time (3 seconds, 6 seconds, etc.)) In the case, in the variation to be executed after this, it may be set as described in (A) above, and in the special game based on the winning of the jackpot and the special game to be executed after this, the above-mentioned (B) to (E) may be set.
(Specific example 13)
For example, when the first special random number or the second special random number is stored, before the start of fluctuation based on the first special random number or the second special random number, the first special random number or the second special random number Various judgments related to the determination of the winning lottery and special symbols for random numbers (judgment of whether or not to win the jackpot, determination of the type of special symbols to be determined, etc.) During continuous jackpots, when the determination result of the prior determination process has predetermined contents (for example, the reservation stored at the end of the special game includes a jackpot winning, etc.) In variations and special games to be executed thereafter, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 14)
For example, when the total elapsed time during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined time (for example, 15 minutes, etc.), in the variations and special games that are executed after this, as in the above (A) to (E) May be set.
(Specific example 15)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number of times (for example, three times, etc.) and the total elapsed time during the consecutive jackpots is less than a predetermined time (for example, five minutes, etc.), it is executed after this In the variations and special games that occur, the above-described (A) to (E) may be set.

(Specific example 16)
For example, when the total execution time of the special game during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes, etc.), in the fluctuations and special games executed after this, the above (A) to (E) You can set it like
(Specific example 17)
For example, when the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number (for example, 3 times) and the total execution time of the special game during the consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes), after this The variations and special games to be executed may be set as described above (A) to (E).

Even in the case of setting as described above, it is possible to reduce the number of special games executed per unit time (the number of winning jackpots per unit time), as in the above-described embodiment. As a result, a large number of special games are played intensively in a short period of time, and the number of prize balls won by the player increases sharply. can be properly prevented.

Further, the various conditions in the above specific examples 1 to 17 can be set in combination with each other as long as there is no contradiction. Also, for the above-mentioned settings (A) to (E) when various conditions are satisfied, only one of them may be set, or a plurality of them may be set.

In addition, the main control board 100 is provided with a counter (constituted by a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103) for counting the number of consecutive jackpots, and the number of consecutive jackpots reaches a predetermined number based on the count value of the counter. It may be determined whether Any one or more of the above settings (A) to (E) may be set when the various conditions in the above specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied.
In addition, since the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 during the high-probability time-saving game state, the consecutive big wins are mainly the big wins based on the second special random numbers. Therefore, the above-mentioned counter counts the number of consecutive jackpots won based on the second special random number, and resets the count value of the counter when a jackpot is won based on the first special random number. If the number of consecutive jackpots won based on the second special random number reaches a predetermined number, it is determined that the conditions regarding the number of consecutive jackpots in the above specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied. You may make it That is, if the jackpot is won based on the first special random number, it is treated as a break in the continuous jackpot, and if the jackpot is not won continuously based on the second special random number, the above-mentioned specific examples 1- 17 may be set so as not to satisfy the condition regarding the number of consecutive jackpots.
When the jackpot is won based on the second special random number, it is decided to execute a special game with a relatively large number of obtainable game balls compared to when the jackpot is won based on the first special random number. It is likely that the number of prize balls won by the player will increase rapidly in a short period of time. When set as described above, only the jackpot based on the second special random number is subject to the conditions related to the number of consecutive jackpots, so the above settings (A) to (E) are excessively performed. situation can be prevented.

In addition, when various conditions in specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, (A) regarding the variable time and at least one of (B) to (E) regarding various times during the special game are set in combination. Occasionally, after satisfying various conditions, both the variable time and the various times during the special game are longer than before the various conditions are satisfied, but the rate of change of the variable time is higher than the rate of change of the various times during the special game. may be set to be larger.
For example, when the conditions in Specific Example 1 are satisfied, when (A) and (B) are set in combination, before the number of continuous jackpots reaches a predetermined number, the variation time of the special symbol variation is 3 seconds. and 6 seconds are easy to determine, and after the number of consecutive jackpots reaches the predetermined number, the special symbol variation time is 13 seconds or 15 seconds (2.5 to 5 times the variation time before reaching the predetermined number In addition, the opening time during the special game is 10 seconds before the number of consecutive big wins reaches a predetermined number, and after the number of consecutive big wins reaches the predetermined number, the special game is set to be easy to determine. The opening time during the game may be set to 15 seconds (changed to 1.5 times the opening time before reaching the predetermined number of times).

In addition, when the various conditions in Examples 1 to 17 are satisfied and (A) regarding the fluctuation time is set, after the various conditions are satisfied, the fluctuation pattern becomes a less reach fluctuation pattern than before the various conditions are satisfied. Although both the fluctuation time and the fluctuation time of the reach fluctuation pattern are longer, the change rate of the fluctuation time of the reach fluctuation pattern is higher than the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation without reach fluctuation pattern. It may be set to be larger, or it may be set so that the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern is larger than the change rate of the fluctuation time of the fluctuation that becomes the reach fluctuation pattern. .
For example, when (A) is set when the conditions in Specific Example 2 are satisfied, before the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation pattern without reach is 3. Seconds and 6 seconds are easy to determine, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time will be 13 seconds or 15 seconds (before reaching the predetermined number). 2.5 times to 5 times the fluctuation time) is set so that it is easy to determine, and before the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the reach fluctuation pattern. It is easy to determine 20 seconds or 30 seconds as the time, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the variation time of the variation that becomes the reach variation pattern is 180 seconds or 240 seconds (to the predetermined number 6 times to 12 times the fluctuation time before reaching) can be easily determined.
Further, when (A) is set when the conditions in Specific Example 8 are satisfied, before the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time of the fluctuation pattern without reach. 3 seconds or 6 seconds is easily determined as the time, and after the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the fluctuation time becomes 13 seconds or 15 seconds (predetermined 2.5 times to 5 times the fluctuation time before reaching the number) is set so that it is easy to determine, and before the total number of prize balls paid out during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, the reach fluctuation It is easy to determine 20 seconds or 30 seconds as the variation time of the variation that becomes the pattern, and after the total number of rounds executed during the continuous jackpot reaches a predetermined number, 40 seconds or 40 seconds as the variation time of the variation that becomes the reach variation pattern. It may be set so that 45 seconds (varying approximately 1.3 to 2.25 times the variable time before reaching the predetermined number) is easily determined.
Also, when the various conditions in specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, at least one of (B) to (E) regarding various times during the special game is set without setting (A) regarding the variable time. By doing so, after the various conditions are satisfied, the execution time of the special game (opening time, ending time, interval time, opening time of the big winning opening 18) may be lengthened, although the variable time does not change. . In addition, in this case, for example, the opening time after various conditions are satisfied is longer than other times (ending time, interval time, opening time of the big winning opening 18) after the conditions are satisfied. It may be set to be longer, or the rate of change of the opening time before and after satisfying various conditions may be set to be greater than the rate of change of other times.

Further, when the various conditions in the specific examples 1 to 17 described above are satisfied, other settings may be performed instead of the settings (A) to (E) described above. For example, when various conditions are satisfied, in the general pattern game to be executed after this, (F) the determination ratio of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the normal pattern fluctuation that was executed before this is higher. (G) It may be set so that the opening time is shorter than the opening time of the movable piece 16b of the second start winning opening 16 before this.
Also, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, after the end of the special game after this, (H) set the number of times of time reduction less than the number of times of time reduction set after the end of the previous special game. may
By setting in this way, the frequency of game balls entering the second start winning opening 16 is reduced, and the chances of the winning lottery are also reduced, so the number of special games executed per unit time (per unit time The number of times the jackpot is won) can be reduced.

Also, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, in the special game to be executed after this, (I) a mode in which the game ball is more difficult to enter than during the previous special game (for example, 0.5 seconds The opening and closing for 1.0 seconds may be repeated a predetermined number of times, etc.).
When set in this manner, the number of prize balls obtainable during the special game is reduced, and the total number of prize balls per unit time can be reduced. As a result, even if the special game is executed many times intensively in a short period of time, the number of prize balls to be obtained by the player can be suppressed, resulting in an extremely high level of gambling. The occurrence of such a situation can be appropriately prevented.

Also, for example, when various conditions are satisfied, when the subsequent special symbols fluctuate, (J) when both the first special random number and the second special random number are stored, the second special symbol It may be set so that the first special random number is processed in preference to the random number.
When set in this way, execution of a special game with a smaller number of rounds is determined when the jackpot is won based on the first special random number than when the jackpot is won based on the second special random number. Therefore, the expected value of the number of prize balls obtainable during the special game is reduced, and the expected value of the total number of prize balls per unit time can be reduced. As a result, even if the special game is executed many times intensively in a short period of time, the number of prize balls to be obtained by the player can be suppressed, resulting in an extremely high level of gambling. The occurrence of such a situation can be appropriately prevented.

As for the settings (F) to (J), just one of them may be set, or a plurality of settings may be made, similarly to (A) to (E). Also, it may be set in combination with at least one of (A) to (E).
Also, in the settings of (A) to (G), when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 were satisfied, various times were set to be longer, but the predetermined time was set to be longer. , other times may be set to be shorter. For example, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, while setting the determination ratio of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation executed before this to be high ((A) (setting of (C)), an ending time shorter than the ending time of the previously executed special game may be set (setting of (C)).
In this case, after the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the time from the start of the fluctuation to the end of the special game becomes too long, and the profit of the player is extremely hindered. It is possible to prevent such a situation.

Also, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the settings (A) to (E) are made, and when the various times are set to be longer, a specific effect is executed within the longer period. You may set so that frequency may become high.
For example, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the determination ratio of the fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the special symbol fluctuation that was executed before this is set to be higher ((A) setting ), when a long variation time is determined, the execution frequency of the suggestive performance (specific performance) indicating the degree of expectation of winning the jackpot in the variation may be set to be high. In addition, it may be set so that the execution frequency of a special effect (a specific effect) indicating contents unrelated to the result of the lottery is increased.

Further, when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, the opening time is set (setting (B)) longer than the opening time of the previously executed special game, When the ending time is set (setting (C)) longer than the ending time of the previously executed special game, it is stored at that time until the opening time or ending time elapses. It may be set so as to increase the execution frequency of a look-ahead effect (specific effect) suggesting that there is one that can be determined as a jackpot win among the reserved games.
Note that the degree of change in the execution frequency of a specific effect is not particularly limited. For example, although a specific effect was not executed before the various conditions described above were satisfied, the specific effect may be set to be executed after the various conditions described above are satisfied. Before the various conditions are satisfied, the specific effect is executed at a predetermined execution rate, but after the above-mentioned various conditions are satisfied, the specific effect is executed at a rate higher than the above-mentioned predetermined execution rate. can be set to run.
In this case, as in the case described above, it is possible to appropriately prevent the occurrence of a situation in which the gambling nature becomes extremely high, but at the same time, it is possible to reduce the interest of the player due to the lengthening of various times. can be prevented.

Further, when one or more of (A) to (J) are set when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, when a predetermined termination condition is satisfied, the The setting may be canceled (that is, the setting before satisfying the various conditions described above may be restored).
Note that, as the predetermined termination condition, for example, the setting performed after the various conditions described above are satisfied, the change is performed a predetermined number of times (for example, 30 times), According to the settings, it is determined that a predetermined number of special games (for example, three times) have been performed (e.g., winning a predetermined number of times in the jackpot), and that continuous jackpots have been interrupted (for example, normal games after the end of the special game). It is possible to set the fact that the jackpot pattern for which the state is to be set has been determined, that the normal game state has been set, and that a predetermined number of changes have been made since the normal game state was set. .
In this case, it is possible to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating due to the long duration of the setting for preventing the gambling nature from increasing.

In addition, when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied and one or more settings of (A) to (J) are performed, at least one of the time-saving gaming state or the high probability time-saving gaming state is Even when it continues (that is, when it is a continuous jackpot), if a specific condition is met, (for example, the execution of a special game with a relatively large number of game balls that can be acquired) When the associated jackpot symbol X2 is determined a predetermined number of times (for example, twice, etc.) in succession, the above setting is canceled (that is, the setting before satisfying the above various conditions ).
In this case, it is possible to prevent the player's interest from deteriorating due to the long duration of the setting for preventing the gambling nature from increasing.

In addition, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, specific external information is sent to the outside of the pachinko machine P (for example, a pachinko machine such as a hall computer) in order to transmit the settings made based on this. P), or a predetermined display (for example, a specific A mark image may be displayed, a warning message such as "game progress time is being changed" may be displayed, or a lamp may be lit in a predetermined manner.
Further, when various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied, history information indicating that fact may be stored in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 or the sub-RAM 303 of the sub-control board 300 . In this case, it is possible to grasp the frequency and period of setting for preventing situations in which the gambling aspect is increased, and it is possible to use it for the development of pachinko machines in which the situation in which the gambling aspect is enhanced is less likely to occur. can.

In addition, the pachinko machine P is provided with a plurality of variation pattern tables 114 set so that the length of the variation time that can be determined and the determination ratio of the variation time are different, and the jackpot is won in a state where the various conditions of the specific examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied. , the variation pattern (variation time) is determined by referring to a different variation pattern table 114 based on the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won after the special game based on the jackpot is completed. assumed to have been set.
And even when it is set in this way, if the jackpot is won in a state where one or more of the above-mentioned conditions are satisfied and one or more of (A) to (J) are set, The variation pattern (variation time) may be determined by referring to the common variation pattern table 114 regardless of which jackpot pattern is determined when the jackpot is won.
Specifically, for example, when the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in a state in which the various conditions described above are not satisfied, after the special game based on the jackpot ends, a relatively long fluctuation time is set. When the variation pattern (variation time) is determined by referring to the first variation pattern table 114 in which the determination ratio is set high, and the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X2 is determined in a state where the various conditions described above are not satisfied. , after the end of the special game based on the big win, the variation pattern (variation time) is determined by referring to the second variation pattern table 114 in which the determination ratio of the relatively short variation time is set high. assumed to have been set to Then, when it is set in this manner, even when the jackpot is won in a state where the various conditions described above are satisfied and either the jackpot pattern X1 or the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, after the special game based on the jackpot ends. determines the variation pattern (variation time) by referring to the third variation pattern table 114 in which the determination ratio of the variation time longer than the variation time that can be determined in the first variation pattern table 114 is set high. may

Moreover, the pachinko machine P may be provided with a variation pattern table 114 as described below. The variation pattern table 114 will be specifically described below. Here, the winning of time saving grant (determination of time saving pattern) is not considered, and the winning of the small hit is not decided in the winning lottery, and it is decided when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 An example will be described in which there are two types of jackpot symbols, X1 and X2, and one type of losing symbol, Y2.
For example, as shown in FIGS. 59 to 60, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied in the high probability time-saving gaming state, refer to when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 When one or more of the above (A) to (J) are set while satisfying the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 in the table C and the high probability time saving gaming state, the second Tables D1, D2, and D3 may be provided to be referred to when a game ball enters the starting winning hole 16. - 特許庁

As shown in FIG. 59, according to Table C, when the losing pattern Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, "3 seconds variation" When the variation pattern command "C0H" associated with the variation pattern (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 3 seconds) is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, "5 seconds variation" When the variation pattern command "C1H" associated with the variation pattern (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 5 seconds) is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125 to 224, "10 second variation" When the variation pattern command "C2H" associated with the variation pattern (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 10 seconds) is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 225 to 249, "15 seconds variation" (a variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 15 seconds) is associated with the variation pattern command "C3H".
Also, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 49, the fluctuation pattern of "30 seconds fluctuation" (the entire fluctuation time is 30 seconds The variation pattern command "D0H" associated with the variation pattern set to ) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" (the entire variation time is 60 seconds The variation pattern command "D1H" associated with the set variation pattern) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 125 to 174, the variation pattern of "100 seconds variation" (the entire variation time is set to 100 seconds The variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern) is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the variation pattern of "120 seconds variation" (the entire variation time is set to 120 seconds The variation pattern command "D3H" associated with the variation pattern) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60(a), according to the table D1, when the losing pattern Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 12, "3 seconds The variation pattern command "C0H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and the variation pattern command "C1H" associated with the variation pattern of "5 second variation" when the variation pattern random number is 13 to 25 ” is determined, and the variation pattern command “C4H” associated with the variation pattern of “50 seconds variation” (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 50 seconds) when the variation pattern random number is 26 to 50 is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 51 to 150, the variation pattern command "C5H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 225 to 249 A variation pattern command "C6H" associated with a variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" The command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125 to 174. A variation pattern command "D4H" associated with a variation pattern of "150 seconds variation" (a variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 150 seconds) is determined when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249. A variation pattern command "D5H" associated with a variation pattern of "200 seconds variation" (a variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 200 seconds) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60(b), according to the table D2, when the losing pattern Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 24, "50 seconds The variation pattern command "C4H" associated with the variation pattern of "variation" is determined, and the variation pattern command "C5H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" when the variation pattern random number is 25 to 74 ” is determined, and the variation pattern command “C7H” associated with the variation pattern of “70 seconds variation” (variation pattern in which the entire variation time is set to 70 seconds) when the variation pattern random number is 75 to 149 is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 150 to 249, the variation pattern command "C6H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" The command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125 to 174. When the variation pattern command "D4H" associated with the variation pattern of "150 seconds variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the variation pattern of "200 seconds variation" corresponds The attached variation pattern command "D5H" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 60(c), according to the table D3, when the losing pattern Y2 is determined, regardless of the current second pending number, when the fluctuation pattern random number is 0 to 249, "60 seconds A variation pattern command "C5H" associated with the variation pattern of "Variation" is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined, regardless of the current second reservation number, when the variation pattern random number is 0 to 49, the variation pattern associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" The command "D1H" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 50 to 124, the variation pattern command "D2H" associated with the variation pattern of "100 second variation" is determined, and the variation pattern random number is 125 to 174. When the variation pattern command "D4H" associated with the variation pattern of "150 seconds variation" is determined, and when the variation pattern random number is 175 to 249, the variation pattern of "200 seconds variation" corresponds The attached variation pattern command "D5H" is determined.

Then, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are not satisfied in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the variation pattern ( That is, while determining the fluctuation time), while satisfying the various conditions of the specific examples 1 to 17 in the high probability time-saving gaming state, when one or more of the above (A) to (J) are set In addition, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the variation pattern may be determined by referring to the variation pattern table 114 of either the table D1, the table D2 or the table D3.
In addition, when the various conditions of specific examples 1 to 17 are satisfied in the high probability time-saving gaming state and one or more of the above (A) to (J) are set, the second start winning opening 16 When a game ball enters the ball, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to may be switched by satisfying a predetermined switching condition. Specifically, the variation pattern table 115 to be referred to may be switched from table D1 to table D2 to table D3 according to the number of consecutive big wins. Also, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to may be switched from table D3 to table D2 to table D1 according to the number of variations.

(Other game features that apply the setting of the time-saving game state)
Next, an example of another game property to which the control of setting the time-saving gaming state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game is applied will be described. In addition, below, it demonstrates centering around the structure and control which are different from the above-mentioned embodiment, and omits explanation about the same structure and control except the case where it is necessary. Further, it is assumed that the pachinko machine P according to the other application examples below does not have any set values.
(Other application example 1)
(Outline of configuration and control)
Although not shown in particular, the configuration of the game board 11 (game area 12) of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, and the installed devices and members are substantially the same as those in the above-described embodiment. .

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the second low-probability time-saving game state, similar to the above-described embodiment (Game state combining low probability game state and second time saving game state) or high probability time saving game state (game state combining high probability game state and second time saving game state) Set either game state It is designed to be
Then, as in the above-described embodiment, during the normal game state, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a, so as long as the game ball is launched according to this instruction , the game ball can enter the first start winning hole 15 . On the other hand, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state, during the special game and during the small winning game, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b, As long as the game ball is launched in accordance with this instruction, the game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning hole 16, and enter the big winning hole 18 (see FIG. 3). .

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 1, when a big win is won based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the big win pattern X1 is determined. When a big win is won based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, the big win symbol X2 is determined. The probability of winning the jackpot during the normal game state is set to about 1/150, and the probability of winning the jackpot during the high-probability time-saving game state is set to about 1/110.
Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, 4 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and a predetermined number (eg, 1) in a specific round game (eg, 3 rounds). The game ball cannot enter the specific area 57 and the normal game state is set after the special game ends. In addition, about 400 game balls can be acquired during the special game.
On the other hand, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 in the specific round game. A high-probability time-saving game state (time-saving number of times is 10000 times) is set after the end of the special game. In addition, about 1000 game balls can be acquired during the special game.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, the determination of the appropriateness of the time reduction grant in the winning lottery and the determination of the time reduction design when the time reduction grant is won are not performed as in the above-described embodiment. . Instead of this, the second time-saving gaming state (the number of time-savings to be set is a predetermined There are provided a lost symbol Z1 defined that the number of times (10000 times in this application example) is set, and a lost symbol Z2 defined that the time-saving gaming state is not set. Then, in the normal game state, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 and the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the above-described second time-saving game state is set. That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the subsequent game state shifts from the normal game state to the second low probability time saving game state. It is designed to On the other hand, when the losing symbol Z2 is determined, the game state remains the normal game state.
In addition, the probability that the losing pattern Z1 is determined when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to about 1/500.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 1, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 and results in a loss, the losing pattern Z1 is not determined. In addition, even if the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the game state (second low probability time saving game state or high probability time saving game state) other than the normal game state , The setting of the second time-saving game state is not performed. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state, even if the lost pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball in the first start winning opening 15, the game state at that time is changed. There is no such thing as 10000 times of time saving is not reset. In addition, the number of remaining time reductions at the time point is updated (that is, 1 is subtracted).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 1, the upper limit number of times of the continuous variable probability setting number is set to five times. In the pachinko machine P, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the special game based on the determination is completed, so the jackpot pattern X2 is determined five times in succession. Then, after the special game based on the determination is finished, the normal game state is forcibly set.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 1)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-reduction game state), the second low-probability time-reduction game state (low-probability game state and A game state combining a second time-saving game state) or a high-probability time-saving game state (a game state combining a high-probability game state and a second time-saving game state) is set so that the game progresses It's becoming

When a player starts playing a game, the normal game state is often set. During this normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is , there is a possibility that the ball will enter the first starting prize winning port 15, and the ball will not enter the second starting prize winning port 16. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting prize winning port 15, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1 is determined. Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls do not enter the specific area 57, and the game state after the end of the special game is set to the normal game state (see FIG. 61). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, during the normal game state, the high-probability time-saving game state is not set through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game.

Here, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the result of the lottery is a loss, and the loss pattern Z1 can be determined (decision probability is about 1/500). there is When the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the game state is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the special game, and the second low-probability time-saving game state wins the jackpot. It continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10000 times.

During the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is the second There is a possibility that the ball will enter the 2nd start winning hole 16, and the ball will not enter the 1st starting winning hole 15. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting prize winning port 16, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X2 is determined. When the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, a predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57, the game state after the end of the special game is set to a high probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times. . That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, if the player hits to the right as instructed during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the jackpot is won, thereby shifting to the high-probability time-saving gaming state. becomes (see FIG. 61). Here, during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second start winning opening 16 is much easier to be maintained in the open state than during the normal game state, so while suppressing the decrease in game balls as the game progresses. , the winning of the next jackpot can be obtained almost certainly, and the game shifts to a high-probability time-saving game state.

During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and the game ball is launched accordingly. As long as there is, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and when the big winning is won, the big winning pattern X2 is determined. Then, when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, the game state after the predetermined number of game balls enter the specific area 57 and the special game is finished is again set to the high-probability time-saving game state, and the number of times of time-saving is 10000. times. During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls, the next big hit can be almost certainly won, and the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again. be.

Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, substantially, the jackpot is won again during the game state, and the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again. set. Therefore, once the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the jackpot pattern X2 can be determined continuously, and until the jackpot pattern X2 is determined five times in a row (the number of continuous variable settings reaches the upper limit number of times Until) the high probability time saving game state continues. Then, when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined five times in a row, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the normal game state. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, when the high-probability time-saving game state is set, the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 is continuously executed five times without shifting to the normal game state. be done.

Here, for example, it is assumed that the pachinko machine P is configured to set a high-probability time-saving gaming state based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 (400 game balls that can be acquired during the special game). . Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined during the normal game state, the high probability time saving game state is set, and similarly to the above, when the high probability time saving game state is set, the jackpot is won without shifting to the normal game state. The pattern X2 can be continuously determined.
However, in the pachinko machine P configured in this way, since the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 is also counted as the number of continuous probability variable setting times. Become. Then, after setting the high-probability time-saving gaming state based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined four times in succession, the number of continuous probability variable setting reaches the upper limit number of times, and the special game based on the determination The game state after the end is set to the normal game state. Therefore, there are 4400 game balls that can be acquired between the time the jackpot pattern X1 is determined (the transition to the high-probability time-saving gaming state is determined) and the normal game state is set (= to determine the jackpot pattern X1). 400 game balls that can be obtained in one special game based on x 1 time + 1000 game balls that can be obtained in one special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2 x 4 times).

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, as described above, the first low Since the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the jackpot design X2 in the probability time-saving gaming state, the normal gaming state is after the jackpot design X2 is determined (the transition to the high-probability time-saving gaming state is determined). The number of game balls that can be obtained before being set is 5000 (=1000 game balls that can be obtained in one special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2×5 times).

Here, for example, in a pachinko machine, when a jackpot is won based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, either the first jackpot pattern or the second jackpot pattern is determined. When any jackpot pattern is determined, the high probability game state is always set on the condition that the number of continuous variable probability settings does not reach the upper limit number of times, but the first jackpot. When the pattern is determined, the time-saving game state is set after the special game is finished, and when the second jackpot pattern is determined, the non-time-saving game state is set after the special game is finished. In addition, in this pachinko machine P, when a jackpot is won and a jackpot pattern is determined based on the entry of a game ball into the second start prize-winning port 16, the number of continuous variable probability settings has reached the upper limit number of times. The number of game balls that can be obtained during the special game when the game ball enters the second start winning port 16 and results in a big hit is the first It is assumed that the number of game balls is set to be larger than the number of game balls that can be acquired during a special game when the game balls enter the starting winning hole 15 and result in a big win. Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P, during the non-time-saving game state, the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a in order to enter the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, and during the time-saving game state 2, the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b in order to enter the game ball into the second start winning hole 16. As shown in FIG.

In the pachinko machine configured as described above, when the second jackpot pattern is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, after the special game based on the determination is finished, the high Since the probability game state and the non-time-saving game state are shifted to, although the number of times of continuous variable probability setting is increased, the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 is continuously performed thereafter. Then, after that, when the first jackpot pattern is determined and the state shifts to the time-saving game state, the number of continuous probability variable setting has already increased, and it is advantageous for the player before the number of continuous probability variable setting reaches the upper limit number. This is disadvantageous to the player because the number of times the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 to win a big win is reduced.

On the other hand, as in the pachinko machine according to another application example 1, when it is set to shift to a time-saving game state based on the determination of a specific losing pattern or a small winning pattern that is not a big win pattern, the time-saving game Since the continuous probability variable setting number does not increase before shifting to the state and the continuous probability variable setting number shifts to the time saving game state in the state of 0, the above-mentioned disadvantageous situation does not occur.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 1, based on the determination of the predetermined jackpot symbol by the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the second Instead of shifting to a high-probability time-saving gaming state in which a game ball enters the starting winning port 16, a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1 ), the game ball enters the second start winning port 16 through a low probability time saving game state (second low probability time saving game state) in which the game ball enters the second start winning port 16. Based on the determination of a predetermined jackpot pattern by, it shifts to a high-probability time-saving gaming state.
Therefore, during the period from the determination of the jackpot pattern in which the transition to the high-probability time-saving gaming state is determined to the end of the high-probability time-saving gaming state, all of the game balls enter the second start winning opening 16. Based on this, it is possible to acquire a game profit that can be given (for example, the number of rounds during a special game that is executed based on the winning of a jackpot, etc.), and it is possible to give a novel game property that enhances the player's interest.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1, the time-saving game state is set by determining a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) during the normal game state, but this is not the only option. Alternatively, the time saving game state may be set by determining a specific small winning symbol during the normal game state.
Further, as in the above-described embodiment, in the normal gaming state, when the losing pattern Z1 in which the setting of the time-saving gaming state is determined is determined, a specific production is performed rather than when the jackpot design X1 is determined. It may be set so that the execution ratio of (a look-ahead effect, a ready-to-win development effect with a high expectation of the player during the variable effect, etc.) is high.

(Other application example 2)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 2 has substantially the same configuration and control as the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1. FIG.
However, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 and the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, the number of times of time saving is reduced after the special game based on the determination is finished. A high-probability time-saving game state of 100 times is set. Since the determination probability of the big win pattern X2 is set to about 1/110 as in the other application example 1, the next big win is not necessarily won during the high-probability time-saving game state, but the big win is won. When the winning lottery is performed 100 times, the normal game state is set.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, the upper limit of the number of times of continuous variable probability setting is not particularly set, and the conditions for setting the low-probability time-saving gaming state (high-probability time-saving gaming state) The high-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the winning lottery is performed 100 times without doing.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 2, when the result of the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into not only the first start prize winning port 15 but also the second start prize winning port 16 is a loss. Also, the second time-saving game state (the number of times of time-saving to be set is a predetermined number of times (10000 times in this application example)) is set. A lost symbol Z2 can be determined. Then, in the normal game state, even when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 and the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the above-described second time-saving game state is set. That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 during the normal game state, the subsequent game state shifts from the normal game state to the second low-probability time-saving game state. It's like On the other hand, if the losing symbol Z2 is determined in the normal game state, the game state remains the normal game state.
It should be noted that the probability that the losing pattern Z1 is determined when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 is set to about 1/7.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, in a game state other than the normal game state (the second low-probability time-saving game state or high-probability time-saving game state), the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16. Even if the losing pattern Z1 is determined based on, the second time-saving gaming state is not set again. That is, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state, even if the losing pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball in the second start winning opening 16, the game state at that time is changed. There is no such thing as 10000 times of time saving is not reset. In addition, the number of remaining time reductions at the time point is updated (that is, 1 is subtracted).

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 2)
Regarding the flow of the game from the normal game state in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, the second low probability time saving game state, to the high probability time saving game state, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 1 is identical to
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, as described above, the number of times of time saving in the high probability time saving game state is set to 100 times. The probability time-saving game state is terminated and the normal game state is set.
Here, the game ball is always launched to the second game area 12b during the high-probability time-saving game state, and the game ball can pass through the gate 20.例文帳に追加Then, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the normal gaming state is set, the second reservation number is 4, which is the upper limit number (that is, the second special random number is the upper limit number of 4). It is highly likely that Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 2, as in the above-described embodiment, the second special random numbers are preferentially processed over the first special random numbers. Prior to the first special random number that is stored when the normal game state is set, the lottery process is performed for up to 4 second special random numbers that are stored at that time. will be

After the normal game state is set, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a is restarted, aiming at the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, to the high probability time-saving game state. We will again aim for the transition of
However, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 2, the losing pattern Z1 is determined in a winning lottery based on a maximum of four second special random numbers retained and stored at the time when the above-described normal game state is set. Then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state of 10000 time-saving times is set, and through this, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is reset. That is, even if the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends and the normal gaming state is set, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is changed by determining the losing pattern Z1 based on the second special random number that is reserved at this time. By shifting, it is possible to enter the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, and when the big winning symbol X2 is determined based on the entry, the state is shifted again to the high-probability time-saving game state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, during the normal game state, a specific When a losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) is determined, it is possible to shift to a second low-probability time-saving gaming state without going through the winning of a jackpot and the execution of a special game, and then to the high-probability time-saving gaming state. there is
As a result, based on the second special random number that is retained and stored at the time when the high probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set, a high probability time-saving game is played without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game. It is possible to re-transition to the state, and it is possible to impart a novel game property that enhances the player's interest.

Incidentally, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 2, similarly to the other application example 1, the time saving game state may be set by determining a specific small winning symbol during the normal game state.

(Other application example 3)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 3 is a so-called one-type and two-type pachinko machine. Triggered by the entry of the ball, a special game is executed.

The configuration of the game board 11 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, and the devices and members installed on the game board 11 are different from those of the other application examples 1 and 2 except for the attacker device 17. are identical.
Although not particularly illustrated, the attacker device 17 has the same structure as the specific region 57 instead of the specific region 57 provided in the above-described embodiment, other application examples 1 and 2. It has the same internal structure as the above embodiment, another application example 1, and another application example 2, except that some special areas have different functions.

Then, similarly to the above-described embodiment, other application examples 1 and 2, during the special game based on the winning of the big win, or during the small winning game based on the winning of the small win, the big winning opening 18 is opened, and a game ball can enter the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加However, during the special game, the sorting member 59 is stopped at the first position, and the game balls entering the big winning opening 18 do not enter the special area, but all enter the general area 58.例文帳に追加On the other hand, during the small winning game, the distribution member 59 is stopped at the second position, and the game balls entering the big winning opening 18 do not enter the general area 58, and all enter the special area. It is designed to
That is, the game ball can enter the special area only during the small winning game, whereby the game ball enters the special area during the small winning game based on the winning of the small winning, and the special game is executed. It is designed to be

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, as in the above-described embodiment, another application example 1, and another application example 2, the predetermined area (the specific area 57 ), the game state after the end of the special game is not set depending on whether or not a predetermined number of game balls have entered, but the jackpot pattern determined when the jackpot is won or the small win determined when the small win is won. The game state described above is set according to the winning symbols.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, the normal game state combining the low probability game state and the non-time reduction game state, the low probability game state and the first time reduction game state (normal symbol winning probability, normal symbol Fluctuation time, the opening time of the second start winning port 16 is the same as the above-described embodiment) 1st low probability time-saving game state, or low probability game state and 2nd time-saving game state (normal symbol winning Any game state of the second low-probability time-saving game state combining the probability, the normal symbol fluctuation time, and the opening time of the second start winning opening 16 is set.
Then, as in the above-described embodiment, during the normal gaming state and during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the first game area 12a, so this instruction As long as the game ball is launched according to the above, the game ball can enter the first start winning hole 15. On the other hand, during the second low probability time-saving game state, during the special game and during the small winning game, the player is instructed to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b, so the game ball is launched according to this instruction. As long as it is set, the game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning hole 16, and enter the big winning hole 18 (see FIG. 3).

Further, as shown in FIG. 62, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, it is possible to win a big win. The symbol X1 is determined. That is, during the normal game state or during the first low-probability time-saving game state (during left-handed hitting), a special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbol X1).
It should be noted that the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state. In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to two. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls can be obtained.
Also, as shown in FIG. 62, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction setting described later has not reached the upper limit number, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and the time reduction game state (1st low probability time saving game state), the second low probability time saving game state (time saving number of times is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 62, in the case of a loss in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, a losing pattern Z1 is determined. Then, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and the time reduction game state (first low probability time reduction game state) In either case, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (time-saving number of times is 100 times) is set after the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the determination.
That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the number of consecutive time-saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the time-saving number of times are reset. becomes.

Further, as shown in FIG. 62, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 3, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win. When winning, the big winning pattern X2 is determined, and when winning the small winning, the small winning pattern Y1 is determined. That is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (right-handed), whether to win the jackpot (whether the jackpot pattern X2 is determined), or based on the winning of the small hit (decision of the small hit pattern Y1) A special game is executed through the small winning game that is executed.
It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 62, the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state, and the second starting winning The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning hole 16 is set to approximately 299/300 regardless of the game state. In other words, when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16, either a big win or a small win is determined in the lottery, and no loss is determined. Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, a special game is always executed.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to one. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the big win pattern X2 is determined and when the small win pattern Y1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls are played. can be obtained.
Further, as shown in FIG. 62, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the second low probability When the time-saving game state is set, the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of time-saving times is 100 times) is set after the special game based on the determination, and the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state. Then, the normal game state is set after the special game based on the determination is finished. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined during the second low probability time saving game state, and the number of consecutive time saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the second low probability time saving game state and the time saving number of times It will be reset.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 3, the upper limit number of times of the continuous time reduction setting number is set to three times. In the pachinko machine P, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal game state or during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and during the normal game state or the first When the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the big winning pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state. Then, since the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, any one of these determinations will be counted as the number of continuous time-saving settings. And, when these determinations are made three times in a row, the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the upper limit number of times, so after the end of the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned jackpot pattern or small hit pattern, the above-mentioned After determination of the losing pattern, the normal game state is forcibly set.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 3)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the first low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and Either the game state combining the first time-saving game state) or the second low-probability time-saving game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state) is set, and the game progresses. It's like

(1) When the jackpot is won in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0) and the second low probability time reduction game state is set At the time the player starts the game, the normal game state is set In many cases, in the normal game state, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 0 times (that is, the number of times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times is 3 times).
During the normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched according to this, the game ball is Since there is a possibility that the ball may enter only the first start prize winning port 15, a lottery is performed based on the game ball entering the first start prize winning port 15 during the game state. And, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state (see FIGS. 62 and 63).

Here, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times), the second low probability time reduction game state is set, so the jackpot pattern X1 is determined Based on, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 1 time (2 times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times).
Also, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) is instructed, as long as the game ball is launched accordingly. Since there is a possibility that the game ball enters only the second starting prize winning port 16, a lottery is performed based on the game ball entering the second starting prize winning port 16 during the game state. In the applicable lottery, as described above, the lottery result of winning the big win (determination of the big win symbol X2) or winning the small win (determination of the small winning symbol Y1) is derived. Then, when the jackpot pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y2 is determined during the second low probability time saving game state, the second low probability time saving game state is reset after the end of the special game based on the determination (Fig. 62, See Figure 63), the number of continuous time reduction settings increases by one (the remaining number of times to reach the upper limit is reduced by one). Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, the special game is continuously executed until the number of continuous time-saving settings reaches the upper limit number of times.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times) and the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. Since the number of continuous time reduction setting is 1 time, after that, when the big winning pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined twice, the normal game state is forcibly set after the special game based on the determination. .
In addition, as described above, when the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to one. During the variation based on the determination of the big winning symbol X2 and the small winning symbol Y1, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 and one second special random number is reserved and stored. Therefore, even if the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined twice and the normal game state is forcibly set, the second special random number retained and stored at this point of time is used to make a further big winning. A symbol X2 or a small winning symbol Y1 is determined, and a special game based on the determination is executed. Incidentally, when the jackpot symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined in the normal game state, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the normal game state (see FIGS. 62 and 63). ), after the end of the above-mentioned special game, the normal game state remains unchanged from before execution of the special game.

Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when the jackpot is won in the normal game state in which the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times, the normal game state is set again. A special game is executed a total of two times (three times in total including a special game executed based on a big hit or a small hit by the second special random number that has been reserved and stored).

(2) When a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of consecutive time-saving settings is 1 time) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (1), the first start in the normal gaming state When the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the winning opening 15 is lost and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the game state after the determination is set to the first low-probability time-saving game state (Fig. 62, See Figure 63). Then, based on the determination of the lost pattern Z1, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting becomes 1 (remaining 2 times until reaching the upper limit number of times).
In this first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is 1), the game ball is continuously launched to the first game area 12a. Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the second low probability time-saving game state. (See FIGS. 62 and 63), the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 2 times (the remaining number of times until reaching the upper limit number of times is 1 time) based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1.

Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of continuous time-saving settings is 1 time) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, then the jackpot pattern X2 or small hit When the symbol Y1 is determined once, the normal game state is forcibly set after the special game based on the determination is finished.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of continuous time-saving settings is 1, the normal game state is set again. A special game is executed once (including a special game executed based on a big hit or a small hit by the second special random number that has been reserved and stored, a total of two times).

(3) When the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of consecutive time-saving settings is 2 times) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set Also, based on the determination of the losing pattern Z1 during the normal game state When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (one billion time-saving setting number of times) is set, when the losing pattern Z1 is further determined in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the game state after the determination is the second It is reset to 1 low probability time saving gaming state (see FIGS. 62 and 63). Then, based on the determination of the lost pattern Z1, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is 2 times (the remaining time until the upper limit number of times is reached is 1 time).
Then, in this first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of consecutive time-saving settings is two times), when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning port 15, the jackpot pattern Based on the determination of X1, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 3 times (the remaining number of times until reaching the upper limit number of times is 0 times).
Then, even though the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the number of consecutive time reduction settings reaches the upper limit of 3 times, so after the special game based on the determination, the second low probability time reduction game state is set. The normal game state is forcibly set without.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when the jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state in which the number of consecutive time-saving settings is two times, the game to the second start winning opening 16 The normal game state is set again without executing the special game based on the entry of the ball.

In addition, when the loss pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 in the above-mentioned first low probability time saving gaming state (when the number of times of continuous time saving setting is 2 times), the loss Based on the determination of the symbol Z1, the number of continuous time reduction settings is 3 times (0 times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times), so after the determination, the normal game state is forcibly set (Fig. 62, See Figure 63). Then, the above (1) to (3) are repeated.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) is obtained without winning a jackpot and executing a special game. is determined, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is updated. Then, according to the number of times the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, at the time when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the upper limit number of continuous time-saving setting times The remaining number of times to reach is changed. As a result, during the second low-probability time-saving game state (again, until the normal game state is set), the number of times the special game is executed continuously changes, and the novelty that enhances the interest of the player. It becomes possible to provide a great game.

It should be noted that it is not necessary to set such that when a game ball enters the second starting prize-winning hole 16, it always wins a big win or a small win, and it may be set so that it loses with a predetermined probability of determination. .

(Other application example 4)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 4 is also a so-called one-type two-type pachinko machine, and includes the configuration of the game board 11, devices and members installed on the game board 11, game states to be set, And, all the game areas 12 in which game balls are launched during each game state are the same as those of the third application example.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, similarly to the other application example 3, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, it is possible to win a jackpot. When the jackpot is won, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. That is, during the normal game state or during the first low-probability time-saving game state (during left-handed hitting), a special game is executed based on the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbol X1).
It should be noted that the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state. In addition, the upper limit number of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 (upper limit number of the first reserved number) is set to two. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, four round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 400 game balls can be obtained.
Further, as shown in FIG. 64, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction setting described later has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and the time reduction game state (1st low probability time saving game state), the second low probability time saving game state (time saving number of times is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, when the lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15 results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined. The decision probability of the losing pattern Z1 is set to about 1/50, and the decision probability of the losing pattern Z2 is set to about 49/50.
Then, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and the time reduction game state (first low probability time reduction game state) In either case, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (time-saving number of times is 10000 times) is set after the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the determination.
That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the number of consecutive time-saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the time-saving number of times are reset. becomes.

On the other hand, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the time-saving gaming state is not set. That is, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the normal game state, the normal game state continues even after the determination, and when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the The first low-probability time-saving game state continues even after determination.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win. When winning, the big winning symbol X2 or X3 is determined, and when winning the small winning, the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined. That is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (right-handed), whether to win the jackpot (whether the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined), or to win the small win (decide the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2) ), a special game is executed through a small winning game executed based on.

As shown in FIG. 64, the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state. The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning hole 16 is set to approximately 299/300 regardless of the game state. In other words, when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16, either a big win or a small win is determined in the lottery, and no loss is determined. Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, a special game is always executed.

Further, as shown in FIG. 64, both the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X2 and the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X3 at the time of winning the jackpot are 1/2. Similarly, both the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y1 and the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y2 at the time of winning the small winning are 1/2.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to two. It should be noted that the upper limit number of reserves of the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, when the big winning symbol X2 or X3 is determined, and when the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, 4 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 400 Individual game balls can be obtained.

Also, as shown in FIG. 64, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state and When it is any of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state, and the number of consecutive time saving settings has not reached the upper limit number, the second low probability time saving game The state and the number of times of time saving are set (reset during the second low probability time saving game state).

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 64, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined, if the number of continuous time reduction settings has not reached the upper limit number of times, the game state at the time of the determination is the second 2 When it was in the low-probability time-saving gaming state, a second low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the special game based on the determination, and the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state. When there is, the normal game state is set after the special game based on the determination. On the other hand, when the number of continuous time reduction setting has reached the upper limit number of times, the normal game state is set after the end of the special game.
That is, when the jackpot pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2 is determined during the second low probability time saving game state, and the number of continuous time saving setting times has not reached the upper limit number, the second low probability time saving game state and the time saving number of times It will be reset.

Moreover, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 4, the upper limit number of times of the continuous time reduction setting number is set to three times. In the pachinko machine P, as described above, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined during the normal game state or during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and during the normal game state or the first When the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the big winning pattern X2 or the small winning pattern Y1 is determined during the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state. Then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and when the big hit symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Any one of these determinations will be counted as the number of continuous time reduction settings. And, when these determinations are made three times in a row, the number of continuous time reduction settings reaches the upper limit number of times, so after the end of the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned jackpot pattern or small hit pattern, the above-mentioned After determination of the losing pattern, the normal game state is forcibly set.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, the upper limit value of the normal pattern reservation number is set to 0, and the normal pattern reservation is not performed when the game ball passes through the gate 20 . Then, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state set as described above ends at the start of fluctuation based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and then the normal gaming state is set. ing.
Here, for example, when transitioning from the normal game state or the first low probability time-saving game state to the second low probability time-saving game state through the execution of the special game, the second special random number is not retained and stored. 2 A low probability time saving gaming state may be set. In this case, the game ball passes through the gate 20 to open the second start winning port 16, the first game ball enters the open second starting winning port 16, and the entering ball When the fluctuation is started based on, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends. However, since the second start winning opening 16 is still open at the start of the fluctuation, by entering the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 during this time, the second special random number is the upper limit number up to two It will be retained and stored.

In addition, as described above, it is always a big win or a small win based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16, so after the special game based on the win, the second special random number A second low-probability time-saving game state may be set in a state in which is stored. In this case, as soon as the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, a governing lottery (lottery result is a big win or a small win) based on the second special random number that has been reserved and stored is performed, and fluctuation is started. Therefore, immediately after setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends. Therefore, even if the game ball passes through the gate 20 after the end of the above-mentioned special game, since the second low-probability time-saving game state has already ended, the second start winning opening 16 is extremely difficult to be maintained in the open state. , the game ball is prevented from entering the second start winning hole 16.例文帳に追加

In addition, when a win-or-fail lottery is performed based on the last second special random number retained and stored, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set again in a state in which the second special random number is not retained and stored. . In this case, the same processing as described above is performed.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 4)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the first low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and the first time-saving game A game state that combines the states) or a second low-probability time-saving game state (a game state that combines the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state) is set, and the game progresses. there is

(1) When a jackpot is won in the normal game state (when the number of consecutive time reduction settings is 0) and the second low probability time reduction game state is set At the time the player starts the game, the normal game state is set In many cases, in the normal game state, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 0 times (that is, the number of times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times is 3 times).
During the normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched according to this, the game ball is Since there is a possibility that the ball may enter only the first start prize winning port 15, a lottery is performed based on the game ball entering the first start prize winning port 15 during the game state. And, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state (see FIGS. 64 and 65).

Here, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times), the second low probability time reduction game state is set, so the jackpot pattern X1 is determined Based on, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 1 time (2 times remaining until reaching the upper limit number of times).
Also, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) is instructed, as long as the game ball is launched accordingly. Since there is a possibility that the game ball enters only the second starting prize winning port 16, a lottery is performed based on the game ball entering the second starting prize winning port 16 during the game state.
In addition, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set as described above, the second special figure random number is not retained and stored. Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the second start winning opening 16 is opened, and the winning lottery based on the entry of the first game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 during the opening. And variation is performed, and further, based on the entry of the second to third game balls into the second start winning opening 16, the second special random number is reserved and stored up to two, which is the upper limit number.

Then, in the above-mentioned winning lottery, as described above, determination of the big winning pattern X2 based on the winning of the big winning, determination of the big winning design X3 based on the winning of the big winning, determination of the small winning design Y1 based on the winning of the small winning, or determination of the small winning design Y1 based on the winning of the small winning Any lottery result for determination of the small winning symbol Y2 based on the winning winning is derived. During the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, even if any of the above-described symbols are determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is reset after the end of the special game based on the determination (FIG. 64, FIG. 65), the number of continuous time reduction settings increases by 1 (the remaining number of times to reach the upper limit is reduced by 1). Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the special game is continuously executed until the number of continuous time-saving settings reaches the upper limit number of times.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 0 times) and the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined. Since the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 1 time, after that, when any of the big hit pattern X2, the big hit pattern X3, the small hit pattern Y1 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined twice, the special game based on the determination ends After that, the normal game state is forcibly set. In addition, since the normal game state is forcibly set, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is reset to 0 times.

Here, as described above, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, in addition to the second special random number used for the first success or failure lottery and variation, two second special random numbers are reserved remembered. Therefore, when the above symbols are determined twice and the normal game state is forcibly set, the remaining one second special symbol random number is reserved and stored.
Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the last one second special random number retained and stored, and either a big win pattern X2, a big win pattern X3, a small win pattern Y1 or a small win pattern Y2 is determined. . Here, since the normal game state is set at the time of the lottery, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, the second low probability time saving game state is set again (FIG. 64, See FIG. 65), the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 1 (remaining 2 times until reaching the upper limit number of times). On the other hand, when the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, the normal game state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65).

Then, because the above-mentioned winning lottery is performed, the second special random number is not stored and stored, so the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1. When it is done, the second start winning opening 16 is opened again, and a winning lottery and fluctuation are performed based on the entry of the first game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 during the opening, and further , Based on the entry of the second to third game balls into the second start winning opening 16, the second special random number is reserved and stored up to two, which is the upper limit number.
As a result, again, the special game is continuously executed until either the big win pattern X2, the big win pattern X3, the small win pattern Y1 or the small win pattern Y2 is determined twice.

On the other hand, when the jackpot pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined and the normal game state is set, the jackpot is won again from the normal game state (determination of the jackpot pattern X2), and the second based on the winning. 2 We will aim to transition to a low probability time saving gaming state.

In this way, when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set by winning the jackpot in the normal game state (when the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is 0 times), it remains after that when shifting to the normal game state Unless the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined based on the last one second special random number, the second low-probability time-saving game state is repeatedly set, and the special game continues to be executed continuously. .
For example, when the big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2 is determined when the game state is shifted to the normal game state for the first time, the special game based on the determination of the big winning pattern X1 is changed to the determination of the above-mentioned big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2. A total of four special games will be executed up to the special game based on. In addition, when the first shift to the normal game state, the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, and when the second shift to the normal game state, the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined, A total of 7 special games will be executed from the special game based on the determination of the big winning pattern X1 to the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2.

(2) When a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of consecutive time-saving settings is 1 time) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (1), the first start in the normal gaming state In the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the winning opening 15, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the game state after the determination is set to the first low probability time-saving game state (Fig. 64, See Figure 65). Then, based on the determination of the lost pattern Z1, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting becomes 1 (remaining 2 times until reaching the upper limit number of times).
In this first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is 1), the game ball is continuously launched to the first game area 12a. Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the second low probability time-saving game state. (see FIGS. 64 and 65), the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 2 times (the remaining number of times until reaching the upper limit number of times is 1 time) based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1.
Also, as in the case of (1), after setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first game ball is entered into the second start winning opening 16, and based on this, the winning lottery and fluctuation are performed. Further, based on the entry of the second to third game balls into the second start winning opening 16, the second special random numbers are reserved and stored up to the upper limit of two.

Then, as described above, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 1 time) and the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, to determine the jackpot pattern X1 Based on the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 2 times, after that, when any one of the big hit pattern X2, the big hit pattern X3, the small hit pattern Y1 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined once, the special game based on the determination ends After that, the normal game state is forcibly set. In addition, since the normal game state is forcibly set, the number of consecutive time reduction settings is reset to 0 times.

(B) In the forcibly set normal game state, based on the second special random number previously stored, when the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined Here, as described above When the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, two second special random numbers are reserved and stored in addition to the second special random numbers used for the first lottery and variation. Therefore, when the above-described symbol is determined once and the normal game state is forcibly set, the remaining two second special symbol random numbers are reserved and stored.
Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the second special random number which is reserved and stored first of the two reserved and stored, and the big winning pattern X2, the big winning pattern X3, the small winning pattern Y1 or the small winning pattern Y2. is determined. Here, since the normal game state is set at the time of the lottery, when the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined, again, in the same manner as in the case of (1), the second low probability time saving A game state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the number of continuous time reduction setting times is one (remaining two times until reaching the upper limit number of times).
At this time, since the remaining one second special random number is reserved and stored, one of the above-described symbols is determined based on this last one second special random number, and again, the second 2 low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the number of continuous time-saving setting times is 2 times (the remaining time until reaching the upper limit number of times is 1 time).

Then, because the above-mentioned winning lottery is performed, the second special random number is not retained and stored, so the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of one of the above symbols. In the case, again, the second start winning opening 16 is opened, and the winning lottery and variation based on the entry of the first game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 during the opening are performed, and furthermore, the second Based on the entry of the 2nd to 3rd game balls into the 2-start winning opening 16, the second special random number is reserved and stored up to 2, which is the upper limit number.
As described above, at this time, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting is 2 times (the remaining number of times to reach the upper limit is 1 time). When one of the jackpot pattern X2, the jackpot pattern X3, the small jackpot pattern Y1, or the small jackpot pattern Y2 is determined, the normal game state is forcibly set, resulting in the same situation as described above.

(B) In the forcedly set normal game state, when the big hit symbol X3 or the small hit symbol Y2 is determined based on the second special random number previously stored A normal game state is forcibly set at this point, and a big hit pattern X3 or a small hit pattern Y2 is determined based on the second special symbol random number that is reserved and stored earlier out of the two that are reserved and stored at this time. If so, the normal game state is set again based on the determination (see FIGS. 64 and 65).
At this time, since the remaining one second special random number is reserved and stored, when the big winning design X2 or the small winning design Y1 is determined based on this last one second special random number. Again, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), resulting in the same situation as the above (1).
On the other hand, when the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined, the normal game state is set continuously (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and in this case also, the situation is the same as the above (1). becomes.

In this way, when the jackpot is won in the normal game state (when the number of continuous time reduction settings is 1 time) and the second low-probability time reduction game state is set, then it remains when the game state is shifted to the normal game state. For any of the two second special random numbers, the second low-probability time-saving game state is repeatedly set and the special game continues to be executed continuously unless the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y2 is determined. Become.
For example, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined for both the first and second second special symbol random numbers that have been reserved and stored when the game state is shifted to the normal game state for the first time, A total of four special games will be executed from the special game based on the determination of the big winning pattern X1 to the special game based on the determination of the above-described big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2. In addition, a big hit pattern X2 or a small hit pattern Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number retained and stored when shifting to the normal game state for the first time, and the state shifts to the normal game state for the second time. When the jackpot pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined for both the first and second second special symbol random numbers retained and stored, the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 is started. A total of 7 special games are executed up to the special game based on the determination of the above-mentioned big winning symbol X3 or small winning symbol Y2.
In addition, a big hit pattern X2 or a small hit pattern Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number retained and stored when shifting to the normal game state for the first time, and the state shifts to the normal game state for the second time. A big hit pattern X2 or a small winning pattern Y1 is determined based on the first second special symbol random number reserved and stored when the game is played, and the one reserved and stored when the game is shifted to the normal game state for the third time. When the big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2 is determined for both the eye and the second special random number, the above-mentioned big winning pattern X3 or the small winning pattern Y2 is selected from the special game based on the determination of the big winning pattern X1. A total of 10 special games are executed up to the special game based on the determination of .

(3) When a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of consecutive time-saving settings is two times) and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set Like the pachinko machine P according to another application example 3, When a jackpot is won in the first low-probability time-saving game state in which the number of continuous time-saving settings is two times, a special game based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is not executed. , the normal game state is set again.
Also, in the above-described first low-probability time-saving gaming state (when the number of continuous time-saving settings is two times), even if the loss pattern Z1 is determined based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15, other Similar to the pachinko machine P according to the application example 3, after the determination, the normal game state is forcibly set (see FIGS. 64 and 65), and the above-described (1) to (3) are repeated. Become.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 4, in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving game state, a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) is obtained without winning a jackpot and executing a special game. is determined, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the number of times of continuous time-saving setting is updated. In addition, when the second low-probability time-saving game state transitions to the normal game state through the special game, a predetermined jackpot pattern (jackpot pattern X2 ) or a small winning pattern (small winning pattern Y1) is determined, the second low probability time saving gaming state is set again. Then, according to the number of times the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set in the normal game state or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, at the time when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the upper limit number of continuous time-saving setting times As the remaining number of times to reach changes, it is possible to re-shift to the second low probability time-saving game state according to the lottery result at the time of transition to the normal game state, so the second low probability time-saving game During the state (until the normal game state is set again), the number of times the special game is continuously executed is changed, and novel playability that enhances the player's interest can be imparted.

It should be noted that it is not necessary to set such that when a game ball enters the second starting prize-winning port 16, it always wins a big win or a small win, and it may be set so as to lose with a predetermined probability of determination. .
In addition, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 and the loss is determined, the first time-saving game state (first low probability time-saving game state) is set. The symbol Z1) may be determined.
In addition, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 and wins a jackpot, a jackpot pattern in which a normal game state is set may be determined.
In addition, based on the determination of a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the first time-saving gaming state (first low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set. Instead, a specific big winning pattern or small winning pattern is provided in which the first time-saving game state is set by entering the game ball into the first start winning hole 15, and the specific big winning pattern or small winning pattern is provided. Based on the determination, the first time-saving gaming state may be set.

(Another application example 5)
(Outline of configuration and control)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 5 is also a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, as shown in FIG. Only game balls that flow down the first game area 12a can enter this normal figure start winning opening 70.例文帳に追加

In addition, an entry device 80 into which game balls can enter is provided at the lower left of the normal figure starting port 70 . As shown in FIG. 66, the entrance device 80 includes a ball entrance 81 into which a game ball can enter, an opening/closing door 82 (ordinary electric accessory) for opening and closing the ball entrance 81, and a ball entrance 81. A first flow-down passage 83 and a second flow-down passage 84 through which a played game ball can flow down, and a first or second position that can be displaced and entered from a ball entrance 81 when in the first position. A sorting member 85 for allocating game balls to a first flow-down passage 83 and allocating game balls entered from a ball entrance 81 when in a second position to a second flow-down passage 84, and a game flowing down the first flow-down passage 83. A first gate 86 through which a ball can pass, a second gate 87 through which a game ball flowing down the second flow-down passage 84 can pass, and a game ball passing through the first gate 86 and the second gate 87 is passed through the game board 11. A discharge port (not shown in particular) for discharging to the rear side is provided.
In addition, as shown in FIG. 66, in the center of the left part of the game area 12, there is a first starting prize winning port 15 provided with an openable and closable door 90, and a second start winning prize port provided with an openable and closable door 91. 16 are arranged side by side. Also, in the lower left part of the game area 12, an attacker device 17 having the same configuration as in the application examples 3 and 4 is provided.

Moreover, in the pachinko machine P according to this other application example 5, as in the other application examples 3 and 4, the normal game state, the first low probability time saving game state or the second low probability time saving game state Either one is set, and in either game state, the launching of the game ball (left-handed hitting) toward the first game area 12a is instructed.
Then, when the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a enters the normal pattern start port 70, a normal pattern lottery is performed, and when the result of the lottery wins, the opening and closing door 82 opens, and the entrance device 80 enters. A game ball can enter the ball opening 81, and the distribution member 85 is stopped at the first position or the second position, so that the game ball entering from the ball opening 81 can enter the first flow passage 83 or the second flow passage. It is guided to the downstream passage 84 . Which flow passage the game ball is led to is determined in advance according to the set game state.

Further, when the game ball guided to the first flow-down passage 83 passes through the first gate 86, the opening/closing door 90 opens (the second start winning opening 16 is opened), and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. It becomes possible. Then, when two game balls enter the second starting winning hole 16, the opening/closing door 90 is closed. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, the upper limit number of reserves of the first special random numbers (the upper limit number of the first reserves) that can be stored when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is It is set to 1.
In addition, when the game ball guided to the second flow-down passage 84 passes through the second gate 87, the open/close door 91 opens (the first start winning opening 15 is opened), and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. It becomes possible. Then, when two game balls enter the second starting winning hole 16, the opening/closing door 91 is closed. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the upper limit number of reserves of the second special random numbers (the upper limit number of the second reserves) that can be stored is It is set to 1.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 5, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state) is set to about 1/150. The opening time of the opening/closing door 82 in the case of winning is 1.8 seconds (=0.9 seconds×2 times). Then, when winning in the normal pattern lottery during the non-time-saving game state, the sorting member 85 is stopped at the second position, so that the game ball entered from the ball entrance 81 is the second gate 87. The second start winning opening 16 is opened by passing through.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols during the first time-saving gaming state (during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set to about 1/2, and the winning The opening time of the opening/closing door 82 in this case is 1.8 seconds (=0.9 seconds×2 times). Then, when winning in the lottery of normal symbols during the first time-saving game state, the sorting member 85 is stopped at the first position, whereby the game ball entered from the ball entrance 81 is placed in the first gate. By passing through 86, the first start winning opening 15 is opened.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols during the second time-saving gaming state (during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set to about 1/1.1. The opening time of the open/close door 82 when it becomes 1.8 seconds (=0.9 seconds×2 times). Then, when a win is obtained in the normal pattern lottery during the second time-saving game state, the sorting member 85 is stopped at the second position, whereby the game ball entering from the ball entrance 81 enters the second gate. Passing through 87 opens the second start winning opening 16 .

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, similarly to the other application examples 3 and 4, when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, It is possible to win a big win, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1 is determined, and when a loss occurs, a losing pattern Z1 is determined. It should be noted that the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state.
Then, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls can be obtained.

Also, as shown in FIG. 67, when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state at the time of the determination is either the normal game state or the time-saving game state (first low-probability time-saving game state), A second low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving number of times is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination.
Further, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, when the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the determination. . On the other hand, when the game state at the time of the determination is the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state is not set. That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues even after the determination.

Further, as shown in FIG. 67, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win or a small win. When winning, a big win pattern X2 or X3 is determined, when winning a small win, a small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, and when losing, a losing pattern Z2 is determined.
Then, when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, it is possible to win a big win (whether the big win symbol X2 or X3 is determined) or to win a small win (small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 A special game is executed through a small winning game that is executed based on the determination of ).

It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 67, the probability of winning a jackpot when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 is set to approximately 1/300 regardless of the game state. The probability of winning a small hit when a game ball enters the winning hole 16 is set to approximately 149/300 regardless of the game state. That is, when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16, the probability of winning a big win or a small win and executing a special game is about 1/2.
Further, as shown in FIG. 67, the determination probability of the big winning symbol X2 and the determination probability of the big winning symbol X3 at the time of winning the big winning are both 1/2. Similarly, both the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y1 and the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y2 at the time of winning the small winning are 1/2.
Then, when the big winning symbol X2 or X3 is determined, and when the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined, 10 round games are executed during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 Individual game balls can be obtained.

Also, as shown in FIG. 67, when the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, when the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state, after the special game based on the determination A second low-probability time-saving gaming state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set, and when the game state at the time of the determination is the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the normal game state after the special game based on the determination is set.
On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 67, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined, the game state at the time of the determination is either the normal game state or the second low probability time-saving game state. Also when the second low-probability time-saving game state (the number of times of time-saving is 100 times) is set after the end of the special game based on the determination. That is, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined during the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state, the second low probability time saving game state and the number of time saving times are set (second low probability time saving game state).

Also, as shown in FIG. 67, when the losing pattern X2 is determined, when the game state at the time of the determination is the normal game state, the first low probability time saving game state (time saving number of times is 999 times) is set. On the other hand, when the game state at the time of the determination is the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state is not set. That is, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues even after the determination.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 5)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the first low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and Either the game state combining the first time-saving game state) or the second low-probability time-saving game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state) is set, and the game progresses. It's like

In the initial state immediately after shipment from the factory or after resetting, the normal game state is set.
During the normal game state, the game ball can enter the normal pattern starting winning port 70, and the normal pattern lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the normal pattern starting winning port 70 is performed. . When the lottery of this normal pattern wins, as described above, the opening and closing door 82 is opened and the game ball entering the entrance device 70 can pass through the second gate 87, and the game ball passes through the gate. , the second start winning opening 16 is opened. Then, when one game ball enters the opened second start prize winning port 16, the second start prize winning port 16 is closed, and one winning lottery is made based on the entering game ball. times.
In this winning lottery, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, and after the special game based on the determination is completed, the second low-probability time-saving game state (time-saving number of times 100 times) is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). ). On the other hand, when it becomes a loss, the loss pattern Z1 is determined, and after the determination, the first low probability time saving game state (999 times of time saving times) is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68).

(1) When the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set Even during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, in the same way as during the normal gaming state, the game ball can enter the normal figure start winning opening 70 When it becomes a hit in the normal pattern lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal pattern start winning opening 70, the opening and closing door 82 is opened and the game ball entering the entrance device 70 is the second gate. 87 can be passed through, and the second start winning opening 16 is opened by the game ball passing through the gate. Then, when one game ball enters the opened second start prize winning port 16, the second start prize winning port 16 is closed, and a winning lottery is performed once based on the game ball that has entered.

In this lottery, if a big win is won, a big win pattern X2 or X3 is determined, if a small win is won, a small win pattern Y1 or Y2 is determined, and if a loss is made, a losing pattern Z2 is determined (see FIGS. 67 and 68). ). Then, when the big hit pattern X3 or the small hit pattern Y2 is determined, the second low probability time saving game state is set again after the special game based on the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68). On the other hand, when the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, the normal game state is set after the special game based on the determination is finished (see FIGS. 67 and 68). Moreover, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues even after the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68).

In addition, since the number of times of time saving in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set to 100 times, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends when the above-mentioned winning lottery is performed 100 times without winning the jackpot. Become. However, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second start winning opening 16 is frequently opened, and in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16, there is a big hit or a small hit. Since the probability of winning is set to about 1/2, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is substantially continued until a big win or a small win is won again.
Then, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, unless the big hit pattern X2 or the small hit pattern Y1 is determined in the above-mentioned lottery, the second low via a special game based on the winning of the big hit or the small hit. The probability time-saving gaming state is repeatedly set.

On the other hand, based on the determination of the big winning symbol X2 or the small winning symbol Y1, when the normal game state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination, the normal symbol lottery is won in the same manner as described above. A winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the 2-start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (100 time-saving times) is set again, and when the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. is set.

(2) When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set As described above, when the losing symbol Z1 is determined in the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.
During the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, as well as during the normal game state and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball can enter the normal figure start winning opening 70, but the When winning is achieved in the normal pattern lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal pattern start winning opening 70, the opening and closing door 82 is opened and the game ball entering the entrance device 70 can pass through the first gate 86. , the first start winning opening 15 is opened by the game ball passing through the gate. Then, when two game balls enter the opened first start prize winning port 15, the first start prize winning port 15 is closed. The variation is performed, and the first special random number obtained based on the game ball entered later is retained and stored. In addition, when the variation being executed is completed, success or failure lottery and variation based on the reserved and stored first special random number are performed.

Then, in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the above-described first start winning opening 15, when the big win is won and the big win pattern X1 is determined, after the special game based on the determination is finished, the second A low probability time saving gaming state is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). The flow of the game after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set is the same as (1).
On the other hand, in the above-mentioned success or failure lottery, when it is lost and the losing pattern Z1 is determined, the time saving game state is not set, and the first low probability time saving game state continues as it is. In addition, by performing the winning lottery once, the remaining number of times of time saving in the first low-probability time saving gaming state is reduced by one.

Here, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, two game balls enter during the opening of the first start winning opening 15 due to the determination of winning in the normal symbol lottery, so the first special random number is The state in which one is reserved and stored is maintained. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 5, as described above, the number of times of time saving in the first low-probability time saving game state is set to 999 times, which is an odd number of times. Then, if the winning lottery is performed 999 times without winning the jackpot during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set (see FIG. 68). , At this point, one first special random number is reserved and stored.
Then, when the normal game state is set, a lottery is performed based on the first special random number that has been reserved and stored, and when a big win is won and a big win pattern X1 is determined, a special based on the determination After the end of the game, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set (see FIGS. 67 and 68). Furthermore, even when the winning pattern Z1 is determined as a loss in the above-mentioned lottery, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the determination (see FIGS. 67 and 68).
That is, after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, if the winning lottery is performed 999 times without winning the jackpot, the subsequent game state is always the second low-probability time-saving game with a high degree of advantage for the player. state will be set.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 5, when the winning lottery is performed a predetermined number of times without winning a jackpot in a predetermined game state (first low-probability time-saving game state), it is executed next. Whether a specific jackpot pattern (jackpot pattern X1) is determined or a specific losing pattern (losing pattern Z1) is determined in the winning lottery, the degree of advantage for the player is increased. A high specific gaming state (second low-probability time-saving gaming state) is set. As a result, it is possible to set an upper limit (a so-called ceiling) on the number of win-or-fail lotteries until a transition to a specific game state is made, and it is possible to provide novel game features that enhance the player's interest.
In addition, in the case of a loss based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (time-saving number of times 999 times) is set. Although only Z2 was determined, it is not limited to this, for example, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (time-saving number of times 100 times) is set as a lost pattern Z1 may be determined.

(Another application example 6)
(Outline of configuration and control)
Although not shown, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 is not a so-called 1-type 2-type mixed machine, and a special game is executed only based on the winning of a jackpot, as in the above-described embodiment. is configured as

(Overview of structure within game area 12)
In the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as in the above-described embodiment, there are a general winning opening 14, a first starting winning opening 15, a second starting winning opening 16, a movable piece 16b, An attacker device 17, an exit 19, a gate 20, and an effect display device 21 are provided (see FIG. 69).
It should be noted that the structure, installation position, etc. of some of these devices and members are different from those of the above-described embodiment.
The structure inside the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 will be described below, focusing on the points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as shown in FIG. 69, the gate 20 is provided on the upper right side of the effect display device 21 (upper part of the second game area 12b). The gate 20 allows only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b to pass through, and cannot pass game balls flowing down the first game area 12a. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6, almost all game balls entering the second game area 12b pass through the gate 20. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 69, below the gate 20, a second start-up prize-winning port 16 and a flat plate-shaped movable piece 16b (ordinary electric accessory) that can be pushed into the game board 11 are arranged side by side. ing.
The upper surface of the movable piece 16b is formed so as to be downwardly inclined from the right end to the left end in a state of protruding from the game board 11 . The right end of the movable piece 16b is positioned directly below the gate 20, and the second start winning opening 16 is arranged to the left of the left end of the movable piece 16b. In addition, the second starting winning opening 16 has a cup shape that opens upward, and a game ball reaching the opening enters the second starting winning opening 16 .
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, when the movable piece 16b protrudes from the game board 11, the upper surface of the movable piece 16b serves as a guide member that guides the game ball to the opening of the second start winning hole 16. By functioning as, it is possible to enter the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (see FIG. 70 (b)). On the other hand, in the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11, the movable piece 16b cannot guide the game ball to the opening of the second starting winning hole 16, and the second starting winning hole 16 It is impossible to enter a game ball into (see FIG. 70(a)). In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the length from the right end of the movable piece 16b to the second start winning opening 16 is approximately the width of the flow-down passage through which the game balls flow down in the second game area 12b. Since it is the same, almost all the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b and passed through the gate 20 can enter the second start winning opening 16 when the movable piece 16b is protruding.

Then, as in the above-described embodiment, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, a lottery for normal symbols is performed, and variable display of normal symbols is started. When the result of the lottery for the normal pattern is winning, the variable display of the normal pattern is executed for a predetermined fluctuation time, then the winning pattern is stopped and displayed, and the movable piece 16b protrudes for a predetermined operation time. state (see FIG. 70(b)). On the other hand, when the result of the lottery for the normal symbols is a loss, the variable display of the normal symbols is executed for a predetermined variation time, and then the lost symbols are stopped and displayed, and the movable piece 16b is moved to the game board. 11 remains immersed (see FIG. 70(a)).
In addition, only game balls that flow down the second game area 12b can pass through the second start winning opening 16, and game balls that flow down the first game area 12a cannot pass therethrough.
Also, when a game ball enters the second starting winning hole 16, a predetermined number of game balls (one in another application example 6) are paid out.

As shown in FIG. 69, an attacker device 17 is provided below the second start winning opening 16 and the movable piece 16b. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the specific area 57, the general area 58 and the sorting member 59 are not provided in the big winning opening 18 unlike the above-described embodiment.
Only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can pass through the big winning opening 18, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot pass through.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, after the special game executed based on the winning of the jackpot is finished, the game state is set according to the type of the jackpot symbol determined when the jackpot is won. It has become so.

(Summary of control and game)
Next, various controls and games executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 will be described, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the normal game state, which is a game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state, the low-probability game state, and the first time-saving game state, which is a game state 1 low-probability time-saving game state, low-probability game state and second time-saving game state, which is a game state that combines the second low-probability time-saving game state, or a game state that combines a high-probability game state and a second time-saving game state One game state of a certain high-probability time-saving game state is set.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the non-time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state are the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (entering The degree of difficulty of the ball, in other words, the frequency of winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16) is set to be different. Details of specific settings will be described later.
As in the above-described embodiment, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after resetting.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15, and flows down the second game area 12b. The game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the second start winning hole 16, and enter the big winning hole 18. - 特許庁
Then, during the normal game state, the player is caused to hit the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left hitting) so that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the first During the low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, and the special game, the game ball passes through the gate 20 and enters the second start winning opening 16, and A player is made to launch a game ball toward a second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so that the game ball enters the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 71(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6, it is possible to win a jackpot in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15. , the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined. And, the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning prize port 15 is a low probability game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state ), the probability of winning the jackpot is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above-mentioned gaming state is a high-probability gaming state (high-probability short-time gaming state) , is set to approximately 3/300 (ie approximately 1/100).
Further, both the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X1 and the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X2 are set to 50/100 (that is, 50%).
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number (upper limit number of the first reservation number) of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to four. The upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 71(a), it is possible to win a big win even in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined. It's like And, the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the second start winning prize port 15 is a low probability game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state ), the probability of winning the jackpot is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above-mentioned gaming state is a high-probability gaming state (high-probability short-time gaming state) , is set to approximately 3/300 (1/100).
Also, the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X3 is set to 100/100 (that is, 100%).
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reservations for the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, as shown in FIG. 71(a), when the big win is won and the big win symbols X1 and X2 are determined, the big winning opening 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds during the special game based on the determination. or 10 game balls enter the big winning hole 18, the round game is executed 5 times, and about 500 game balls can be acquired. ing.
Also, when the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, the above-described round game is executed 10 times, and about 1000 game balls can be obtained.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 71(c), during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, the normal symbol fluctuation time is 10 seconds, The operating time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state) when winning is determined by the lottery of normal symbols is set to 0.05 second. It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, the same setting is made during the special game.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, which is the same as during the non-time-saving game state. The variable time is set to 0.5 seconds, which is shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b when winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 5 seconds, which is longer than during the non-time-saving game state. there is
In addition, during the second time-saving gaming state (during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, high-probability time-saving gaming state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is during the non-time-saving gaming state and the first time-saving gaming state. About 1/1.1, which is higher than medium, the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 0.5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b when the normal pattern is won by lottery. , It is set to 5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state.

That is, during the non-time-saving game state and during the special game, there is no chance that the game ball will win with a high probability in the normal symbol lottery executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and the movable piece 16b will be in a protruding state. many. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 5 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, it takes a long time for the movable piece 16b to move from the recessed state to the projected state (from the projected state to the projected state). The interval until the next protruding state is long), but the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruding state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost immersed, and it is almost impossible for the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b to enter the second start winning hole 16.

On the other hand, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state), the same probability as during the non-time-saving game state is the same as during the non-time-saving game state. In addition, there are many occasions when the movable piece 16b protrudes. In addition, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, so the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed. Although the time until the movable piece 16b protrudes is short (the interval from the protruded state to the next protruded state is short), the length of time that the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruded state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost protruding, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b is likely to enter the second start winning opening 16.

Also, during the second time-saving game state (during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state), there is a higher probability than during the non-time-saving game state or during the first time-saving game state. Therefore, there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to protrude. In addition, since the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is the same 0.5 seconds as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state As in the middle, the time from the recessed state to the projected state is short (the interval from the projected state to the next projected state is short), but the movable piece 16b is projected. is maintained for a long time. Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is more likely to protrude than during the first time-saving game state, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16. The sex is higher than during the first time-saving game state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is generally high in any of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state. Although it is set, the possibility that the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 (that is, the possibility of entering the second starting winning opening 16 by making the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the operation time of the movable piece 16b different) The frequency of game ball entry, in other words, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16) is adapted to change.
That is, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in a protruding state than in the non-time-saving game state, so the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16, and the second time-saving game state During the middle, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the projecting state than in the first time-saving game state, so the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加
Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the decrease in game balls accompanying the progress of the game is suppressed more than during the non-time-saving game state and the first time-saving game state, and during the first time-saving game state, more than the non-time-saving game state. However, you will be able to acquire the opportunity of the lottery.

(Summary of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, one of the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, or the high-probability time-saving game state is set. be done.
Specifically, as long as the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a as instructed during the normal game state, the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 It is possible to win a big win, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1 or X2 is determined.
Then, as shown in FIG. 71(b), when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the low-probability game state, and is set to the second time-saving game state. By, the second low probability time saving gaming state is set. When the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times.
That is, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, without winning the jackpot, until the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 100 times (that is, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times), The second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 71(b), when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability game state, and is set to the second time-saving game state. By doing so, a high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. When the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, both the high-probability number of times and the time-saving number of times are set to 100 times.
That is, after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, without winning the jackpot, until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches 100 times (that is, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times), the high-probability time-saving The game state continues.

In addition, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state and during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the movable piece 16b is in a state in which it projects, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b is the second start winning. The possibility of the ball entering the mouth 16 is high. Therefore, as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b as instructed during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game ball to the second start winning opening 16 enters the ball. Then, it is possible to win a big win in a winning lottery based on the ball entry, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined.
Then, as shown in FIG. 71(b), when the jackpot symbol X3 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability game state, and is set to the second time-saving game state. Thus, a high probability time saving game state is set, and both the high probability number of times and the time saving number of times are set to 100 times.

Also, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, when the result of the winning lottery is all other than the jackpot (that is, losing) 100 times, the second time-saving gaming state is changed to a non-time-saving gaming state, Normal game state is set.
Similarly, after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, when the results of the winning lottery are all other than the jackpot 100 times, the high-probability gaming state is changed to the low-probability gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state is non-time-saving. By changing to the game state, the normal game state is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the normal game state is set after the RAM is cleared. After the special game based on the jackpot pattern X1 is finished, a second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and when the number of variations of the special pattern reaches 100 times without winning the jackpot, the normal game state is set. After the end of the special game based on the jackpot pattern X2 or X3, a high-probability time-saving game state is set, and when the number of variations of the special pattern reaches 100 times without winning the jackpot, the normal game state is set.
Then, as shown in FIG. 71(b), after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols is a predetermined number of times of time-saving activation (other In Application Example 6, 500 times) is reached (that is, after the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state is set, the results of the winning lottery of 500 times are all other than the jackpot), the low probability game state is As it is, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set by changing the non-time-saving game state to the first time-saving game state. When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 600 times.
That is, after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, without winning the jackpot, until the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 600 times (that is, the results of the winning lottery of 600 times are all other than the jackpot until), the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues.

In addition, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, in the same way as during the second low-probability time-saving game state and during the high-probability time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b almost protrudes, and the game entered the second game area 12b There is a high possibility that the ball will enter the second start winning hole 16 . Therefore, as long as the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b as instructed during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16. Then, it is possible to win a big win in a winning lottery based on the ball entry, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined.
On the other hand, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches 600 times without winning the jackpot (that is, when the results of the winning lottery of 600 times are all other than the jackpot), The normal game state is set by changing the first time-saving game state to the non-time-saving game state.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the time saving activation for counting the number of time saving activation times (500 times) that the first low probability time saving gaming state (first time saving gaming state) is set A number counter is composed of a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of the time-saving activation counter is set to RAM clear (reset) by a predetermined operation, the end of the special game, or the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state). It is reset when any one of the reset conditions is met. Then, when the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, counting by the time-saving activation counter is started, and the count is during the normal game state and the second low-probability time-saving game state (that is, low probability During the game state) is to be executed only.

Specifically, when the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), and counting by the time-saving activation number counter is started from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to the second low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state), and counting by the time-saving activation frequency counter is started from this time point. .
On the other hand, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time reduction activation number counter is not started from the time when the special game is finished, and counting by the time reduction activation number counter is started from the time when the high probability time reduction game state is finished and the normal game state is set.

Then, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, every time the special symbol is varied, the time-saving activation counter counts. When the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of times of time-saving activation, the variation of the special symbol at the time of arrival ends (that is, the special symbol is stopped and displayed). 1 low probability time saving gaming state is set.
That is, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol (count value by counting the number of times of time reduction activation) after the normal game state or the second low probability time reduction game state is set is time reduction activation By reaching the number of times, the first low-probability time-saving game state is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, so that it is possible to impart novel game characteristics and increase the interest of the player. .

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the first low-probability time-saving The game state (first time-saving game state) can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time saving activation number counter after the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state is set reaches the time saving activation number (500 times) and the first low probability time saving game state is set , The first low-probability time-saving gaming state cannot be set again until the next big win is won.
Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, after the count value of the time saving activation counter is reset by setting the first low probability time saving gaming state, until the next big hit is won, the It is set so that the counting by the time saving activation counter is stopped.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, none of the losing symbols (Z1, Z2) are defined to set the time-saving gaming state. Therefore, the game state is not changed after the losing symbols are stopped, and the game state at the time of determination of the losing symbols continues.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting and the number of times of continuous probability variation setting like the above-described embodiment are not set, and when the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, always A low-probability time-saving game state is set after the special game based on the determination, and a high-probability time-saving game state is set after the special game based on the determination whenever the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 is determined. .

(Summary of transmission of information on game status)
The main CPU 101 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 transmits information (hereinafter also referred to as game state designation information) about the game state at the time to the sub control board 300 at various times.

Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as the gaming state designation information, normal A designation information, second low probability time reduction designation information, second low probability time reduction end predetermined number of times before designation information, second Low probability short working hours final designation information, high probability short working hours suspension designation information, high probability short working hours designation information, high probability short working hours end predetermined times before designation information, high probability short working hours final designation information, first low probability short working hours designation information before arrival, first low 13 types of probability short working hours designation information, 1st low probability short working hours end predetermined times ago designation information, 1st low probability short working hours final designation information, normal B designation information are provided.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the main CPU 101 changes the above-described game state designation information transmitted to the sub control board 300 after the special symbols are stopped and displayed and the stop display time elapses. In the case (for example, when the gaming state is changed from the second low-probability time-saving gaming state to the normal gaming state), at the time when the above-mentioned stop display time has elapsed (that is, when the stop-displayed special symbol is confirmed ), a game state change designation command including information indicating that the game state designation information is to be changed is transmitted.
Further, when the special game ends, the main CPU 101 transmits a special game post-game state designation command including information on the game state to be set thereafter.
Furthermore, the main CPU 101 determines when a predetermined customer waiting time (for example, 30 seconds) has passed without the special symbols being displayed in a variable manner, when the special symbols start to be varied, and when the special symbols are stopped and displayed and the stop display time elapses. , the time of starting the opening process when the special game is executed, the time of starting the round game when the special game is executed (time of opening the big winning opening 18), and the round game when the special game is executed. end point (when the big winning opening 18 is closed), the start point of the ending process when the special game is executed, the end point of the ending process when the special game is executed, the time of RAM clear, the time of turning on the power (power At the time of disconnection and recovery), a specification designation command including the model information of the pachinko machine P is transmitted. Incidentally, each time point at which the specification specifying command is transmitted is also collectively referred to as a specification specifying command transmission time point.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, predetermined game state designation information is included in the game state change designation command, the special game post-game state designation command, or the spec designation command, and transmitted to the sub control board 300. It's like

(1) Normal A designation information Normal A designation information is after the second low probability time saving game state ends without winning the jackpot after clearing the RAM, or the high probability time saving game state ends without winning the jackpot It indicates that it is in the normal game state (hereinafter also referred to as normal game state A) which is set after that.
The normal A designation information is the 100th variation that has reached without winning the jackpot after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set (that is, the second low probability time saving gaming state ends without winning the jackpot) The 100th variation reached without winning the jackpot after the special symbol was stopped and the stop display time elapsed in the fluctuation), or when the high-probability time-saving gaming state was set (that is, winning the jackpot) The special symbol is stopped and displayed in the change that the high probability time saving game state ends without being included in the game state change designation command transmitted when the stop display time elapses, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 It has become.
Further, the normal A designation information is included in the spec designation command transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes during the normal game state A, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . For example, every time the special symbol changes during normal gaming state A, the normal A designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, for example, if power failure occurs during normal game state A, normal A Designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Further, for example, when a jackpot is won during the normal game state A and a special game is executed, the normal A designation information is specified at the start of the opening process, the start of the round game, the start of the ending process, etc. It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 .

(2) Second low-probability time-saving designation information The second low-probability time-saving designation information indicates that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is the 1st to 95th special symbol fluctuations after being set.
The second low-probability time-saving designation information is included in the special game post-game state designation command transmitted when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 is completed, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300. .
In addition, the second low-probability time-saving designation information is a spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 1st to 95th special symbol fluctuations after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, every time the variation of the 1st to 95th special symbols is started after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the second low-probability time-saving designation information is included in the spec designation command, and the sub control board 300 sent to. Also, for example, when the power outage occurs during the variation of the special symbol of the 1st to 95th times since the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the second low probability time saving designation information is included in the spec specification command and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 1st to 95th success or failure lottery after the second low probability time saving game state is set, the opening process start time, round game start time, ending At the start of the process, etc., the second low-probability short working hours designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(3) 2nd low-probability short-time end predetermined number of times before specified information It indicates that there is (that is, the change before the last change of the second low probability time saving gaming state four times, three times, two times or one time before).
The second low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is the 95th variation after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and the special symbol is stop-displayed and is transmitted when the stop display time has elapsed. It is included in the change designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the second low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times previous designation information is transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes in the 96th to 99th special symbol fluctuations after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. It is included in the specification designation command to be sent to the sub control board 300 . For example, every time the 96th to 99th special pattern variation is started after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, the second low probability time saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is included in the spec specification command, It is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, for example, when the power outage occurs during the fluctuation of the 96th to 99th special symbols after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the second low probability time saving end predetermined The pre-number designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 96th to 99th success or failure lottery after the second low probability time saving game state is set, the opening process start time, round game start time, ending At the start of the process or the like, the specification information before the second low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times is included in the spec specification command and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(4) Second low-probability short working hours final designation information Second low-probability short working hours final designation information is the 100th special symbol fluctuation since the second low-probability short working hours gaming state is set (that is, second low probability It indicates that it is the last variation of the time-saving gaming state).
The second low-probability time-saving final designation information is the 99th change after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the second low-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec-designation command to be transmitted when the spec-designation command is transmitted in the 100th special symbol variation after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, at the time when the 100th special symbol variation is started after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the second low-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300. be done. Also, for example, when the power outage occurs during the 100th special pattern fluctuation after the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the second low probability time saving final designation information is spec It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the jackpot is won by the 100th success or failure lottery after the setting of the second low-probability time-saving game state and the special game is executed, the opening process is started, the round game is started, and the ending process is started. At the time point or the like, the second low-probability short working hours final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(5) High-probability time-saving reservation designation information High-probability time-saving reservation designation information is stored when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set Hold storage of the second special random number (hereinafter also referred to as high reservation) It indicates that it is a variation of the special design based on.
The high-probability time-saving reservation designation information is included in the special game post-game state designation command transmitted when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is completed, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300. there is
In addition, the high probability time saving reservation designation information is included in the spec designation command transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes in the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the above high reservation reservation, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 It's like For example, whenever the variation of the special design based on the high reservation reserve is started, the high probability time saving reservation designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Further, for example, when power failure occurs during the fluctuation of the special symbol based on the above-mentioned high secure retention, at the time of power failure recovery, high probability time saving reservation designation information is included in the spec designation command, sub control board 300 sent to. Also, if a special game is executed by winning a jackpot by lottery based on the above-mentioned high reservation retention, at the start of the opening process, the start of the round game, the start of the ending process, etc., high probability time saving hold Designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(6) High-probability time-saving designation information The high-probability time-saving designation information is the 95th time that the special design fluctuates after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the fluctuation of the special design based on the above-mentioned high reservation is completed. It indicates that the fluctuation is up to
The high-probability time-saving designation information is a game state change designation transmitted at the time when the special design is stopped and the stop display time has elapsed in the variation of the special design based on the hold stored the latest among the above-mentioned high securing reservations. It is included in the command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the high-probability time-saving designation information is specified from the next change after the end of the special design fluctuation based on the high-reservation stop to the 95th special design change after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. It is included in the spec specification command that is transmitted at the time of transmission, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . For example, when the high probability time-saving gaming state is set and four high-reservation reserves are stored, the 5th to 95th special symbol fluctuations start after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Each time, the high-probability time-saving designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, for example, in the above-described case, when a power failure occurs during the 5th to 95th special pattern fluctuations after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the high probability time saving designation information is It is included in the spec specification command and sent to the sub control board 300 . Also, in the above case, when a special game is executed by winning a jackpot by the 5th to 95th success or failure lotteries after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, at the start of the opening process, at the start of the round game, At the start of the ending process, etc., the high-probability time-saving designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(7) High-probability time-saving end specified number of times before specified information High probability time-saving end specified number of times before specified information is the 96th to 99th special symbol fluctuations after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set (that is, high It indicates that it is four times before, three times before, two times before or one time before from the last fluctuation of the probability time saving gaming state).
The specified information before the high probability time saving end predetermined number of times is the game state change specification command transmitted when the special symbol is stopped and the stop display time has elapsed in the 95th fluctuation after the high probability time saving game state is set. included and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the high-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 96th to 99th special symbol fluctuations after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, every time the 96th to 99th special symbol variation is started after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, the high probability time saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is included in the spec specification command, the sub control board 300 sent to. Also, for example, when a power failure occurs during the fluctuation of the 96th to 99th special symbols after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the high probability time saving end predetermined number of times before the specified information is spec It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 96th to 99th success or failure lottery after the high-probability time-saving game state is set, the opening process starts, the round game starts, and the ending process. At the start time point, etc., the specification information before the end of the high-probability time saving predetermined number of times is included in the spec specification command and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(8) High probability time saving final designation information High probability time saving final designation information is the 100th special pattern change since the high probability time saving game state was set (that is, the last change in the high probability time saving game state that there is).
The high-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the game state change designation command transmitted at the time when the special symbol is stopped and the stop display time elapses in the 99th fluctuation after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, It is designed to be transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the high-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 100th special symbol fluctuation after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and sub-control It is adapted to be transmitted to the substrate 300 . For example, at the time when the 100th special symbol variation is started after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the high-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300. - 特許庁Also, for example, when a power failure occurs during the 100th special pattern fluctuation after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, the high probability time saving final designation information is included in the spec specification command at the time of power failure recovery, It is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when a special game is executed by winning a jackpot by the 100th success or failure lottery after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the time of starting the opening process, the time of starting the round game, the time of starting the ending process, etc. , the high probability time saving final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300.

(9) 1st low-probability reduction of working hours before arrival designation information 1st low-probability reduction of working hours arrival before designation information is after the normal game state (normal game state A) or the second low probability reduction of working hours game state is set after the end of the special game It indicates that it will be the 500th special symbol variation (that is, it will be the variation immediately before the first low probability time saving gaming state is set).
The first low-probability time-saving pre-arrival designation information is the 499th change after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game, and the special symbol is stop-displayed and the stop display time has elapsed. It is included in the game state change designation command transmitted at this time and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
Also, after the end of the special game, when the power interruption occurs during the 499th special pattern fluctuation after the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state is set, the first low probability time saving at the time of power failure recovery. Pre-arrival designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
Also, after the end of the special game, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 499th lottery after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, at the start of the opening process, the round At the start of the game, the start of the ending process, etc., the specification information before reaching the first low probability short working hours is included in the spec specification command and transmitted to the sub control board 300.

(10) 1st low probability time saving designation information 1st low probability time saving designation information indicates that it is the 1st to 595th special symbol fluctuation after the 1st low probability time saving gaming state is set.
The first low-probability time-saving designation information is the 500th change after the normal game state is set after RAM clearing, or the 500th time after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game. , the special symbol is stopped and displayed, and is included in the game state change designation command transmitted when the stop display time has passed, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the first low-probability time-saving designation information is the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 1st to 595th special symbol fluctuations after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, and every time the variation of the special symbols for the first to 595th times is started, the first low-probability time-saving designation information is included in the spec designation command, and the sub control board 300 sent to. Also, for example, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, when a power failure occurs during the fluctuation of the special symbols for the 1st to 595th times, at the time of power failure recovery, the first low-probability time-saving designation information is Spec It is included in the designated command and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 1st to 595th success or failure lottery after the first low probability time saving game state is set, the opening process start time, round game start time, ending At the start of the process or the like, the first low-probability short working hours designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(11) 1st low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information It indicates that there is (that is, the change before the last 4 times, 3 times, 2 times or 1 time from the last change of the first low probability time saving gaming state).
The 1st low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times before designation information is the 595th fluctuation after the 1st low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. It is included in the change designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the first low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times previous designation information is transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes in the 596th to 599th special symbol fluctuations after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. It is included in the specification designation command to be sent to the sub control board 300 . For example, every time the 596th to 599th special symbol variation is started after the first low probability time saving gaming state is set, the first low probability time saving end predetermined number of times before specification information is included in the spec specification command, It is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Also, for example, when the power outage occurs during the 596th to 599th special pattern fluctuation after the first low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, before the first low probability time saving end predetermined number of times Designation information is included in the specification designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the special game is executed by winning the jackpot by the 596th to 599th success or failure lottery after the first low probability time saving game state is set, the opening process start time, round game start time, ending At the start of the process or the like, the specification information before the first low-probability time-saving end predetermined number of times is included in the spec specification command and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(12) 1st low probability time saving final designation information The 1st low probability time saving final designation information is the 600th special symbol fluctuation after the 1st low probability time saving gaming state is set (that is, the 1st low probability It indicates that it is the last variation of the time-saving gaming state).
The first low-probability time-saving final designation information is the 599th change after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. , and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the first low-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec-designation command transmitted when the spec-designation command transmission time comes in the 600th special symbol fluctuation after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. and transmitted to the sub-control board 300 . For example, after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, at the time when the 600th special symbol variation is started, the first low-probability time-saving final designation information is included in the spec designation command, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300. be done. Also, for example, when a power failure occurs during the 600th special pattern fluctuation after the first low probability time saving gaming state is set, at the time of power failure recovery, the first low probability time saving final designation information is a spec designation command , and sent to the sub control board 300 . In addition, when the jackpot is won by the 600th success or failure lottery after the first low-probability time-saving game state is set and the special game is executed, the opening process is started, the round game is started, and the ending process is started. At the time point or the like, the first low-probability short working hours final designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

(13) Normal B designation information Normal B designation information is a normal game state (hereinafter also referred to as normal game state B) that is set after the first low-probability time-saving game state ends without winning the jackpot is shown.
The normal B designation information is the 600th variation reached without winning the jackpot after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (that is, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends without winning the jackpot. ), the special symbol is stopped and displayed, and is included in the game state change designation command transmitted when the stop display time has elapsed, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300.
Further, the normal B designation information is included in the spec designation command transmitted when the spec designation command transmission time comes during the normal game state B, and is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . For example, every time a change in the special symbol is started in the normal game state B, the normal B designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Further, for example, when power failure occurs during the normal game state B, normal B designation information is included in the spec designation command and transmitted to the sub control board 300 at the time of power failure recovery. Further, for example, when a jackpot is won in the normal game state B and a special game is executed, the normal B designation information is specified at the start of the opening process, the start of the round game, the start of the ending process, etc. It is included in the specified command and sent to the sub control board 300 .

Further, here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the above-described game state designation information corresponding to the set game state, the number of times the special symbol changes, etc. is stored in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100. When power is cut off, the data stored in the main RAM 103, including the game state designation information, is backed up. As a result, it is possible to obtain the above-described game state designation information corresponding to the game state set before the occurrence of power failure and the number of fluctuations of special symbols, etc., and transmit it to the sub-control board 300 at the time of power failure recovery.
Then, when receiving the game state designation information, the sub CPU 301 stores the received game state designation information in a predetermined storage area of the sub RAM 303 in the sub control board 300 .

As described above, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the sub control board 300 receives the game state designation information corresponding to the set game state, the number of times the special symbol changes, etc. at each time point described above. Since it is transmitted to the sub-control board 300, it is possible to grasp the game state set at each time point described above and the number of times the special symbol fluctuates after the game state is set, and the game state And it becomes possible to execute the production according to the number of times of fluctuation of the special symbol.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time of power failure recovery (when the power of the pachinko machine P is turned on from off), the game state designation information before the power failure occurred is set to the sub control board 300 sent to.
In the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6, for example, when an unexpected power failure occurs in the pachinko machine P due to a lightning strike or the like, although the data stored in the main RAM 103 in the main control board 100 is backed up, the sub control The data stored in the sub-RAM 303 on the substrate 300 are not backed up. Therefore, when the sub-control board 300 is reset due to the occurrence of the power failure described above, the data stored in the sub-RAM 303 in the sub-control board 300 is cleared. Then, the game state designation information stored in the sub-RAM 303 is also cleared as described above. Furthermore, since the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 is capable of one-way communication from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300, the main control board 300 causes the sub control board 300 to be reset. i can't figure out what i did. Therefore, when power failure occurs, the main CPU 101 transmits the game state designation information stored in the main RAM 103 to the sub control board 300 at the time of recovery from the power failure, so that the sub control board 300 , it is possible to grasp the game state designation information before the occurrence of the power failure. As a result, even when power failure occurs, the effect corresponding to the game state set before the power failure occurred can be executed again.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set reaches the time-saving activation number. During the low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, during the time-saving gaming state set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game), and the second low probability set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 During the time-saving gaming state (that is, during the time-saving gaming state set through the winning of the jackpot and execution of the special game), game state designation information corresponding to each time-saving gaming state is defined.
Therefore, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, in the sub-control board 300, the set time-saving gaming state is set without winning the jackpot and executing the special game (i.e. , Is it the first low-probability time-saving gaming state), or is set through the execution of the jackpot winning and special game (that is, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state). It is possible to execute an effect corresponding to each time-saving game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6, at the point of time when the stop display time has elapsed in the variation immediately before the variation in which the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the main CPU 101 performs the following: Variation is transmitted to the sub control board 300 1st low probability short working hours arrival pre-arrival designation information indicating that it is a variation immediately before the 1st low probability short working hours gaming state is set.
As a result, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, it is possible to prepare the data of the effect executed at the time when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set before the time. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player feels uncomfortable with the progress of the presentation, for example, when the content of the presentation is suddenly switched at that time.

(Summary of various number of transmissions)
The main CPU 101 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time of setting each game state described above and at the start of counting by the time-saving activation counter, etc., numerical information on various times such as the number of times of time-saving and the number of times of time-saving activation. (numerical data) to the sub-control board 300.

Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1) at the time of setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. 100 times” is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .
In addition, the main CPU 101, at the time of setting the high-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, at the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X3), sets the high-probability number of times in the high-probability time-saving gaming state to “100 times”. Numerical information and numerical information of "100 times", which is the number of times of time saving, are transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
In addition, the main CPU 101 starts counting by the time saving activation number counter (that is, when the RAM is cleared, or when the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state is set after the special game ends), the first Numerical information of "500 times", which is the number of time reduction activations in the low probability time reduction gaming state, is transmitted to the sub control board 300. - 特許庁
In addition, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, when the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the time-saving activation count (500 times)), time-saving in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state Numerical information of “600 times”, which is the number of times, is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .

Here, although not shown, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, all of the numerical information corresponding to the above-described various numbers of times is number data A, which is 1-byte (8-bit) binary number data. and the number of times data B (expressed).
Specifically, both the count data A and the count data B are represented by "0000000b" (decimal 0. Note that the number with "b" at the end is 2 by the lower 7 bits excluding the upper 1 bit). 127 in decimal notation) to "1111111b" (127 in decimal notation). The lower 7 bits of the count data A are the values obtained by dividing the numerical values of the various counts described above by 128, which is the maximum value “127” (decimal number) that can be represented by a 7-bit binary number. The lower 7 bits of the count data B are the quotient values obtained by dividing the above-mentioned various count values by the above-mentioned "128".
The main CPU 101 transmits the count data A configured as described above to the sub control board 300 at the above various times, and then transmits the count data B configured as described above to the sub control board 300 . Then, when the sub CPU 301 receives the number data A and the number data B, the sub CPU 301 adds the value of the lower 7 bits of the number data B received later and the above "128" to the lower part of the number data A received first. By adding the 7-bit values, the corresponding number of times can be calculated. This allows the sub-control board 300 to grasp the above-described various numbers of times.

For example, if the number of times of time saving in the second low probability time saving gaming state is "100 times", the quotient obtained by dividing this "100 times" by the above-mentioned "128" is "0" and the remainder is "100". Therefore, the number data A corresponding to this time saving number of times "100 times" has the lower 7 bits "1100100b" (100 in decimal), and the number data B has the lower 7 bits "0000000b" (0 in decimal). becomes.
Then, at the time of setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the main CPU 101 transmits the number data A whose lower 7 bits are "1100100b" to the sub control board 300, and then the number data B whose lower 7 bits are "0000000b". is sent to the sub control board 300 .
When the sub CPU 301 receives the count data A and the count data B, the sub CPU 301 adds the count data A to “0” which is the product of the lower 7 bits “0000000b” (decimal 0) of the count data B and the above “128”. By adding the lower 7 bits "1100100b" (100 in decimal), it is possible to calculate "100 times" which is the number of times of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. Thereby, in the sub-control board 300, at the time of setting the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, it is possible to acquire the numerical information "100 times", which is the number of times of time-saving.

Also, for example, if the number of time reduction activations in the first low probability time reduction gaming state is "500 times", the quotient obtained by dividing this "500 times" by the above "128" is "3" and the remainder is "116" . Therefore, the number of times data A corresponding to the number of time-saving activations "500 times" has the lower 7 bits "1110100b" (116 in decimal), and the number of times data B has the lower 7 bits "0000011b" (3 in decimal). ).
Then, the main CPU 101 transmits the number data A with the lower 7 bits "1110100b" to the sub control board 300 at the start of counting by the time saving activation number counter, and then transmits the number data B with the lower 7 bits "0000011b". It is transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
When the sub CPU 301 receives the count data A and the count data B, the sub CPU 301 adds the count data A to “384” which is the product of the lower 7 bits “0000011b” (decimal 3) of the count data B and the above “128”. By adding the lower 7 bits "1110100b" (116 in decimal), it is possible to calculate "500 times" which is the number of times of shortening working hours in the first low probability shortening working hours gaming state. Thereby, in the sub-control board 300, it becomes possible to acquire the numerical information "500 times", which is the number of times of time saving, at the start of counting by the time saving number of times counter.

Also, for example, if the number of times of time saving in the first low probability time saving gaming state is "600 times", the quotient obtained by dividing this "600 times" by the above-described "128" is "4" and the remainder is "88". Therefore, the number of times data A corresponding to this time saving number of times "600 times" has the lower 7 bits "1011000b" (88 in decimal), and the number of times data B has the lower 7 bits "0000100b" (4 in decimal). becomes.
Then, at the time of setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the main CPU 101 transmits the number data A whose lower 7 bits are "1011000b" to the sub control board 300, and then the number data B whose lower 7 bits are "0000100b". is sent to the sub control board 300 .
When the sub CPU 301 receives the count data A and the count data B, the sub CPU 301 adds the count data A to “512” which is the product of the lower 7 bits “0000100b” (decimal 4) of the count data B and the above “128”. By adding the lower 7-bit value "1011000b" (88 in decimal), it is possible to calculate "600 times" which is the number of times of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Thereby, in the sub-control board 300, at the time of setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, it is possible to acquire numerical information of "600 times", which is the number of times of time-saving.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the maximum value that can be represented by a binary number of a plurality of bits (7 bits in another application example 6), such as the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activation The number data A including the remainder obtained by dividing by 1 and the number data B including the quotient value are transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the number data A and the number data received in the sub control board 300 are transmitted to the sub control board 300. Based on B, the above number of times can be calculated.
As a result, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, even if various times such as the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving activation become large values, the number of data to be transmitted to the sub control board 300 can be reduced. While doing so, the above-mentioned number of times can be transmitted to the sub-control board 300 .

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, after sending the number data A including the remainder value, the number data B including the quotient value is sent to the sub control board 300. ing.
As a result, for example, in a pachinko machine, when various times such as the number of times of time saving and the number of times of time saving are set to be less than or equal to the maximum value that can be represented by the above-described binary number of a plurality of bits, the number of times data B Since the value of the quotient contained in is always 0, the above-mentioned number of times can be calculated based only on the number of times data A previously transmitted. Therefore, in the case described above, the processing for calculating the above-described number of times in the sub-control board 300 can be simplified.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol after the normal game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state is set reaches the time-saving activation number. The number of times of the low-probability time-saving gaming state (that is, the time-saving gaming state that is set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game), and the second set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 Regarding the number of time-saving gaming states with a low probability (that is, the time-saving gaming state set through the execution of a jackpot and a special game), data configured in a predetermined format (number of times data A, By transmitting the number of times data B) to the sub control board 300, the sub control board 300 can acquire (grasp) the number of times of time saving based on the data.
Therefore, in the sub-control board 300, by executing the same processing, the number of times of the time-saving game state set without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game It is possible to acquire any of the number of times of time saving in the time saving game state set via , and it is possible to prevent the acquisition process from becoming complicated.

Next, the progress of the above-described special figure game will be described using a flowchart, focusing on the points different from the above-described embodiment.
First, the post-stop processing executed after the stop display time for stopping and displaying the special symbol is set in the stop display time timer counter will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 3000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stop display time set in the stop display time timer counter has elapsed. Then, when it is determined that the stop display time has not elapsed, the post-stop process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 3001 .
At step 3001, the main CPU 101 stores the current game state in the game state buffer. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3002.

In step 3002, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Since this time saving frequency|count update process is the same as that of the time saving frequency|count update process in the above-mentioned embodiment, description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3003.
At step 3003, the main CPU 101 executes high-accuracy count update processing. Since this high-accuracy number update process is the same as the high-accuracy number update process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3004 .

At step 3004, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is a jackpot symbol. Then, when it is determined that the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is not a big hit symbol (that is, it is a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 3009 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the stopped special symbol is a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 3005 .
At step 3005, the main CPU 101 sets a jackpot winning command for transmitting to the sub-control board 300 the game state when the jackpot is won and the types of the jackpot symbols stopped and displayed (jackpot symbols X1, X2, X3). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3006.

At step 3006, the main CPU 101 resets the current gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3007 .
At step 3007, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and sends an opening command indicating that the opening process is started. memorize to Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3008.

At step 3008, the main CPU 101 sets the number of rounds in the main RAM 103 based on the type of the jackpot symbol that is stopped and displayed. Specifically, the main CPU 101 sets “5” as the number of rounds if the stopped jackpot symbol is X1 or X2, and sets “5” as the round number if the stopped jackpot symbol is X3. Set "10". Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

In addition, in step 3009, which proceeds when it is determined that the special symbol stopped and displayed in step 3004 is not a jackpot symbol, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving activation frequency count execution process for counting by the time saving activation frequency counter. do. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3010.
At step 3010, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is time to end the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the second time saving game flag is turned off from on in step 3002 described above and the high certainty game flag is turned off from on in step 3003 described above. And, when it is determined that it is not the time when the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends, the process proceeds to step 3012 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the high-probability time-saving gaming state has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 3011 .

At step 3011, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency “500”. In addition, the main CPU 101 transmits the frequency data A and the frequency data B corresponding to the time saving activation frequency “500” to the sub control board 300 . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3012.
At step 3012, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the game state designation information to be transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at that time is changed. A game state change designation command including the game state designation information is stored in the performance transmission data storage area. Incidentally, when it is determined that the game state designation information is not changed, the main CPU 101 does nothing here. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the time-saving activation frequency|count count execution process of step 3010 mentioned above is demonstrated with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 3100, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the high probability game flag is off. Then, when it is determined that the high certainty game flag is not off (that is, it is on), the time saving activation count execution process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the high certainty game flag is off, the process proceeds to the next step 3101 .

In step 3101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a time saving activation count reaching flag indicating that the count value of the time saving activation count counter has reached the time saving activation count is off. And when it determines with the time saving activation frequency|count reach|attainment flag not being OFF (that is, it is ON), the time saving activation frequency|count count execution process is complete|finished. On the other hand, when it determines with the time saving activation frequency|count reach|attainment flag being OFF, it progresses to following step 3102. FIG.
At step 3102, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the time saving activation number counter by one. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3103.

At step 3103, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the time saving activation counter has reached zero. And when it determines with not having reached|attained, it complete|finishes time saving invocation frequency count execution processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that it has reached, the process proceeds to the next step 3104 .
In step 3104, the main CPU 101 executes a first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting process for setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time saving game flag and sets the number of time saving games to "600". It should be noted that, at the time of reaching the number of time-saving activations, the normal game state is set, and the high-precision game flag is turned off. This high certainty game flag remains off. In addition, the main CPU 101 transmits to the sub control board 300 the frequency data A and the frequency data B corresponding to the number of time reductions “600” in the first low-probability time reduction gaming state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3105.

In step 3105, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3106.
In step 3106, the main CPU 101 turns on the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the time saving activation frequency count execution process is ended.

Next, the special game end processing executed when the special game ends will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 3200, the main CPU 101 confirms the jackpot symbol (stored in the processing area of the main RAM 103) that triggered the execution of the finished special game, and adjusts the gaming state after the special game according to the jackpot pattern. Execute the game state setting process to be set.
Specifically, when the above-described jackpot symbol is X1 (that is, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set), the main CPU 101 turns off the high-probability game flag, and the second time-saving game Turn on the flag and set "100" to the number of times of time saving. Also, when the above-mentioned jackpot symbol is X2 or X3 (that is, when the high probability time saving game state is set), both the high probability game flag and the second time saving game flag are turned on, and the high probability number And set "100" to the number of times of time saving.
In addition, when the high probability time saving gaming state is set, the main CPU 101 transmits the number data A and the number data B corresponding to the high probability number "100" to the sub control board 300, and the time saving number "100". to the sub control board 300. In addition, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number data A and number-of-times data B corresponding to the number of times of time saving “100” are transmitted to the sub control board 300 .
Then, it proceeds to the next step 3201 .

In step 3201, the main CPU 101 stores the game state set in step 3200 and the post-special game game state designation command including the corresponding game state designation information in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3202.
In step 3202, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, it proceeds to the next step 3203 .

In step 3203, the main CPU 101 turns off the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3204.
At step 3204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set at step 3200 described above. Specifically, at step 3200 described above, it is determined whether or not the high probability game flag is turned off and the second time reduction game flag is turned on. And, when it is determined that the second low-probability time-saving game state is not set, the special game end processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the process proceeds to the next step 3205 .

In step 3205, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency "500". In addition, the main CPU 101 transmits the frequency data A and the frequency data B corresponding to the number of time reduction activations “500” to the sub control board 300 . Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, the RAM clear processing executed based on the RAM clear (reset) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 3300, the main CPU 101 executes a normal game state setting process for setting a normal game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns off the high probability game flag, the first time saving game flag and the second time saving game flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3301 .
In step 3301, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3302 .

In step 3302, the main CPU 101 turns off the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 3303 .
At step 3303, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency "500". In addition, the main CPU 101 transmits the frequency data A and the frequency data B corresponding to the time saving activation frequency “500” to the sub control board 300 . Then, the RAM clearing post-processing is terminated.

Next, the processing at the time of transmission of the specification designation command executed at the time of transmission of the specification designation command will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 3400, the main CPU 101 stores the model information of the pachinko machine P and the specification designation command including the corresponding game state designation information in the performance transmission data storage area. Then, the process at the time of transmission of the specification designation command is terminated.

(Outline of various displays such as background image display, countdown display of the number of remaining time reductions, countup display of the number of times to activate the time reduction, etc.)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as the background image displayed on the display unit 21a of the effect display device 21, the normal background image corresponding to the normal game state (see FIGS. 77(d) to 77(e), etc.). , 1st low probability time saving background image corresponding to the 1st low probability time saving gaming state (see FIG. 77 (i) ~ (j) etc.), 2nd low probability time saving background image corresponding to the 2nd low probability time saving gaming state ( Figure 77 (a) ~ (b), etc.), high probability time-saving background image corresponding to the high probability time-saving game state (see Figure 79 (a) ~ (c), etc.) is provided, during each game state , the corresponding background image is displayed on the display section 21a.

Specifically, the normal background image is displayed during the normal game state, and the second low-probability time-saving background image is displayed during the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1. is displayed, and a high-probability time-saving background image is displayed during the high-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2 or X3, and the count value of the time-saving activation counter is the number of time-saving activations. A first low-probability time-saving background image is displayed during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set by reaching.
When the game state is switched, the background image to be displayed is switched accordingly (see FIG. 77(d), FIG. 77(i), etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, both during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the predetermined location of the display unit 21a (in other application example 6, the upper right An upper display frame for performing a predetermined display is displayed in the corner), and a countdown display of the remaining number of times of time saving is performed each time a special pattern variation (variation effect) is performed within this upper display frame. (See FIGS. 77(a) to (c), FIG. 77(j), FIG. 78(a), etc.). Similarly, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the countdown display of the remaining high-probability times (time-saving times) is performed each time the special symbol variation (variation effect) is performed once in the above-described upper display frame. (See FIGS. 79(a) to (c), etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, while the time saving activation counter is counting (that is, while the second low probability time saving game state and the normal game state A are set), A lower display frame for performing a predetermined display is displayed at a predetermined location (lower right corner in another application example 6) of the display unit 21a, and the special pattern is varied (variation effect) once within the lower display frame. Every time it is performed, the count-up display of the number of times toward 500 times, which is the number of time-saving activations, is performed (Fig. 77 (a) ~ (h), Fig. 79 (d) ~ (g), See FIGS. 80(a) to (c), etc.).

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, along with the display of the above-described low-probability time-saving background image, in the above-described lower display frame, the first low-probability time-saving game A display indicating that it is in the state (in another application example 6, a character display of "during lucky time") is performed (FIGS. 77(i) to (j), FIG. 78(a), See FIG. 79(h), FIG. 80(d), etc.).

The various displays described above will be described in more detail below.
(1) Display after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 As described above, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, the second low-probability time-saving game state is set, and the time-saving activation counter is used. Counting is started.
Then, along with the setting of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is displayed on the display unit 21a, and a display indicating that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (other application example 6 Then, the character display "Revenge mode start!" , the display of the lower display frame, and the initial value ("1") of the count-up display toward the number of time-saving activations are displayed (see FIG. 77(a)).

After that, each time the special pattern variation (variation display) is executed, at the time when the stop display time in the variation has passed, the countdown display of the remaining number of times of shortening is performed, and the number of times toward the number of times of shortening A count-up display is performed.
Then, if the special pattern changes 100 times without winning the jackpot, the remaining time-saving display will be "0", and the number of times for the time-saving activation will be "100" (Fig. 77(b)), when the stop display time in the variation has passed, the normal game state (normal game state A) is set. Along with the setting of this normal game state, the second low-probability time-saving background image is switched to the normal background image, and a display indicating that the second low-probability time-saving game state has ended ”), clearing of the display of the upper display frame, and clearing of the display of the number of remaining time reductions are performed (see FIGS. 77(c) to (d)). In addition, about the number of times toward the time saving activation number of times, the count-up display is continuously performed (see FIG. 77(d)).

After that, every time the special symbol variation (variation display) is executed, when the stop display time in the variation has elapsed, the count-up display of the number of times toward the number of time reduction activations is performed (Fig. 77 (e ) to (g)).
Then, without winning the jackpot, if the special symbol changes 400 times, the display of the number of times toward the time reduction activation number becomes "500" (see FIG. 77 (g)), and the stop display in the change When the time elapses, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. With the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the normal background image is switched to the first low-probability time-saving background image, and a display indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (in other application example 6 , “Lucky Time Start!” Character display), the initial value of the remaining number of times of saving time for countdown display (that is, the number of times of saving time in the first low-probability time saving game state “600”), and the count-up display are performed. Clearing the display of the number of times, and the display indicating that it is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is performed (see FIG. 77 (h) to (i)).

After that, every time a special symbol variation (variation display) is performed, a countdown display of the number of remaining times of shortening is performed at the time when the stop display time in the variation has elapsed.
Then, when the variation of the special symbol is performed 600 times without winning the jackpot, the display of the remaining number of times of time reduction becomes "0" (see FIG. 77(j)), and when the stop display time in the variation has passed. , a normal game state (normal game state B) is set. Along with the setting of this normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving background image is switched to the normal background image, and the display indicating that the first low-probability time-saving game state has ended (In another application example 6, "Lucky Time End ” character display), clearing the display of the lower display frame, and clearing the display indicating that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is in progress (see FIGS. 78(a)-(b)).

In addition, since the setting of the first low-probability time-saving game state is performed once, after the above-described normal game state (normal game state B) is set, the time-saving activation counter is not counted. Therefore, until the next jackpot is won, the display of the lower display frame and the count-up display of the number of times toward the number of time-saving activations are not performed (see FIG. 78(c)). .

(2) Display after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2 or X3 As described above, after the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2 or X3, a high probability time-saving game state is set. As described above, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, counting by the time-saving activation number counter is not performed.
Then, with the setting of the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the display unit 21a displays a high-probability time-saving background image and a display indicating that the high-probability time-saving gaming state has been set (in another application example 6, "Super mode start !” character display), the display of the upper display frame, and the initial value of the remaining high-probability number and the time-saving number of times that the countdown display is performed (that is, the high-probability number and the time-saving number in the high-probability time-saving game state “100”) is displayed (see FIG. 79(a)). In addition, since the count by the time saving activation number counter is not performed, at this time, the display of the lower display frame and the initial value of the count-up display toward the time saving activation number are not displayed (Fig. 79 ( a) see)

After that, every time the variation of the special symbol (variation display) is executed, when the stop display time in the variation has elapsed, the countdown display of the number of remaining times of shortening is performed.
Then, when the variation of the special pattern is performed 100 times without winning the jackpot, the display of the remaining high probability number and the time reduction number becomes "0" (see FIG. 79 (b)), and the stop display time in the variation When the time elapses, the normal game state (normal game state A) is set. Along with the setting of this normal game state, the high-probability time-saving background image is switched to the normal background image, and the display indicating that the high-probability time-saving game state has ended (In another application example 6, the character display "super mode end" ), clearing of the display of the upper display frame, and clearing of the display of the number of remaining time reductions are performed (see FIGS. 77(c) to (d)). In addition, since the count by the time saving activation number counter is started by setting the normal game state, the initial value ("1") of the display of the lower display frame and the count-up display toward the time saving activation number is displayed (see FIG. 79(d)).

After that, every time the variation of the special symbol (variation display) is executed, when the stop display time in the variation has elapsed, the count-up display of the number of times toward the number of times of time reduction activation is performed (Fig. 79 (e ) to (f)).
Then, without winning the jackpot, if the special symbol changes 500 times, the display of the number of times toward the time reduction activation number becomes "500" (see FIG. 79 (f)), and the stop display in the change When the time elapses, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. With the setting of this first low probability time saving gaming state, similar to the above (1), switching to the first low probability time saving background image of the normal background image, the fact that the first low probability time saving gaming state was set display, display of the initial value ("600") of the remaining number of time-savings for which the countdown display is performed, clearing the display of the number of times the count-up display has been performed, and the fact that the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is in progress is displayed (see FIGS. 79(g) to (h)).
Further, since the display flow after that is the same as in (1) above, the explanation is omitted.

(3) Display after clearing the RAM As described above, after clearing the RAM, the normal game state (normal game state A) is set, and counting by the time saving activation number counter is started.
Then, along with the setting of the normal game state, in the display unit 21a, the display of the normal background image, the display of the lower display frame, and the initial value ("1") of the count-up display toward the number of time-saving activations are displayed. (See FIG. 80(a)).

After that, each time the special pattern variation (variation display) is executed, at the time when the stop display time in the variation has passed, the countdown display of the remaining number of times of shortening is performed, and the number of times toward the number of times of shortening A count-up display is performed.
Then, without winning the jackpot, when the special symbol changes 500 times, the display of the number of times toward the number of times of time reduction activation becomes "500" (see FIG. 80 (b)), and the stop display time in the change When has passed, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Along with the setting of this first low probability time saving game state, like the above (1) and (2), the normal background image is switched to the first low probability time saving background image, and the first low probability time saving game state is set. Display indicating that it has been done, display of the initial value of the remaining number of times of reduction in countdown display, clearing of the display of the number of times the countup display has been performed, and the fact that the first low probability reduction of working hours game state is in progress is displayed (see FIGS. 80(c) to (d)).
Further, since the display flow after that is the same as in (1) above, the explanation is omitted.

(Summary of the above display after power failure recovery)
As described above, for example, when an unexpected power failure occurs in the pachinko machine P due to a lightning strike or the like, the game state designation information stored in the sub RAM 303 is cleared. However, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the game state designation information backed up in the main control board 100 at the time of the power outage is transmitted to the sub control board 300 when the power outage occurs. As a result, based on the received game state designation information, the predetermined display that was executed before the occurrence of the power failure can be executed even after the power failure is restored.

For example, if the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set before the power outage occurs, at the time of recovery from the power outage, the second stored before the power outage from the main control board 100 Game state designation information such as low probability time saving designation information, second low probability time saving end predetermined number of times previous designation information, and second low probability time saving final designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . Thereby, in the sub-control board 300, since it is possible to grasp that the game state set before the occurrence of power failure is the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving background image is displayed as the background image. At the same time, display of the upper display frame, display of the lower display frame, and the like can be performed.

Also, if the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set before the occurrence of the power failure, at the time of recovery from the power failure, the first stored before the power failure from the main control board 100 Game state designation information such as low probability time saving designation information, first low probability time saving end predetermined number of times before designation information, and first low probability time saving final designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . As a result, in the sub-control board 300, since it is possible to grasp that the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure is the first low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving background image is displayed as the background image. At the same time, it is possible to display the upper display frame, display the lower display frame, and display indicating that the game is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (character display indicating that it is in lucky time).

Also, if the normal game state A is set before the power failure occurs, at the time of recovery from the power failure, the normal A designation information stored before the power failure occurred from the main control board 100 Game state designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . As a result, in the sub-control board 300, since it is possible to grasp that the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure is the normal game state A, the normal background image is displayed as the background image, and the lower display frame is displayed. etc.

Also, when the normal game state B is set before the power failure occurs, at the time of recovery from the power failure, the normal B designation information stored before the power failure occurred from the main control board 100 Game state designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 . As a result, in the sub-control board 300, since it can be grasped that the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure is the normal game state B, the normal background image is displayed as the background image, and the lower display frame is displayed. you can avoid doing it.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time of power failure recovery, the game state designation information stored before the power failure occurred is transmitted to the sub control board 300, and the game state designation information Background image display, etc., can be executed based on this.
That is, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, various displays corresponding to the game state set before the occurrence of the power failure can be reliably restarted after the recovery from the power failure. To prevent a situation in which an inappropriate performance is executed when it occurs.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, at the time of recovery from the power failure, the remaining number of times of time saving before the occurrence of the power failure and the count value of the time saving activation number counter are stored in the sub control board 300. It will never be sent. Therefore, in the sub control board 300, these values cannot be grasped and accurate display cannot be performed.
Therefore, although not particularly illustrated, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, power interruption occurs in the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, or the high probability time-saving game state. After the power is restored, the upper display frame is displayed. display, etc.). Similarly, a power outage occurs in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, or normal gaming state A, and after recovering from this power outage, the lower display frame is displayed. The display described above is displayed in the display frame.
As a result, it is possible to prevent a situation in which the player misunderstands the remaining number of times of time saving or the remaining number of times until the number of times of time saving activation.

In addition, at the time of recovery from a power failure, the remaining number of times of time saving before the occurrence of power failure and the count value of the time saving activation counter are set to be sent to the sub control board 300, and the correct number of times is displayed after the power failure is restored. It may be made executable.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 6)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, one gate 20 is provided only in the second game area 12b, but the installation position and installation number of the gates 20 are not limited to this.
For example, one gate 20 may be provided in the first game area 12a, or one gate 20 may be provided in each of the first game area 12a and the second game area 12b.
In this case, even when the game ball is launched toward the first game area 12a, the chance of executing the lottery of the normal symbols is obtained, so that the interest of the player can be enhanced.
Further, almost all game balls that have entered the second game area 12b and have not entered the second start winning opening 16 and the big winning opening 18 can enter the second game area 12b, When a game ball enters, a predetermined number (for example, one) of game balls are paid out, and a normal pattern operation winning opening may be provided so that a normal pattern lottery is performed.
In this case, for example, when the game ball is launched toward the second game area 12b during the non-time-saving game state, the game ball does not enter the second start winning opening 16, but the normal figure operation winning A game ball enters the mouth, which gives the player an opportunity to pay out the game ball and draw a lottery for normal symbols, thereby enhancing the interest of the player.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, during the first time-saving gaming state (during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state) set by the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaching the time-saving activation count , It was supposed to win in the lottery of normal symbols with the same probability as during the non-time-saving game state, but it is not limited to this, and during the first time-saving game state, it is higher than during the non-time-saving game state. It may be set so as to win in the lottery of normal symbols with probability.
Also, during the first time-saving game state, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is higher than during the non-time-saving game state, the setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is short, and the operation of the movable piece 16b You may make it easy for the game ball to enter the second start winning hole 16 by performing at least one of the settings that lengthen the time.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, as the time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state (second Time-saving game state) and low-probability game state (normal game state, second low-probability time-saving game state) without winning a big hit Time-saving game set by reaching the number of times of time-saving activation Although the state (first time-saving game state) was provided, the type of time-saving game state is not limited to these.
For example, a special symbol that is other than a jackpot symbol and is determined to set a time-saving gaming state (for example, a lost symbol that is determined to set a time-saving gaming state, a small A time-saving game state or the like may be provided which is set based on the determination of winning symbols and the like.
In addition, the time-saving game set by winning the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and the time-saving game set by reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state The state and the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the special pattern other than the jackpot pattern and the fact that the time-saving game state is set is the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16. The difficulty levels may be set to be different, or may be set to be the same.
Even in the above case, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, all 13 types of game state designation information (normal A designation information, second low probability time reduction designation information, second low probability time reduction end predetermined number of times before designation information, second Low probability short working hours final designation information, high probability short working hours suspension designation information, high probability short working hours designation information, high probability short working hours end predetermined times before designation information, high probability short working hours final designation information, first low probability short working hours designation information before arrival, first low Probable short working hours designation information, 1st low probability short working hours end predetermined times designation information, 1st low probability short working hours final designation information, game state designation information of normal B designated information) was provided, but other game state designation information may be provided.

For example, in the normal game state that is set after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state ends, a specific period until a predetermined number of fluctuations are performed, so that a special variation pattern is determined In the set pachinko machine, as the game state designation information, the specific period designation information indicating that the special symbol changes in the above-mentioned specific period, and the last special symbol change in the above-mentioned specific period. Specific period final designation information or the like may be provided to indicate that there is.
In addition, for example, in a pachinko machine that allows you to win a small win by lottery, and sets the time-saving gaming state to a predetermined small win symbol that can be determined when you win a small win, the game As the state designation information, small hit time saving designation information indicating that it is a change of special symbols in the time saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as small hit time saving game state) set based on the determination of the above-mentioned small hit pattern, small hit It is also possible to provide small win time-saving final designation information or the like indicating that it is the change of the last special symbol in the time-saving gaming state.
Further, for example, in a pachinko machine that sets the time-saving game state to a predetermined losing pattern that can be determined in the event of a loss, the game state designation information is based on the determination of the above-mentioned losing pattern. Loss time-saving designation information indicating that it is a change in special symbols in the time-saving gaming state (hereinafter also referred to as loss time-saving gaming state) set by , Loss time-saving designation information indicating that it is a change in the last special symbol in the losing time-saving gaming state Final designation information or the like may be provided.
Even if it is set in this way, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6 can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the game state designation information includes the time when the stop display time has passed, the time when the special game ends, the time when the spec designation command is sent (when the customer waiting time has passed, special symbols At the start of fluctuation, at the start of the opening process, at the start of the round game, at the end of the round game, at the start of the ending process, at the end of the ending process, at the time of clearing the RAM, at the time of turning on the power (at the time of power failure recovery)) Although the information is transmitted to the sub-control board 300, the transmission timing of the game state designation information is not limited to this.
For example, in a pachinko machine set so that a small win can be won by lottery and a small win game is executed when a small win is won, at the start of the small win game, You may make it transmit game state designation|designated information to the sub control board 300 at the time of completion|finish.
In addition, for example, setting values associated with settings related to ball output are provided, and as a mode related to setting values, a setting value change mode for changing the setting values and a setting value that has been set are confirmed. In a pachinko machine provided with a set value confirmation mode for the purpose, game state designation information is transmitted to the sub control board 300 at the time when the set value change mode is terminated, at the time when the set value confirmation mode is terminated, etc. You may make it
Even if it is set in this way, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, the number of times constituted by the number of times data A and the number of times data B described above is the high accuracy number of times, the time saving number of times, and the time saving number of times, but is limited to these. not something.
For example, depending on the number of times the special symbols change after the special game is over (hereinafter also referred to as the special number), the pachinko machine is set so that the change pattern table for determining the change pattern can be switched. Alternatively, the special number of times may be composed of the number of times data A and the number of times data B described above.
In addition, for example, as a condition for ending the time-saving gaming state, the occurrence of a predetermined event a specified number of times the number of times reaches a specific number of times, the number of times a predetermined small winning pattern is determined reaches a specific number of times, etc.), the specific number of times is determined by the above-mentioned number of times data A and number of times data B may be configured.
Also, for example, the sum of the number of fluctuations based on the first special random number and the number of fluctuations based on the second special random number reaches the first time saving number of times, and the number of fluctuations based on the second special random number is the second In the pachinko machine set so that the time-saving gaming state ends when any of the conditions for reaching the time-saving number of times is satisfied, both the first time-saving number of times and the second time-saving number of times The number data A and the number data B described above may be used.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6 can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 6, both the number data A and the number data B are 1-byte data, and the lower 7 bits of the number data A are used to convert the numerical values of various numbers into 7 numbers. The value of the remainder obtained by dividing the maximum value that can be represented by the binary number of the bit by 1 is formed, and the value of the quotient is formed using the lower 7 bits of the count data B. The format is not limited to this.
For example, the number of times data A and the number of times data B may both be binary data of 2 bytes or more, or the data sizes of the number of times data A and the number of times data B may be set to be different from each other.
Specifically, for example, both the count data A and the count data B may be configured as 2-byte data consisting of upper 1-byte data and lower 1-byte data. In the case of such a configuration, the type of data to be transmitted (for example, frequency data A related to the highly accurate number of times, frequency data B related to the highly accurate number of times, etc.) is indicated by the upper 1 byte data. The lower 1-byte data may be used as data for specifying the numerical value of the number of times. As a result, by referring to the upper 1-byte data, it is possible to reliably transmit to the sub control board 300 the type of the number of times specified by the following lower 1-byte data.
In addition to the number data A and the number data B, other commands and data transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 (for example, a variation pattern command indicating a variation pattern determined at the start of variation, a preliminary determination process Pre-judgment command indicating the result of , pending number data indicating the number of the first special random number and the second special random number, etc.) ) and lower 1 byte (specifying the specific content of the command or data). As a result, the format of data transmitted from the main control board 100 to the sub control board 300 can be standardized, and the processing load associated with receiving the data transmitted from the main control board 100 can be reduced.
Further, when the number data A and the number data B and the like are configured as 2-byte data consisting of the upper 1 byte and the lower 1 byte as described above, the first bit of the upper 1 byte always has a predetermined value (for example, 1 ) may be set, and a value different from the predetermined value (for example, 0) may be set for the leading bit of the lower 1 byte. Thus, by judging the value set in the leading bit in the sub control board 300, it is possible to reliably grasp whether the data is upper 1-byte data or lower 1-byte data.
Then, the sub control board 300 continuously receives 1-byte data (the data received first is also called preceding data, and the data received following the preceding data is also called subsequent data). When the values are the same (when both the leading bit of the preceding data and the leading bit of the following data have a predetermined value, the leading bit of the preceding data and the leading bit of the following data both have different values from the predetermined value) case), it is determined that the upper 1 byte or the lower 1 byte in the various commands and data configured as described above could not be received due to the occurrence of noise, etc., and the above preceding data is discarded, or the above By discarding the following data, or by discarding both the preceding data and the following data, various processing based on the received data may not be performed.
On the other hand, if the leading bit of the preceding data has a predetermined value and the leading bit of the succeeding data has a value different from the predetermined value, the high-order 1 in the various commands and data configured as described above. It may be determined that the byte and the lower 1 byte have been properly received, and various processing may be performed based on the received data.
It should be noted that the bit for setting the predetermined value or a value different from the predetermined value is not limited to the leading bit, and may be another bit.
Also, the bits forming the remainder value and the quotient value described above may be, for example, the upper 7 bits, or may be 7 bits excluding a predetermined bit (for example, the 4th bit from the first bit).
Also, a plurality of bits (eg, 5 bits, 8 bits, etc.) other than 7 bits may be used to form the remainder value and the quotient value. For example, by using the lower 5 bits of the number data A, the remainder obtained by dividing the numerical values of various numbers by a value 1 larger than the maximum value that can be represented by a 5-bit binary number is configured, and the lower 5 bits of the number data B Bits may be used to form the value of the quotient.
Alternatively, the number of times data A may constitute the quotient value, and the number of times data B may constitute the remainder value.
Even in the above case, even if various times such as the number of times of saving time and the number of times of saving time are large values, the number of times of data transmitted to the sub control board 300 is reduced, and the above-mentioned times are sub It can be transmitted to the control board 300 .
In addition, the main CPU 101 stores information on the number of time-saving activations that will set the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the number of time-savings in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (number of times data A, number of times data B), backup errors, etc. You may make it transmit to the sub-control board 300 also in the game stop state by which progress of a game is impossible based on. In addition, a set value associated with a setting related to the ball output is provided, and as a mode related to the set value, a set value change mode for changing the set value after the progress of the game is disabled. In the pachinko machine provided with a set value confirmation mode for confirming the set value set after the progress of is disabled, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Information on the number of time-saving activations and the number of times of time-saving in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (number of times data A, number of times data B) is transmitted to the sub control board 300 even during the setting value change mode or the setting value confirmation mode. You may make it

(Other application example 7)
The external configuration of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7 (the configuration of the game board 11 (game area 12), the installed devices and members), the configuration of the control means, the progress of the game, various random numbers used in the game, Various tables are substantially the same as the pachinko machine P according to the above-described embodiment, and only the conditions for setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and the configuration of the success/failure random number determination table 110 are the same as the above-described implementation. It is different from the pachinko machine P according to the form of .

Specifically, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, during the normal game state, during the first low-probability time-saving game state, and during the second low-probability time-saving game state, winning a big hit, winning a small hit or lose, and in the case of winning a big win, one of the big win symbols X1, X2 or X3 is determined as in the above-described embodiment, and a small win is made. In the case of winning, either the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined as in the above-described embodiment, and in the case of losing, the losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, it is determined that the first time-saving game state (time-saving game state, the number of time-saving games is 50 times) is set in the losing pattern Z2, and during the normal game state When the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the first time-saving game state is set, and the state is shifted to the first low-probability time-saving game state. In addition, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first low-time-saving gaming state is not reset, and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state continues. there is Similarly, when the losing pattern Z2 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state is not set, and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state continues. there is
On the other hand, the setting of the first time-saving game state is not defined in the lost symbol Z1, and when the lost symbol Z1 is determined, the game state at the time of the determination continues. That is, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the normal game state, the normal game state continues, and when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the first low-probability time-saving game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state continues. Then, when the losing pattern Z1 is determined during the second low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state continues.

In addition, even during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the lottery result of winning a jackpot, winning a small win, or losing is determined. Either the similar big winning pattern X1 or X4 is determined, in the case of winning the small winning, either the small winning pattern Y1 or Y2 similar to the above embodiment is determined, and in the case of losing, the losing pattern. Z1 is determined. In other words, the losing pattern Z2 is not determined when the game is lost during the high-probability time-saving gaming state.

Then, as shown in FIG. 81, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, as the win/fail random number determination table 110, the low probability game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state game state), a table TL that is referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning port 15 or the second starting winning port 16, and the first starting winning port 15 in the high probability gaming state (high probability time-saving gaming state) Alternatively, there is provided a table TH that is referred to when a game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 .
Here, in the hit/fail random number determination table 110 of another application example 7, it is determined that one of the above-described lottery results (big win, small win, or loss) is determined, and a special random number corresponding to the determined lottery result A plurality of numerical ranges are set in which the type of symbol is determined, and according to the numerical range to which the acquired winning random numbers (first special random number, second special random number) belong, the above-mentioned lottery results and special symbols type is determined. That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 7, both the result of the win/fail lottery and the type of the special symbol are determined by the win/fail random number determination table 110 and the win/fail random number. Therefore, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7 is provided with the special symbol random number for determining the type of special symbol and the special symbol random number determination table 111 provided in the pachinko machine P according to the above-described embodiment. not

Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 81(a) and 82(a), according to the table TL, when the hit/fail random number is 0 to 63570, it is determined to be lost, and the losing pattern Z1 is If the random number is 63571 to 63963, it is determined to be a loss, and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, and if the random number is 63964 to 63965, it is determined to be a big hit, and When the jackpot pattern X1 is determined and the hit/fail random numbers are 63966 to 64147, it is determined that the jackpot is won, and when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined and the hit/fail random numbers are 64148 to 64225, the jackpot is awarded. When it is determined to be winning, the big winning pattern X3 is determined, and the winning random number is 64226 to 64880, it is determined to be winning a small winning, and the small winning pattern Y1 is determined, and the winning random number is 64881 to 65535. If there is, it is determined that a small win has been won, and a small win symbol Y2 is determined.

Further, as shown in FIGS. 81(b) and 82(b), according to the table TH, when the hit/fail random number is 0 to 63570, it is determined as a loss, and a losing pattern Z1 is determined, When the success/failure random numbers are 63571 to 64028, it is determined that a big win is won and the big win symbol X1 is determined, and when the success/failure random numbers are 64029 to 64225, it is determined to be a big win and a big win. If the symbol X4 is determined and the success or failure random number is 64226 to 64880, it is determined that the small winning is won, and the small winning symbol Y1 is determined, and if the success or failure random number is 64881 to 65535, the small Winning is determined, and a small winning symbol Y2 is determined.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 7, the value range (hereinafter referred to as The high-probability jackpot symbol determination value range) is wider than the value range (hereinafter referred to as the low-probability jackpot symbol determination value range) in which the jackpot symbols are determined by the table TL referred to in the low-probability gaming state. In TL, the range corresponding to the difference between the high-probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range and the low-probability jackpot pattern determination value range is determined to be a loss, and the loss pattern Z2 is determined to set the first time-saving gaming state. It is set as a numerical range to be determined.
That is, the numerical range in which the winning symbols Z2 are determined in the table TL is set to switch to the numerical range in which the big winning symbols are determined in the table TH.
With this configuration, although the jackpot pattern is determined in the high-probability game state, the first time-saving game state is achieved by effectively using the numerical range in which the jackpot pattern is not determined in the low-probability game state. A losing pattern determined to be set can be determined, and in a high-probability game state, a low-probability game is prevented while preventing a jackpot winning and transition to a time-saving game state without a special game. In the state, it is possible to surely execute the control of performing the transition to the time-saving game state without passing through the winning of the jackpot and the special game.

Note that the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7 is not provided with the special symbol random number and the special symbol random number determination table 111 for determining the type of the special symbol, and only the success/failure random number and the success/failure random number determination table 110 are provided. It was set so as to determine the result of the lottery and the type of the special symbol, but it is not limited to this.
For example, as in the above-described embodiment, a special symbol random number and a special symbol random number determination table 111 are provided, and after determining the result of the lottery by the random number and the random number determination table 110, the determined result of the lottery You may make it determine the kind of special design by the special design random number and the special design random number determination table 111, referring to . Also in this case, similarly to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, the numerical range of the win/fail random number determination table 110 may be set.

Specifically, the table TL, which is the success/failure random number determination table 110 referenced in the low-probability gaming state, includes, for example, a first numerical range and a second numerical range determined to be lost, and a jackpot determined to be won. The table TH, which is the success/failure random number determination table 110 referred to in the high-probability gaming state, includes, for example, a first numerical range determined to be lost, A numerical value range determined to win a big win and a numerical value range determined to win a small win are provided. Then, in the table TL, the range corresponding to the difference between the numerical range determined to be a jackpot winning in the table TH and the numerical range determined to be a jackpot winning in the table TL is defined as the second numerical range. set.
In addition, the special symbol random number determination table 111, for example, when it is determined to be a loss belonging to the first numerical range, no matter what value the acquired special symbol random number is, the loss symbol Z1 (first time-saving game state is determined to be set) is determined, and if it is determined to be a loss belonging to the second numerical range, no matter what value the acquired special symbol random number is, the losing symbol Z2 (the A losing pattern that sets the one-hour short game state) is determined, and when it is determined that a big win is won, one of the big win symbols X1, X2, X3 or X4 is determined, and a small win is won. If it is determined as such, the setting is made so that either the small winning symbol Y1 or Y2 is determined.
In the case of setting as above, the second numerical range determined as losing in the winning lottery in the low-probability gaming state is switched to the numerical range determined as winning the jackpot in the winning lottery in the high-probability gaming state. becomes. Then, when it is determined to be a loss belonging to the second numerical range, the loss symbol Z2, which is determined to set the first time-saving gaming state, is always determined. Therefore, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the seventh application example can be obtained.

In addition, as the special symbol random number determination table 111, similar to the above-described embodiment, the type of the starting winning opening into which the game ball entered (that is, the type of the acquired special symbol random number (first special random number, second Separate tables may be provided for each of the 2 special random numbers)), and different types of special symbols may be determined for each table.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 7, whether a game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 or enters the second starting winning hole 16, The table TL is referred to in the low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the table TH is referred to in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, but it is not limited to this.
For example, a low-probability time-saving gaming state and a success or failure random number determination table 110 that is referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, a low-probability time-saving gaming state, and a second start winning prize A success/failure random number determination table 110 that is referred to when a game ball enters the opening 16, and a success/failure random number that is referred to when a game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 in a high-probability time-saving gaming state. A determination table 110 is separately provided with a success/failure random number determination table 110 to be referred to when a game ball enters a second start winning opening 16 in a high-probability time-saving game state, and the results of the success/failure lottery are provided for each table. And you may make it set the numerical value range by which the classification of the special design was matched.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the seventh application example can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, the range corresponding to the difference between the high-probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range and the low-probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range is determined to be lost in the table TL, and the losing pattern Z2. was completely consistent with the numerical range determined by, but is not limited to.
For example, the numerical range in which it is determined to be lost in the table TL and in which the losing pattern Z2 is determined is part of the range corresponding to the difference between the high probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range and the low probability jackpot pattern determination numerical value range. can be set to
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the seventh application example can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 7, the numerical range in which the winning symbols Z2 are determined in the table TL is such that the jackpot symbols are determined in the table TH, but it is limited to this. Instead, a small winning pattern may be determined.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the seventh application example can be obtained.

(Other application example 8)
The pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8 is characterized in that the variation of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and the change of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 are performed. Change at the same time (when both the suspension based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning opening 15 and the suspension based on the entry of the gaming ball to the second start winning opening 16 are stored, both It is set to process the hold at the same time, so-called simultaneous rotation control).

(Outline of the structure within the game area 12)
In the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as in the above-described embodiment, there are a general winning opening 14, a first starting winning opening 15, a second starting winning opening 16, a movable piece 16b, An attacker device 17, an exit 19, a gate 20, and an effect display device 21 are provided (see FIG. 83). Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, as the second start winning opening 16, the normal second starting winning opening 16c not provided with the movable piece 16b and the specific second opening winning opening provided with the movable piece 16b are provided. There are provided two 2-start winning openings 16d.
It should be noted that the structure, installation position, etc. of some of these devices and members are different from those of the above-described embodiment.
Hereinafter, the structure inside the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8 will be described, focusing on the differences from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as shown in FIG. 83, the first start winning opening 15 is provided at a position slightly lower than the center of the game area 12 (below the effect display device 21). there is Only game balls that flow down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning opening 15, and game balls that flow down the second game area 12b cannot enter.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as shown in FIG. 83, the gate 20 is provided on the upper right side of the effect display device 21 (upper part of the second game area 12b). The gate 20 allows only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b to pass through, and cannot pass game balls flowing down the first game area 12a. Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, almost all game balls entering the second game area 12b pass through the gate 20. As shown in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 83, below the gate 20, a specific second starting prize-winning opening 16d and a flat plate-like movable piece 16b (ordinary electric accessory) that can protrude into the game board 11 are arranged side by side. It is
The upper surface of the movable piece 16b is formed so as to be downwardly inclined from the right end to the left end in a state of protruding from the game board 11 . The right end of the movable piece 16b is positioned directly below the gate 20, and the specific second start winning opening 16d is arranged to the left of the left end of the movable piece 16b. Further, the specific second starting winning opening 16d has a cup shape that opens upward, and the game ball that reaches the opening enters the specific second starting winning opening 16d.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, in the state where the movable piece 16b protrudes from the game board 11, the upper surface of the movable piece 16b serves as a guide that guides the game ball to the opening of the specific second start winning opening 16d. By functioning as a member, it is possible to enter the game ball into the specific second start winning opening 16d (see FIG. 84(b)). On the other hand, in the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed in the game board 11, the movable piece 16b cannot guide the game ball to the opening of the specific second start winning opening 16d, and the specific second starting winning prize A game ball cannot enter the mouth 16d (see FIG. 84(a)). Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the length from the right end of the movable piece 16b to the specific second start winning opening 16d is the horizontal width of the downflow passage through which the game balls flow down in the second game area 12b. Since it is almost the same, in the state where the movable piece 16b protrudes, almost all the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b and passed through the gate 20 can enter the specific second start winning opening 16d.

Then, as in the above-described embodiment, when the game ball passes through the gate 20, a lottery for normal symbols is performed, and variable display of normal symbols is started. When the result of the lottery for the normal pattern is winning, the variable display of the normal pattern is executed for a predetermined fluctuation time, then the winning pattern is stopped and displayed, and the movable piece 16b protrudes for a predetermined operation time. state (see FIG. 84(b)). On the other hand, when the result of the lottery for the normal symbols is a loss, the variable display of the normal symbols is executed for a predetermined variation time, and then the lost symbols are stopped and displayed, and the movable piece 16b is moved to the game board. 11 remains immersed (see FIG. 84(a)).
In addition, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the specific second start winning opening 16d, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter.

As shown in FIG. 83, an attacker device 17 is provided below the specific second start winning opening 16d and the movable piece 16b. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the specific area 57, the general area 58 and the sorting member 59 are not provided in the big winning opening 18 unlike the above-described embodiment.
Only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the big winning opening 18, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter.
As will be described later, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, after the special game that is executed based on the winning of the big win is over, the game is played according to the type of the jackpot symbol determined when the big win is won. A game state is set.

As shown in FIG. 83, below the attacker device 17, there is usually provided a second starting winning opening 16c. Normally, only game balls flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16c, and game balls flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter. Then, the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b and has not entered the specific second starting winning opening 16d and the big winning opening 18 can enter the normal second starting winning opening 16c.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when a game ball enters the normal second start winning hole 16c, a predetermined number (three in another application example 8) of game balls are paid out, and a specified number of game balls are paid out. When a game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16d or the first starting winning opening 15, a number different from the predetermined number (one in another application example 8) of the game balls are paid out.

(Outline of control and game)
Next, various controls and games executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8 will be described, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the normal game state, which is a game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state, the low-probability game state, and the first time-saving game state, which is a low Probable time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as low-probability time-saving game state), high probability time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as high probability time-saving game state), which is a game state combining a high probability game state and a second time-saving game state game state is set.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the non-time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state are the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (entering The degree of difficulty of the ball, in other words, the frequency of winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16) is set to be different. Details of specific settings will be described later.
As in the above-described embodiment, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after resetting.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, a game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15, and flows down the second game area 12b. The game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the specific second starting prize winning port 16d, enter the big winning prize port 18, and enter the normal second starting prize winning port 16c.
In principle, during the normal game state, the player is asked to launch a game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) so that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15. During the low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, the special game, and the small winning game, the game ball passes through the gate 20, and the specific second start winning opening 16d or the normal second starting winning opening 16c, and the player is made to hit the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right hit) so that the game ball enters the big winning opening 18.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 85(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, a jackpot can be won in a lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and a jackpot can be won. , the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined. Then, when the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 is the low probability game state (normal game state, low probability time saving game state), the winning of the jackpot The probability is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above game state is a high probability game state (high probability time-saving game state) is set to about 6/300. .
Also, the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X1 is set to 70/100 (ie, 70%), and the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X2 is set to 30/100 (ie, 30%). Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number (upper limit number of the first reservation number) of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to four. The upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 85(a), in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 (normal second starting winning opening 16c, specific second starting winning opening 16d) A small win can be won, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X3 is determined, and when a small win is won, a small win pattern Y1 is determined. Then, when the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is the low probability game state (normal game state, low probability time saving game state), the winning of the jackpot The probability is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above game state is a high probability game state (high probability time-saving game state) is set to about 6/300. .
Also, the determination probability of the big winning symbol X3 is set to 100/100 (that is, 100%), and the determination probability of the small winning symbol Y1 is set to 100/100 (100%). Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reservations of the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, as shown in FIG. 85(a), when the big win is won and the big win pattern X1 is determined, the big winning opening 18 is opened for 29.0 seconds or the big winning opening 18 is opened during the special game based on the determination. A round game is executed 5 times and ends when any of the conditions that 10 game balls enter the winning hole 18 is established, and about 500 game balls can be obtained.
Then, as shown in FIG. 85(a), when the jackpot is won and the jackpot symbol X2 or X3 is determined, the above-mentioned round game is executed 10 times during the special game based on the determination. About 1000 game balls can be obtained.
Further, as shown in FIG. 86(a), when a small prize is won and a small prize pattern Y1 is determined, the big prize opening 18 is opened once for 0.05 seconds, and the big prize prize opening 18 is opened once. When 10 game balls are entered during the opening of , a small winning game is executed in which the big winning opening 18 is closed. During this small winning game, as described above, the big winning hole 18 is opened only for 0.05 seconds, so it is almost impossible to let the game ball enter the big winning hole 18 .

Further, as shown in FIG. 85(b), in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, during the normal game state, a winning or losing lottery based on the first special random number determines a losing symbol Z1, and the winning symbol Z1 is determined. If the first pending number at the time point is less than 2 (0 or 1), "13 seconds variation (variation pattern in which special symbol variation time is set to 13 seconds)" or "30 seconds variation (special symbol variation A variation pattern in which the time is set to 30 seconds)” is determined. Also, if the number of first reservations at the time point described above is 2 or more, either "5 seconds variation (variation pattern in which the special symbol variation time is set to 5 seconds)" or "30 seconds variation" A pattern is determined.

In the normal game state, when a winning lottery based on the second special random number results in a loss and a losing pattern Z1 is determined, a variation pattern of "13 seconds variation" is determined.
In the normal game state, when a big hit is won by a lottery based on a first special random number and a big winning pattern X1 or X2 is determined, and when a big winning is won by a lottery based on a second special random number and a big winning pattern X3. is determined, the variation pattern of "120 seconds variation (variation pattern in which the variation time of the special symbol is set to 120 seconds)" is determined.
In the normal game state, if a small win is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a small win symbol Y1 is determined, "3 second fluctuation (the special symbol fluctuation time is set to 3 seconds variation pattern)” is determined.

Also, as shown in FIG. 85 (b), in the low probability time-saving gaming state or high probability time-saving gaming state, when the winning pattern Z1 is determined by the winning lottery based on the first special random number, and the second In any case when a winning pattern Z2 is determined by a success/fail lottery based on a special random number, any variation pattern of ``5 seconds variation'', ``30 seconds variation'' or ``60 seconds variation'' is determined. .
In the low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state, if the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 is determined, and by the winning lottery based on the second special random number In any case where the big win is won and the big win symbol X3 is determined, the variation pattern of "60-second variation" is determined.
In the low-probability time-saving game state or high-probability time-saving game state, if a small win is won by a winning lottery based on the second special random number and the small winning pattern Y1 is determined, the variation pattern of “3 second fluctuation” is determined. be done.

(Outline of simultaneous rotation control)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, the variation of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15 and the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16 Simultaneous rotation control, ie, control for simultaneously changing the special symbols based on the ball, is executed. Simultaneous rotation control in another application example 8 will be described below.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the special game is not executed, and the variable display of special symbols is not performed by the first special symbol display device 30 and the second special symbol display device 31. In the case, it is possible to draw a lottery based on the first special random number and the second special random number.
Also, when the special symbols are being variably displayed by the first special symbol display device 30 and the special symbols are not variably displayed by the second special symbol display device 31, based on the second special symbol random number Winning or not lottery is possible, and during the variable display of the special symbols by the second special symbol display device 31, when the variable display of the special symbols by the first special symbol display device 30 is not performed, the first special A winning lottery is possible based on random numbers.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the special symbol variable display by the first special symbol display device 30 and the special symbol variable display by the second special symbol display device 31 are performed at the same time. When the first special symbol display device 30 completes the special symbol variation display and the first special symbol random number is stored, the first special symbol display device 30 starts the next special symbol variation display. Then, if the second special symbol random number is stored when the second special symbol display device 31 completes the variable display of the special symbol, the second special symbol display device 31 starts the variable display of the next special symbol. be done.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when the winning lottery is newly performed based on the second special symbol random number during the variable display of the special symbols by the first special symbol display device 30, the variation When the special symbol being displayed is the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 (that is, regarding the variable display being executed, when the jackpot has been won in the lottery that triggers the variable display), it is newly performed. As a result of the winning lottery, when the winning of the big win cannot be obtained and the winning of the big win is determined, the result of the lottery is set to be forced to lose. That is, the result of the lottery is a loss.
Similarly, during the variable display of the special symbols by the second special symbol display device 31, when the winning lottery is newly performed based on the first special symbol random number, the special symbol during the variable display is the jackpot symbol X3. When the winning lottery is newly conducted, it is not possible to win the jackpot, and if it is determined that the jackpot has been won, the result of the lottery is set to be forcibly lost. there is That is, the result of the lottery is winning or losing a small prize.
Therefore, for example, when a big hit is won based on the second special random number, and the second special symbol display device 31 is performing a variable display of the special symbol (jackpot symbol X3) based on the winning of the big hit, a new If a lottery is performed based on the first special random number, the result of the lottery will be a loss. In addition, when a jackpot is won based on the first special random number, and when the first special pattern display device 30 is performing a variable display of the special pattern (jackpot pattern X1 or X2) based on the jackpot win, a new When a lottery is performed based on the second special random number, the result of the lottery is winning or losing a small hit.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30, the small winning symbol Y1 is variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 31. If it is inside, the small winning pattern Y1 is forcibly changed (rewritten) to the losing pattern Z2, and the losing pattern Z2 is forcibly stopped.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30, if the losing symbol Z2 is being variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 31, this losing symbol Z2 is displayed. It is forced to stop.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when the second special symbol display device 31 stops displaying the big winning symbol X3 or the small winning symbol Y1, the first special symbol display device 30 displays the losing symbol Z1. When the variable display is in progress, the lost symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped.
Further, when the small winning symbol Y1 is stopped and displayed on the second special symbol display device 31, if the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is being displayed in a variable manner on the first special symbol display device 30, this big winning symbol X1. Alternatively, X2 is forcibly changed (rewritten) to the losing pattern Z1, and this losing pattern Z1 is forcibly stopped.

On the other hand, when the losing symbols (Z1, Z2) are stopped and displayed on either the first special symbol display device 30 or the second special symbol display device 31, the jackpot symbols (X1, X2) are displayed on the other. , X3), when the small winning pattern (Y1) or the losing pattern (Z1, Z2) is being variably displayed, the variable display of the big winning pattern, the small winning pattern, and the losing pattern is continued without stopping. Variable display is performed.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 86(b), during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, the normal symbol fluctuation time is 10 seconds, The operating time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is in a protruding state) is set to 0.05 seconds when the normal symbol lottery wins. In addition, although not shown in particular, it is set in the same way during the special game and during the small winning game.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, which is the same as during the non-time-saving game state. is set to 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operation time of the movable piece 16b in the case of winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state.
In addition, during the second time-saving game state (during the high-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1. 1, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b when winning by lottery of normal patterns is the same as during the first time-saving game state. is set to 5 seconds.

That is, during a non-time-saving game state (during a normal game state), during a special game, or during a small winning game, the normal symbol lottery executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20 hits with a high probability, and the movable piece There are many opportunities for 16b to protrude. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 10 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, it takes a long time for the movable piece 16b to move from the recessed state to the projected state (from the projected state to the projected state). The interval until the next protruding state is long), but the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruding state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, during the special game, or during the small winning game, the movable piece 16b is almost immersed, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b enters the specific second start winning opening 16d. is nearly impossible.

On the other hand, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state), since it hits with the same probability as during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b protrudes as in the non-time-saving game state. There are many opportunities to be in a state where In addition, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, so the state where the movable piece 16b is immersed. Although the time until the movable piece 16b protrudes is short (the interval from the protruded state to the next protruded state is short), the length of time that the movable piece 16b is maintained in the protruded state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost always protruding, and almost all the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b enter the specific second start winning opening 16d. .

In addition, during the second time-saving game state (during the high-probability time-saving game state), there is a higher probability than during the non-time-saving game state or during the first time-saving game state, so the opportunity for the movable piece 16b to be in a protruding state are very many. In addition, since the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is the same 0.5 seconds as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state As in the middle, the time from the recessed state to the projected state is short (the interval from the projected state to the next projected state is short), but the movable piece 16b is projected. is maintained for a long time. Therefore, even during the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost always protruding, and almost all the game balls that have entered the second game area 12b enter the specific second start winning opening 16d. .

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, in all of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is extremely high. Although it is set high, by differentiating the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the operation time of the movable piece 16b, the possibility that the game ball enters the specific second start winning opening 16d (that is, the specific second starting winning opening The frequency of game balls entering 16d, in other words, the frequency of execution of winning lottery based on the entry of game balls into the specific second start winning opening 16d) is changed.
That is, during the first time-saving game state and during the second time-saving game state, unlike during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is maintained in a protruded state, so relatively to the specific second start winning opening 16d Game balls are easy to enter. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state, it is possible to obtain an opportunity for winning or losing lottery while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game more than in the non-time-saving game state.

(Outline of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, any one of the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state, and the high-probability time-saving game state is set.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 85 (c), when the big hit is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is determined, and the winning or not based on the second special random number In any case where the jackpot is won by lottery and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined (that is, when the jackpot is won), the game state after the special game based on the decision is set to the high probability game state. At the same time, by setting to the second time saving game state, a high probability time saving game state is set. When the high-probability time-saving game state is set, both the high-probability number of times and the time-saving number of times are set to 50 times.
That is, after the end of the special game executed when the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state, the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the second Until the result of the winning lottery based on the 2 special random numbers is derived 50 times in total (special design determined based on the 1st special random number (hereinafter also referred to as the 1st special design) The number of fluctuations and the 2nd special The high-probability time-saving game state continues until the total number of fluctuations of the special symbols (hereinafter also referred to as the second special symbol) determined based on the random number reaches 50 times.
Then, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, if the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are all 50 times other than the big hit (small hit, lose), By changing the high-probability game state to the low-probability game state and changing the second time-saving game state to the non-time-saving game state, the game state is changed to the normal game state.

In addition, when the jackpot is won during the above-mentioned high-probability time-saving gaming state and the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again after the special game based on the determination. .

Further, as shown in FIG. 85(c), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, since the low probability game state (normal game state) is set, the first special figure When the sum of the number of fluctuations of and the number of fluctuations of the second special figure reaches a predetermined number of time-saving activations (500 times in other application example 8) (that is, in the low-probability gaming state, the winning lottery based on the first special figure random number and the results of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are all 500 times other than the jackpot), the low probability game state is left as it is, and the first time saving game state is set, resulting in a low probability time saving game State is set. When the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 450 times.
After the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the sum of the number of fluctuations of the first special figure and the number of fluctuations of the second special figure reaches 450 times without winning the jackpot (that is, the first special figure Until the result of the lottery based on the random number and the result of the lottery based on the second special random number are derived 450 times in total), the low-probability time-saving gaming state continues.
Then, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are all 450 times other than the big hit (small hit, loss). The game state is changed to the normal game state by changing the first time-saving game state to the non-time-saving game state while maintaining the low-probability game state.

When a jackpot is won during the low-probability time-saving game state and the big-win pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined, a high-probability time-saving game state is set after the special game based on the determination is finished.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, a time saving activation counter for counting the number of time saving activations (500 times) for which the low-probability time saving gaming state (first time saving gaming state) is set is provided. , a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of this time-saving activation number counter is that the RAM is cleared (reset) by a predetermined operation, that the special game ends, or that a low-probability time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) is set. is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established.

When the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), so the time-saving activation counter starts counting from this point.
Also, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2 or X3 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, from the time the special game ends, the time-saving activation counter does not start counting, and the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state (low-probability gaming state) is set. is started.

And, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the variation of the first special figure (win or lose lottery based on the first special figure random number) or the variation of the second special figure (win or lose lottery based on the second special figure random number) Each time the game is played, the time-saving activation number counter counts, and when the count value of the time-saving activation number counter reaches the time-saving activation number, the low-probability time-saving game state is set as described above.

It should be noted that, as described above, the counting by the time saving activation number counter is started with the setting of the normal game state as a trigger. When the count by the time saving activation number counter is started with the setting of the normal game state as a trigger, the time when the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches 500 times of the time saving activation number (that is, the low probability time saving game state is set The game state at the point in time) becomes a normal game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the low-probability time-saving gaming state can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (500 times) and the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set again until the next big hit is won. can't
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter is reset by setting the low-probability time-saving gaming state, until the next big hit is won, the time-saving activation It is set so that the count by the number counter is stopped.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, neither the losing symbols (Z1, Z2) nor the small winning symbols (Y1) are defined to set the time-saving gaming state. Therefore, the game state is not changed after the losing symbols are stopped, and the game state at the time of determination of the losing symbols continues. Further, after the end of the small winning game based on the determination of the small winning symbol, the game state at the start of the small winning game continues.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting and the number of times of continuous probability variable setting like the above-described embodiment are not set, and when the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3 is determined Always, a high probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game based on the determination.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 8)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and the first A game state that combines the time-saving game state) or a high-probability time-saving game state (a game state that combines the high-probability game state and the second time-saving game state) is set, and the game progresses. ing.

When a player starts playing a game, the normal game state is often set. During the normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched according to this, the game ball is There is a possibility that the ball will enter the first start winning hole 15, and will not enter the second starting winning hole 16 (normal second starting winning hole 16c, specific second starting winning hole 16d). Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and when the big win is won, the big win symbol X1 or X2 is determined (see FIG. 85(a)). Then, when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a special game in which the round game is performed 5 times is executed, and when the jackpot pattern X2 is determined, the special game in which the round game is performed 10 times is executed. And, the game state after the end of the special game is set to the high-probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 85(c)).
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, if the player hits to the left as instructed during the normal game state, it is possible to shift to the high-probability time-saving game state by winning the jackpot ( See Figure 87).

During the high-probability time-saving game state, the probability of winning a jackpot is higher than during the normal game state, and the game ball is easier to enter the specific second start winning hole 16d, and the game is more popular than during the normal game state. A jackpot can be more easily won while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying progress.
During the high-probability time-saving gaming state, if you hit right as instructed, there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the second start winning opening 16 (normal second starting winning opening 16c, specific second starting winning opening 16d). Extremely high. Then, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and when the big win is won, the big win pattern X3 is always determined (Fig. 85 (a)). That is, when winning a jackpot by lottery based on the second special random number, always win more game balls than the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 (special game in which 5 round games are played). A possible special game (a special game in which 10 round games are performed) is executed, and the game state after the special game ends is set again to the high probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 85(c)).
Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, if the right hand is hit as instructed during the high-probability time-saving game state, a relatively advantageous special game is executed by winning the jackpot. While being done, it becomes possible to shift again to the high probability time saving game state (see FIG. 87).

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as described above, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols (first special symbol, second special symbol) is reduced to the number of time-saving activations without winning the jackpot during the normal game state. (500 times) (when the number of derivation of the lottery result of the winning lottery based on the 1st special random number and the 2nd special random number reaches the time saving activation number), the subsequent game state is low probability time saving The game state is set (see FIG. 85(c)). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, if left-handed hitting is performed as instructed during the normal game state, all the results of the winning lottery of 500 times are other than winning the jackpot, and the probability is low. It will shift to the time-saving game state (see FIG. 87).

During the low-probability time-saving game state, although the winning probability of the jackpot is the same as during the normal game state, it is easier for the game ball to enter the specific second start winning hole 16d than during the normal game state, and the normal game. An opportunity for winning or losing lottery can be acquired while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of the game more than during the state.
Then, even during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, as in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the possibility of the game ball entering the second start winning hole 16 is extremely high if the player hits to the right as instructed. Then, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, and when the jackpot is won, A jackpot symbol X3 is determined (see FIG. 87).
Thus, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, if the right hand is hit as instructed during the high-probability time-saving game state, a relatively advantageous special game is executed by winning the jackpot. While being done, it becomes possible to shift again to the high probability time saving game state (see FIG. 87).

Here, the low-probability time-saving game state set by the results of all 500 win-or-fail lotteries being other than the jackpot during the low-probability game state (during the normal game state) reduces the number of game balls as the game progresses. It is possible to execute a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 up to 450 times while suppressing the expectation of winning a big win (execution of a special game in which 10 round games are played). is high, the game state is advantageous for the player.
As described above, when a jackpot is won in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, 4 round games are performed rather than the special game in which 10 round games are performed. A special game that is played is likely to be executed, and there is a high possibility that only a relatively small number of game balls can be acquired. Therefore, in the normal game state, when the count value of the time-saving activation counter is close to reaching the time-saving activation frequency, a jackpot is won by a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15. It is preferable for the player to set the low-probability time-saving game state when the count value of the time-saving activation number counter reaches the time-saving activation number without winning the jackpot.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, when a jackpot is won in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state, the player is notified of that fact. (see FIGS. 88(a) to (d) and FIGS. 89(a) to (d)). As a result, when the above-mentioned suggestion is made, the second game area 12b is not displayed until the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is stop-displayed on the first special symbol display device 30 although the normal game state is in progress. The game ball is hit toward the normal second start winning opening 16c, and the player can aim for winning a small hit (decision of the small winning pattern Y1).
As described above, when the small winning symbol Y1 is stopped and displayed in the second special symbol display device 31, when the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is being displayed in a variable manner in the first special symbol display device 30, this After the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is forcibly changed to the losing symbol Z1, the losing symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped. Therefore, during the variable display of the big winning pattern X1 or X2, if it is possible to win a small winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c and stop displaying the small winning pattern Y1, it is already possible. Since the jackpot which has been won is canceled and loses, the winning of the jackpot can be avoided.

Specifically, when a big win is won by a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start winning hole 15 during a normal game state, the fact that the big win has been won is suggested along with the start of the variable performance. An image suggesting a big win (for example, a character image of "!!!") is displayed (see FIGS. 88(a) to (d) and FIGS. 89(a) to (d)).
In addition, in the variable effect during the normal game state, in the center of the display part 21a of the effect display device 21, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 corresponding to the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 is displayed. In the lower right corner of the display portion 21a of the effect display device 21, the variable display of the effect pattern 50 corresponding to the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is performed. (See FIGS. 88(a) to (e) and FIGS. 89(a) to (e)).

Then, when the above-described big-hit suggesting image is displayed, the game ball can be launched toward the second game area 12b so as to enter the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c.
Here, when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 during the normal game state and the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 is determined, the variation pattern of "120 second variation" is determined (Fig. 85 (b) ), the first special symbol display device 30 executes the variable display (variable effect) of the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 for 120 seconds. On the other hand, when the game ball enters the normal second start winning opening 16c (the second starting winning opening 16) during the normal game state and the losing pattern Z2 is determined, the fluctuation pattern of "13 seconds fluctuation". is determined (see FIG. 85(b)), and the second special symbol display device 31 performs the variable display (variable effect) of the lost symbol Z2 for 13 seconds. Then, during the variable display of the big winning symbols X1 or X2, it is possible to execute the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c up to 9 times. Therefore, if a small win is won in the win/fail lottery that can be performed up to nine times during the variable display of the big win symbols X1 or X2, and the small win symbol Y1 is stopped during the variable display of the big win symbols X1 or X2, Determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 (winning of the jackpot in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15) is cancelled.

When the small winning symbol Y1 is stopped and displayed in the second special symbol display device 31 while the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is being displayed in a variable manner in the first special symbol display device 30, the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is displayed. The lost symbol Z1 is changed to the lost symbol Z1, and the lost symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30. - 特許庁Accompanying this, at the lower right corner of the display section 21a of the effect display device 21, the effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a mode of notifying the winning of the small hit (for example, a mode in which all the effect symbols 50 are even-numbered symbols, etc.). At the same time, at the center of the display section 21a of the effect display device 21, the effect symbol 50 is stopped and displayed in a mode of informing a failure (see FIGS. 88(c) to (e)). Furthermore, the jackpot suggestion image is erased (see FIG. 88(e)).

On the other hand, the fluctuation time of 120 seconds has passed without the small winning symbol Y1 being stopped and displayed on the second special symbol display device 31, and the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is stopped and displayed on the first special symbol display device 30. In this case, the second special symbol display device 31 stop-displays the lost symbol Z2 when the second special symbol is displayed in a variable manner. Along with this, in the center of the display portion 21a of the effect display device 21, the effect pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a manner to notify the winning of the jackpot, and in the lower right corner of the display portion 21a of the effect display device 21, The production pattern 50 is stopped and displayed in a mode of notifying a loss (see FIGS. 89(c) to (e)). Furthermore, the jackpot suggestion image is erased (see FIG. 89(e)).
In addition, when the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is stopped and displayed in the first special symbol display device 30, no particular display is performed when the second special symbol is being stopped and displayed.

In this way, when the jackpot is won when the number of time-saving activations is about to be reached in the normal game state, the above-described game method is executed, and the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c. There is a possibility that the winning of the big win can be canceled by aiming for the winning of the small win. If the winning of the jackpot can be canceled, the count value of the time saving activation frequency counter will not be cleared, so that it is possible to continuously aim to reach the time saving activation frequency.
It should be noted that it is not always necessary to execute the above-described gaming method when a jackpot is won in the normal game state. For example, if a jackpot is won in a situation shortly after the time-saving activation counter starts counting (a situation that is far from reaching the number of time-saving activations), the jackpot is won without executing the above-described game method. A special game based on this may be executed.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 8, the winning of the jackpot (determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2 or X3) and the execution of the special game result in a higher advantage than the normal game state. Not only can it be shifted to the probability time-saving gaming state, but during the low-probability gaming state (normal gaming state), all 500 winning lotteries, which are the number of time-saving activations (first special random number-based winning lottery, second A low-probability short-time gaming state with a higher degree of advantage than the normal gaming state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the execution of the special game, because the result of the winning lottery based on the special random number) is other than the jackpot (losing, small win). Since it is possible to shift to , it is possible to provide a novel game property and increase the interest of the player.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, in the second time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3, the number of times of time-saving is less than the number of times of time-saving activation (50 times). is set. Thereby, for example, based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1, X2 or X3, even if the game state combining the low probability game state and the second time-saving game state is set, the low probability game During the game state that combines the state and the second time-saving game state, the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the time-saving activation count, so that the second time-saving game state being set is changed to a different time-saving game state. situation can be prevented.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when a jackpot is won in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start winning hole 15 in the normal game state, that effect is notified. be. Then, during the variable display of the big winning pattern X1 or X2, when a small winning is won in a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the normal second start winning opening 16c and the small winning pattern Y1 is stopped and displayed, the big winning is performed. The symbol X1 or X2 is changed to the lost symbol Z1, and the lost symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped and displayed so that the winning of the big win can be cancelled. As a result, depending on the progress of the game (for example, the count value of the time-saving activation counter is close to reaching the number of time-saving activations, etc.), the game ball is usually entered into the second start winning opening 16c with the aim of winning a small hit. , the player can choose whether or not to cancel the winning of the jackpot, a novel game with a rich strategy can be provided, and the interest of the player can be enhanced.

Next, the progress of the above-described special figure game will be described using a flowchart, focusing on the differences from the above-described embodiment.
First, the special symbol variation start processing executed when the special symbol variation is started will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5000, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special random number is stored in the storage section of the second reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the second reserved number counter is equal to or greater than "1". . Then, when it is determined that the second special random number is not stored, the process proceeds to step 5013 . On the other hand, when it determines with the 2nd special random number being memorize|stored, it progresses to following step 5001. FIG.

At step 5001, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special symbol (the special symbol determined based on the second special symbol random number) is being variably displayed. Then, if it is determined that the variable display is being performed, the process proceeds to step 5013 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the variable display is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 5002 .
At step 5002, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the second reservation number counter by "1" and shifts the second reservation storage area. Since this shift processing is the same as the processing of step 804 in the above embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to step 5003 .

At step 5003, the main CPU 101 executes a winning/failing determination process. The success/failure determination process is the same as the success/failure determination process in the above-described embodiment, so description thereof will be omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5004.
At step 5004, the main CPU 101 executes second special figure determination processing for determining the type of the second special figure. Since this second special figure determination process is the same as the special symbol determination process in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5005.

At step 5005, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special symbol determined at step 5004 is the jackpot symbol X3. Then, when it is determined that the symbol is not the big winning symbol X3 (that is, the symbol is the small winning symbol Y1 or the losing symbol Z2), the process proceeds to step 5008 . On the other hand, when it is determined to be the big winning symbol X3, the process proceeds to the next step 5006. FIG.
At step 5006, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the data stored in the first special figure temporary storage area (to be described later) relates to the big winning symbol X1 or X2.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as described above, the first special symbol (special symbol determined based on the first special symbol random number) and the second special symbol can be variably displayed at the same time. It's becoming Then, at the start of the variable display of the second special figure, the determined second special figure (that is, the second special figure to be stopped and displayed) is stored in the second special figure temporary storage area. Similarly, at the start of the variable display of the first special figure, the determined first special figure (that is, the first special figure to be stopped and displayed) is stored in the first special figure temporary storage area. That is, in the first special symbol temporary storage area, the first special symbol being changed and displayed in the first special symbol display device 30 is stored, and in the second special symbol temporary storage area, in the second special symbol display device 31 The second special figure during the variable display is stored.
Therefore, in this step 5006, when the variable display of the jackpot pattern X3 determined as the second pattern is started, the jackpot pattern X1 or X2 determined as the first special pattern is displayed in the first special pattern display device 30. It is determined whether or not the variable display is performed.
Then, when it is determined that the above data does not relate to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 (that is, it is the losing symbol Z1), the process proceeds to step 5008 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the above-mentioned data relates to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2, the process proceeds to the next step 5007 .

At step 5007, the main CPU 101 rewrites the data relating to the big win symbol X3 stored in the second special figure temporary storage area to the data relating to the losing symbol Z2. That is, when the variable display of the second special symbol is started during the variable display of the first special symbol in which the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is determined, and when the big winning symbol X3 is determined as the second special symbol. , this jackpot symbol X3 is forcibly rewritten to a losing symbol Z2.
In addition, as described above, after determining the second special symbol, instead of forcibly rewriting the determined jackpot symbol X3 to the losing symbol Z2, when determining the second special symbol, the first special symbol display In the device 30, it is determined whether or not the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 determined as the first special figure is being variably displayed, and when it is determined that the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is being variably displayed, the second special symbol is determined. As a figure, the losing pattern Z2 may always be determined.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5008.
At step 5008, the main CPU 101 stores the symbol determination command indicating the second special figure stored in the second special figure temporary storage area in the effect transmission data storage area. Specifically, the second special pattern (big hit pattern X3, small hit pattern Y1 or losing pattern Z2) determined in step 5004 described above, or when forced rewriting is performed in step 5007 described above The lost pattern Z2 is stored. As a result, information relating to the second special figure is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of the variable effect. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5009 .

At step 5009, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern determination processing. Since this fluctuation pattern determination process is the same as the fluctuation pattern determination process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5010.
At step 5010 , the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of the second special symbol on the second special symbol display device 31 . Thereby, the variable display of the second special symbol display device 31 is started. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5011.

In step 5011, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Since this time saving frequency|count update process is the same as that of the time saving frequency|count update process in the above-mentioned embodiment, description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5012.
At step 5012, the main CPU 101 executes highly accurate number update processing. Since this high-accuracy number update process is the same as the high-accuracy number update process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5013.

At step 5013, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special random number is stored in the storage section of the first reserved storage area, that is, whether or not the first reserved number counter is equal to or greater than "1". . And when it determines with the 1st special figure random number not being memorize|stored, a fluctuation start process is complete|finished. On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special random number is stored, the process proceeds to the next step 5014 .
At step 5014, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special figure is displayed in a variable manner. Then, when it is determined that the variable display is in progress, the special symbol variation start process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the variable display is not being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 5015 .

At step 5015, the main CPU 101 decrements the value of the first reservation number counter by "1" and shifts the first reservation storage area. Since this shift processing is the same as the processing of step 803 in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to step 5016 .
At step 5016, the main CPU 101 executes a winning/failing determination process. The success/failure determination process is the same as the success/failure determination process in the above-described embodiment, so description thereof will be omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5017.

At step 5017, the main CPU 101 executes first special figure determination processing for determining the type of the first special figure. Since this first special figure determination process is the same as the special symbol determination process in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5018.
At step 5018, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special figure determined at step 5017 is the jackpot symbol X1 or X2. Then, when it is determined that it is not the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 (that is, it is the losing symbol Z1), the process proceeds to step 5021 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be the jackpot symbol X1 or X2, the process proceeds to the next step 5019 .

At step 5019, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the data stored in the second special figure temporary storage area is related to the jackpot symbol X3. That is, when the main CPU 101 starts the variable display of the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 determined as the first symbol, the second special symbol display device 31 variably displays the jackpot symbol X3 determined as the second special symbol. Determine whether or not Then, when it is determined that the above-mentioned data does not relate to the big winning symbol X3 (that is, it is the small winning symbol Y1 or the losing symbol Z2), the process proceeds to step 5021 . On the other hand, when it is determined that the above-mentioned data relates to the jackpot symbol X3, the next step 5020 is performed.
At step 5020, the main CPU 101 rewrites the data relating to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 stored in the first special figure temporary storage area to the data relating to the losing symbol Z1. That is, when the variable display of the first special symbol is started during the variable display of the second special symbol in which the big winning symbol X3 is determined, when the big winning symbol X1 or X2 is determined as the first special symbol. , this jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is forcibly rewritten to a losing symbol Z1.
In addition, after determining the first special symbol, instead of forcibly rewriting the determined jackpot symbol X1 or X2 to the losing symbol Z1, when determining the first special symbol, the second special symbol display device 31 , It is determined whether or not the jackpot symbol X3 determined as the second special symbol is displayed in a variable manner, and when it is determined that the jackpot symbol X3 is variably displayed, the winning symbol Z1 is always displayed as the first special symbol. It may be determined.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5021.

At step 5021, the main CPU 101 stores the symbol determination command indicating the first special figure stored in the first special figure temporary storage area in the effect transmission data storage area. Specifically, the first special pattern (jackpot pattern X1 or X2, or the losing pattern Z1) determined in step 3017 described above, or if forced rewriting is performed in step 5020 described above, it is lost. A pattern Z1 is stored. As a result, the information related to the first special figure is transmitted to the sub-control board 300 at the start of the variable effect. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5022.
At step 5022, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern processing. Since this fluctuation pattern determination process is the same as the fluctuation pattern determination process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5023.

At step 5023 , the main CPU 101 sets variable display data for starting variable display of the first special symbol on the first special symbol display device 30 . Thereby, the variable display of the first special symbol display device 30 is started. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5024.
At step 5024, the main CPU 101 executes a time saving frequency update process. Since this time saving frequency|count update process is the same as that of the time saving frequency|count update process in the above-mentioned embodiment, description is omitted. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5025.

At step 5025, the main CPU 101 executes high-accuracy count update processing. Since this high-precision frequency update process is the same as the high-precision frequency update process in the above-described embodiment, the description is omitted. Then, the special symbol variation start process is terminated.

Next, the special symbol variation stop processing executed when the variation of the special symbols is stopped will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5100 , the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special symbol is displayed in a variable manner on the first special symbol display device 30 . If it is determined that the variable display is not being performed, the process proceeds to step 5106 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the variable display is being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 3101 .
At step 5101, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variation time of the first special figure has elapsed. Then, if it is determined that the period has not elapsed, the process proceeds to step 5106 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the period has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 5102 .

In step 5102, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stopping and displaying the first special symbol stored in the first special symbol temporary storage area on the first special symbol display device 30, and displays the first special symbol. Execute stop display. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5103.
At step 5103, the main CPU 101 stores a first special figure stop display command indicating that the first special figure has been stopped and displayed in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5104.

In step 5104, the main CPU 101 determines the special figure stop display time (hereinafter also referred to as the first special figure stop display time) for stop-displaying the first special figure. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5105.
At step 5105, the main CPU 101 sets the first special figure stop display time determined at step 5104 to the first stop display time timer counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5106.

At step 5106 , the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special symbol is being variably displayed on the second special symbol display device 31 . When it is determined that the variable display is not being performed, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the variable display is being performed, the process proceeds to the next step 5107 .
At step 5107, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variation time of the second special figure has elapsed. And when it determines with not having passed, it complete|finishes special design fluctuation|variation stop processing. On the other hand, if it is determined that it has passed, the process proceeds to the next step 5108 .

In step 5108, the main CPU 101 sets stop display data for stopping and displaying the second special symbol stored in the second special symbol temporary storage area on the second special symbol display device 31, and stops the second symbol. Execute the display. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5109.
At step 5109, the main CPU 101 stores a second special figure stop display command indicating that the second special figure has been stopped and displayed in the effect transmission data storage area. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5110.

In step 5110, the main CPU 101 determines the special figure stop display time (hereinafter also referred to as the second special figure stop display time) for stop-displaying the second special figure. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5111.
At step 5111, the main CPU 101 sets the second special figure stop display time determined at step 5110 to the second stop display time timer counter. Then, the special symbol variation stop processing is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing executed after the end of the special symbol variation stop processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5200, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first special figure stop display time set in the first stop display time timer counter at step 5105 has elapsed. And, when it is determined that the first special figure stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to step 5202 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the first special figure stop display time has not elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 5201 .
At step 5201, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second special figure stop display time set in the second stop display time timer counter at step 5011 has elapsed. And, when it is determined that the second special figure stop display time has not elapsed, the processing after the stop is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the second special figure stop display time has elapsed, the process proceeds to the next step 5202 .

In step 5202, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the stopped special symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) is a jackpot symbol. Then, when it is determined that the symbol is not a big winning symbol (that is, it is a small winning symbol or a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 5209 . On the other hand, when it is determined to be a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 5203 .
At step 5203, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is a special symbol being variably displayed, that is, whether or not another special symbol different from the special symbol that is stopped and displayed is being variably displayed. Specifically, when the stop-displayed first special figure is the jackpot symbol X1 or X2, it is determined whether or not the second special figure is being displayed in a variable manner, and the stop-displayed second special figure is determined. When the figure is the jackpot symbol X3, it is determined whether or not the first special figure is displayed in a variable manner. Then, when it is determined that there is no special symbol under variable display, the process proceeds to step 5207 . On the other hand, if it is determined that there is a special symbol that is displayed in a variable manner, the process proceeds to the next step 5204 .

At step 5204, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol being changed is a small winning symbol. Then, when it is determined that the symbol is not a small winning symbol (that is, it is a losing symbol), the process proceeds to step 5206 . On the other hand, when it is determined to be a small hit symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 5205 .

In step 5205, the main CPU 101 rewrites the data relating to the small winning symbol being displayed in the variable display (that is, the data relating to the small winning symbol Y1 stored in the second special figure temporary storage area) to the data relating to the losing symbol. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5206.
At step 5206, the main CPU 101 forcibly stops and displays the special symbols that are displayed in a variable manner. Specifically, when the special symbol being changed and displayed is a lost symbol, the lost symbol stored in the first special symbol temporary storage area or the second special symbol temporary storage area is also transferred to the above step When rewriting is performed in 5205, the lost design stored in the rewritten first special design temporary storage area or second special design temporary storage area is the corresponding special design even if the fluctuation time has not passed. Stop display on the display device. That is, when the first special symbol is displayed in a variable manner, the losing symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped and displayed in the first special symbol display device 30 even if the variation time of the first special symbol has not elapsed. . In addition, when the second special symbol is displayed in a variable manner, the losing design Z2 is forcibly stopped and displayed in the second special symbol display device 31 even if the variation time of the second special symbol has not passed. . Then, the process proceeds to step 5207 .

In step 5207, the main CPU 101 turns off the high probability game flag and the time saving game flag (first time saving game flag, second time saving game flag). In addition, when the high probability game flag and the time saving game flag are off, the main CPU 101 does not perform any processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5208.
At step 5208, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time, which is the waiting time set at the start of the special game, in the opening time timer counter, and sends an opening command indicating that the opening process is started. memorize to Also, the number of rounds during the special game to be executed after the opening time has passed is set in the number-of-rounds storage area provided in the main RAM 103 . Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Also, in step 5209 to which the process proceeds when it is determined in step 5202 that the symbol is not a big winning symbol, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol stopped and displayed is a small winning symbol. Then, when it is determined that the pattern is not a small winning pattern (that is, it is a losing pattern), the process proceeds to step 5218 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be a small winning symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 5210 .
In step 5210, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation number count execution processing for counting by the time saving activation number counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5211.

In step 5211, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not there is a special symbol that is being variably displayed. Specifically, if the second special symbol stopped and displayed is the small winning symbol Y1, the first special symbol is variably displayed. It is determined whether or not it is in the middle. Then, when it is determined that there is no special symbol under variable display, the process proceeds to step 5216 . On the other hand, when it is determined that there is a special symbol that is displayed in a variable manner, the process proceeds to the next step 5212 .
At step 5212, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the special symbol being changed is a jackpot symbol. Then, when it is determined that the pattern is not a big hit pattern (that is, it is a losing pattern), the process proceeds to step 5214 . On the other hand, when it is determined to be a jackpot symbol, the process proceeds to the next step 5213 .

In step 5213, the main CPU 101 rewrites the data relating to the jackpot symbol being changed (that is, the data relating to the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 stored in the first special figure temporary storage area) to the data relating to the losing symbol Z1. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5214.

At step 5214, the main CPU 101 forcibly stops and displays the special symbols that are displayed in a variable manner. Specifically, when the special symbol being changed and displayed is the lost symbol Z1, the lost symbol Z1 stored in the first special symbol temporary storage area is also rewritten in step 5213 described above. In that case, the lost design Z1 stored in the rewritten first special design temporary storage area is stopped and displayed on the first special design display device 30 even if the variation time has not passed. That is, when the first special symbol is being displayed in a variable manner, the losing symbol Z1 is forcibly stopped and displayed in the first special symbol display device 30 even if the variation time of the first special symbol has not elapsed. . Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5215.

At step 5215, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation count execution processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5216.
In step 5216, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation frequency count start processing for starting counting by the time saving activation frequency counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5217.

At step 5217, the main CPU 101 sets the opening time set at the start of the small win game to the opening time timer counter, and stores an opening command indicating that the opening process is started in the performance transmission data storage area. . Then, the post-stop processing is terminated.

Also, in step 5218 to which the process proceeds when it is determined in step 5209 that the symbol is not a small winning pattern, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation count execution processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5219.
In step 5219, the main CPU 101 executes time saving activation frequency count start processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5220.

At step 5220, the main CPU 101 confirms the current game state and stores the game state command in the effect transmission data storage area. This game state command includes information on or off of the high-precision game flag, information on on or off of the time-saving game flag (first time-saving game flag, second time-saving game flag), information on the number of times of high probability, time-saving number of times It contains information. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the above-mentioned step 5210, step 5215, and step 5218 will be described with reference to the flow chart of FIG.
At step 5300, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the high probability game flag is off. Then, when it is determined that the high certainty game flag is not off (that is, it is on), the time saving activation count execution process is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined that the high certainty game flag is off, the process proceeds to the next step 5301 .
In step 5301, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a time saving activation count reaching flag indicating that the count value of the time saving activation count counter has reached the time saving activation count is off. And when it determines with the time saving activation frequency|count reach|attainment flag not being OFF (that is, it is ON), the time saving activation frequency|count count execution process is complete|finished. On the other hand, when it is determined that the time saving activation number reaching flag is off, the process proceeds to the next step 5302 .

At step 5302, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the time saving activation number counter by one. If the count value is 0, the main CPU 101 does nothing here. Then, it proceeds to the next step 5303 .
At step 5303, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the time saving activation number counter has reached zero. And when it determines with not having reached|attained, it complete|finishes time saving invocation frequency count execution processing. On the other hand, if it is determined to have arrived, the process proceeds to the next step 5304 .

At step 5304, the main CPU 101 executes a first time-saving gaming state setting process for setting the first time-saving gaming state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on the first time saving game flag and sets the number of time saving games to "450". It should be noted that, at the time of reaching the number of time-saving activations, the normal game state is set, and the high-precision game flag is turned off. This high certainty game flag remains off. Thereby, a low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5305.
At step 5305, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5306.
At step 5306, the main CPU 101 turns on the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the time saving activation frequency count execution process is terminated.

Next, the above-described steps 5216 and 5219 of time saving activation number count start processing will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 94 .
At step 5350, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not it is time to end the high-probability time-saving gaming state. Specifically, in step 5012 or step 5025 described above, it is determined whether or not the high-probability game flag has changed from ON to OFF. When it is determined that the high probability time saving game state is not finished, the time saving activation count start process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined that the high-probability time-saving gaming state has ended, the process proceeds to the next step 5351 .

At step 5351, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency “500”. Then, the time saving activation frequency count start processing is ended.

Next, the special game end processing executed when the special game ends will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5400, the main CPU 101 confirms the jackpot symbol (stored in the processing area of the main RAM 103) that triggered the execution of the finished special game, and changes the game state after the special game according to the jackpot pattern. Execute the game state setting process to be set.
Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns on both the high-probability game flag and the second time-saving game flag, and the high-probability number and Set "50" to both of the number of times of shortening working hours.
Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5401.

In step 5401, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5402.
In step 5402, the main CPU 101 turns off the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, the RAM clear processing executed based on the RAM clear (reset) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 5500, the main CPU 101 executes a normal game state setting process for setting a normal game state. Specifically, the main CPU 101 turns off both the high probability game flag and the time saving game flag (first time saving game flag, second time saving game flag). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 5501 .
In step 5501, the main CPU 101 resets (clears to zero) the count value of the time saving activation counter. Then, it proceeds to the next step 5502 .

In step 5502, the main CPU 101 turns off the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, it proceeds to the next step 5503 .
In step 5503, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving activation frequency counter to the time saving activation frequency “500”. Then, the RAM clearing post-processing is terminated.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 8)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state) set by the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaching the time-saving activation count, the non-time-saving game Although it was designed to win in the lottery of normal symbols with the same probability as during the state, it is not limited to this, and during the first time-saving game state, the probability is higher than during the non-time-saving game state. It may be set so that it will be a hit in the lottery of.
Also, during the first time-saving game state, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is higher than during the non-time-saving game state, the setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is short, and the operation of the movable piece 16b By performing at least one of the settings that lengthen the time, the entry of the game ball into the specific second start winning opening 16d may be facilitated.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application are obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, as the time-saving gaming state, the time-saving gaming state (second Time-saving game state), and a time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) that is set by the number of fluctuations of special symbols reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning a jackpot in a low-probability game state (normal game state) was provided, but the types of the time-saving gaming state are not limited to these.
For example, a special symbol that is other than a jackpot symbol and is determined to set a time-saving gaming state (for example, a lost symbol that is determined to set a time-saving gaming state, a small A time-saving game state or the like may be provided which is set based on the determination of winning symbols and the like.
In addition, the time-saving game set by winning the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and the time-saving game set by reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state The state and the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the special pattern other than the jackpot pattern and the fact that the time-saving game state is set are entered into the specific second start winning hole 16d may be set to have different difficulty levels, or may be set to have the same difficulty level.
Even in the above case, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, so-called simultaneous rotation control is executed, and the time-saving gaming state (low probability Although the time-saving game state) was set, the setting method of such a time-saving game state may be applied to other than pachinko machines in which simultaneous rotation control is executed. In other words, the pachinko machine (at the same time, the first special figure cannot be changed while the second special figure cannot be changed) and the second special figure cannot be changed while the first special figure is being changed. Also in a pachinko machine in which both the variation of the second special symbol and the variation of the second special symbol are not performed, only one of the variations is performed), the time-saving game is based on the total number of variations of the first special symbol and the number of variations of the second special symbol. You may enable it to set a state.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, the timing of counting by the time-saving activation counter is either the time when the special design starts to change, the time when the special design is stopped, or the time when the special design is stopped and the stop display time (so-called design confirmation time) has passed. good too.
Also, when counting by the time-saving activation number counter at the start of the special pattern fluctuation, even if you have won a big hit by the winning lottery that triggers the variation, even if you count by the time-saving activation number counter good. Then, when the count value by the time saving activation number counter reaches the time saving activation number at the time of fluctuation related to winning the jackpot, the time saving game state (first time saving game state) based on the arrival is not set, and the jackpot The setting of the game state based on the winning may be performed after the special game is finished.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X2, or X3, both the high-probability number of times and the time-saving number of times to be set are the same number of times. However, it is not limited to this, and a different number of times may be set.
For example, the high probability number of times is 50 times, the time saving number of times is set to 10 times, and the time saving number of times set in the high probability time saving gaming state may be set to be less than the high probability number of times.
Also, when a predetermined jackpot pattern is determined, instead of setting a high probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination, a game state combining a low probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state (hereinafter , Low-probability time-saving gaming state X) may be set.
Then, as described above, the low probability game state and the time saving game state that are set through the execution of the jackpot winning and the special game are combined (low probability time saving game state X), and the jackpot in the low probability game state The low-probability time-saving gaming state set by the number of fluctuations of the special symbols reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning is such that the difficulty of entering the game ball into the specific second start winning opening 16d is different. You may set, and you may set so that the said difficulty may become the same. For example, a game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state X) that combines the low-probability gaming state and the time-saving gaming state set through the execution of the jackpot and the execution of the special game as described above, and the jackpot in the low-probability gaming state One of the low-probability time-saving gaming states, which is set by the number of fluctuations in special patterns reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning, is set to have a higher probability of winning in the normal design lottery than the other. , By performing at least one of the setting that the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is shortened and the setting that the operation time of the movable piece 16b is lengthened, the entry of the game ball to the specific second start winning opening 16d You may make it easy.
Even in the above case, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, counting by the time saving activation number counter is performed only in the normal game state (the game state combining the low probability game state and the non-time saving game state). However, it is not limited to this.
For example, as a game state in which the low-probability game state is set, in addition to the normal game state, a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-saving game state set after the end of a special game based on the determination of a predetermined jackpot pattern ( In a pachinko machine provided with a low-probability time-saving gaming state X), in one of the above-described normal game state or a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-saving gaming state (low-probability time-saving gaming state X), a winning lottery If the result is other than a big hit, it may be counted by a time saving activation counter, or a game state (low probability In both of the time-saving gaming states X), when the result of the win/fail lottery is other than a jackpot, the time-saving activation frequency counter may be counted. Then, when the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaches the time-saving activation count, a game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state) combining the low-probability time-saving gaming state and the first time-saving gaming state in another application example 8 is set. You may make it
Even in the above case, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, the time saving activation counter in another application example 8 decrements the value of the time saving activation frequency set at the start of counting by a predetermined value ("1" in other application example 8) at the time of counting execution. By doing so, it was supposed to count toward the number of time-saving activations, but it is not limited to this. For example, set a predetermined start value (e.g., "0") at the start of counting, and increment by a predetermined value (e.g., "1") at the time of count execution to count toward the number of time-saving activations. You may make it
Even in the above case, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 8, when a jackpot is won in the normal game state, a jackpot suggesting image is displayed along with the variation effect to notify that the jackpot has been won. However, the notification method is not limited to this.
For example, in addition to the image suggesting a big win, the fact that the player has won a big win may be notified by outputting a predetermined sound or lighting a predetermined lamp in a predetermined lighting mode. In addition, in the look-ahead performance that can be executed before the start of the variable performance based on the first special random number for determining the winning of the big win, the winning of the big win may be notified.
In addition, not only during the normal game state, but also when a big win is won in the high-probability time-saving game state, the fact may be reported.
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the eighth application can be obtained.

(Another application example 9)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 is configured such that a special game is executed only based on the winning of a jackpot, as in the above-described embodiment.

(Outline of the structure within the game area 12)
In the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, as in the above-described embodiment, there are a general winning opening 14, a first starting winning opening 15, a second starting winning opening 16, a movable piece 16b, An attacker device, an exit 19, a gate 20, and an effect display device 21 are provided (see FIG. 97).
Among these devices and members, although the attacker device has a different configuration from the above-described embodiment, other than the attacker device, it has the same configuration (structure, installation position, etc.) as that of the above-described embodiment. there is
Hereinafter, the structure inside the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 will be described, focusing on the attacker device different from the above-described embodiment.

A pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 is provided with two attacker devices, that is, a first attacker device 170 and a second attacker device 180 .
As shown in FIG. 97, the first attacker device 170 is provided on the lower left side of the effect display device 21 (the lower part of the first game area 12a), and the second attacker device 180 is provided on the lower right side of the effect display device 21 (the lower side of the first game area 12a). 2 lower part of the game area 12b).

The first attacker device 170 includes a first big winning hole 171 into which a game ball can enter, and a first opening/closing door 172 that opens and closes the first big winning hole 171 . In the normal state, the first open/close door 172 is closed and the first big prize winning port 171 is closed, so that the game ball cannot enter the first big prize winning port 171, but the big win is possible. When a special game based on winning is executed, the first opening/closing door 172 is opened and the first big prize winning opening 171 is opened, so that the game ball can enter the first big winning opening 171 . When one game ball enters the first big winning hole 171, a predetermined number of prize balls (15 in another application example 9) are paid out.
A game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first big winning hole 171, and a game ball flowing down the second game area 12b cannot enter.

The second attacker device 180 includes a second big winning opening 181 into which a game ball can enter, and a second opening/closing door 182 that opens and closes the second big winning opening 181 . In the normal state, the second opening/closing door 182 is closed and the second big prize winning port 181 is closed, so that it is impossible for the game ball to enter the second big prize winning port 181, but the big win is possible. When a special game based on winning is executed, the second opening/closing door 182 is opened to open the second big winning opening 181, thereby allowing the game ball to enter the second big winning opening 181.例文帳に追加When one game ball enters the second big winning hole 181, a predetermined number of prize balls (15 in another application example 9) are paid out.
A game ball flowing down the second game area 12b can enter the second big winning hole 181, and a game ball flowing down the first game area 12a cannot enter.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, unlike the above-described embodiment, the specific area 57, the general area 58 and the sorting member 59 are provided in the first big prize winning opening 171 and the second big winning opening 181. Not provided.
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, after the special game executed based on the winning of the jackpot is finished, the game state is set according to the type of the jackpot symbol determined when the jackpot is won. It has become so.

(Outline of control and game)
Next, various controls and games executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 will be described, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, the normal game state, which is a game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-reduction game state, the low-probability game state, and the first time-reduction game state, which is a low A high probability time-saving game state that is a game state that combines a probability time-saving game state, a high probability game state and a second time-saving game state, or a high probability non-time-saving game state that is a game state that combines a high probability game state and a non-time-saving game state One of the game states is set.
Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, the non-time-saving gaming state, the first time-saving gaming state, and the second time-saving gaming state are the frequency of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 (entering The degree of difficulty of the ball, in other words, the frequency of winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16) is set to be different. Details of specific settings will be described later.
As in the above-described embodiment, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after resetting.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, the game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning hole 15 and the first big winning hole 171. A game ball flowing down the second game area 12 b can pass through the gate 20 , enter the second start winning opening 16 , and enter the second big winning opening 181 .
Then, during the normal game state, during the high probability non-time-saving game state, and during the special game based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X1 described later, the game ball enters the first start winning port 15, and the game ball The player is made to launch a game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) so as to enter the first big winning hole 171.例文帳に追加In addition, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, and during the special game based on the determination of the jackpot patterns X2, X3 or X4 described later, the game ball passes through the gate 20, the second start winning opening 16, and the player is made to hit the game ball toward the second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so that the game ball enters the second big winning hole 181.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 98(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, it is possible to win a jackpot in a winning lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and a jackpot is won. , the jackpot symbol X1, X2 or X4 is determined. Then, when the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning hole 15 is the low probability game state (normal game state, low probability time saving game state), the winning of the jackpot The probability is set to about 1/33, and the probability of winning a jackpot when the above-mentioned game state is a high probability game state (high probability time-saving game state, high probability non-time-saving game state) is about 1 /15.
In addition, the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X1 is set to 98.9%, the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X2 is set to 1%, and the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X4 is set to 0.1%.
In addition, the upper limit number (upper limit number of the first reservation number) of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to four. The upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 98(a), it is possible to win a big win even in a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and if the big win is won, the big win pattern X3 or X4 is determined. It is designed to be Then, when the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 15 is the low probability game state (normal game state, low probability time-saving game state). The probability is set to about 1/33, and the probability of winning a jackpot when the above-mentioned game state is a high probability game state (high probability time-saving game state, high probability non-time-saving game state) is about 1 /15.
Also, the determination probability of the big winning symbol X3 is set to 3%, and the determination probability of the big winning symbol X4 is set to 97%.
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reservations for the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, as shown in FIGS. 98(a) and 98(c), when the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, the first big winning port 171 is opened for 29.0 seconds during the special game based on the determination. or one game ball enters the first big winning hole 171, the round game is executed twice. In addition, including game balls that enter just before closing the first big winning hole 171 and are detected after closing the first big winning hole 171, the above-mentioned one round game has an average of 1.8 One game ball can enter. Therefore, an average of 36 game balls can be acquired during the above special game.
Also, when a big win is won and a big win pattern X2 is determined, the second big winning hole 181 is opened for 29.0 seconds or one hole is opened in the second big winning hole 181 during the special game based on the decision. A round game is executed twice, which ends when one of the conditions is satisfied that the game ball is entered. In addition, including game balls that enter just before closing the second big winning hole 181 and are detected after closing the second big winning hole 181, the above-mentioned one round game has an average of 1.8 One game ball can enter. Therefore, an average of 36 game balls can be acquired during the above special game.
Also, when the jackpot symbol X3 or X4 is determined, the second big winning port 181 is opened for 29.0 seconds or one game is played in the second big winning port 181 during the special game based on the determination. A round game is executed 10 times and ends when one of the conditions of whether or not a ball enters the game is satisfied, and an average of 270 game balls can be obtained.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, an outline of a normal game to be executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 99, during the non-time-saving gaming state (during the normal gaming state, during the high-probability non-time-saving gaming state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, the fluctuation of normal symbols The time is set to 10 seconds, and the actuation time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is open) in the case of winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 0.05 second. It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, the same setting is made during the special game.
In addition, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.2, which is the same as during the non-time-saving game state. is set to 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operation time of the movable piece 16b in the case of winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state.
In addition, during the second time-saving game state (during the high-probability time-saving game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1. 1, the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b when winning by lottery of normal patterns is the same as during the first time-saving game state. is set to 5 seconds.

That is, during the non-time-saving game state (during the normal game state, during the high-probability non-time-saving game state) and during the special game, with a high probability in the normal symbol lottery that is executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20 There are many chances that it will hit and the movable piece 16b will be in an open state. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 5 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, it takes a long time for the movable piece 16b to change from the closed state to the open state (from the open state to the open state). The interval until the next open state is long), but the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is extremely short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost closed, and it is almost impossible for the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b to enter the second start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加

On the other hand, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state), since it will win in the lottery of normal symbols with the same probability as during the non-time-saving game state, There are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to be in an open state. In addition, since the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.5 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, the state where the movable piece 16b is closed Although the time from opening to the opening state is short (the interval from the opening state to the next opening state is short), the time for which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is almost in an open state, and there is a high possibility that the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b will enter the second start winning opening 16.

Also, during the second time-saving game state (during the second low-probability time-saving game state, during the high-probability time-saving game state), there is a higher probability than during the non-time-saving game state or during the first time-saving game state. Therefore, there are extremely many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to be in an open state. In addition, since the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is the same 0.5 seconds as during the first time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds, which is the same as during the first time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state As in the middle, the time from the closed state to the open state of the movable piece 16b is short (the interval from the open state to the next open state is short), but the movable piece 16b is in the open state. is maintained for a long time. Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be in an open state than during the first time-saving game state, and the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b can enter the second start winning opening 16. The sex is higher than during the first time-saving gaming state.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is generally high in any of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, and the second time-saving game state. Although it is set, the possibility that the game ball enters the second start winning opening 16 (that is, the possibility of entering the second starting winning opening 16 by making the fluctuation time of the normal pattern and the operation time of the movable piece 16b different) The frequency of game ball entry, in other words, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16) is adapted to change.
That is, during the first time-saving game state, since the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the open state than the non-time-saving game state, the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16, and the second time-saving game state During the middle, the movable piece 16b is more likely to be maintained in the open state than in the first time-saving game state, so the game ball is more likely to enter the second start winning opening 16.例文帳に追加
Therefore, during the second time-saving game state, the decrease in game balls accompanying the progress of the game is suppressed more than during the non-time-saving game state and the first time-saving game state, and during the first time-saving game state, more than the non-time-saving game state. However, you will be able to acquire the opportunity to win a lottery.

(Overview of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, any one of the normal game state, the low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, or the high-probability non-time-saving game state is set.
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 98(b), when the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, and the winning lottery based on the second special random number When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the high probability game state and is set to the non-time-saving game state. , the normal game state is set.

Also, as shown in FIG. 98(b), when a big hit is won by a winning lottery based on the first special random number and a big hit pattern X2 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is By setting the high probability game state and setting the second time saving game state, the high probability time saving game state is set. Also, the number of times of high probability is set to 10000 times, and the number of times of time saving is set to 5 times.
That is, after the end of the special game that is executed when the jackpot symbol X2 is determined, the game state is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, until the result of the winning lottery is derived five times (the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 5 times), the high probability time-saving game state continues.
Then, during this high-probability time-saving game state, when the result of the win/fail lottery is all five times other than a big hit (losing), the second time-saving game state is changed to a non-time-saving game state while maintaining the high-probability game state. Thereby, the game state is changed to a high-probability non-time-saving game state.
After that, the high-probability non-time-saving game state continues until the result of the success/failure lottery is derived 9995 times (until the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 9995 times). Then, during this high-probability time-saving game state, when the result of the winning lottery is all 9995 times other than a big hit (losing), the high-probability game state is changed to a low-probability game state while the non-time-saving game state remains as it is. , the game state is changed to the normal game state. In the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability gaming state is about 1/15. The non-time-saving gaming state will continue.

Also, as shown in FIG. 98(b), when a big hit is won by a lottery based on the second special random number and a big hit pattern X4 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is By setting the high probability game state and setting the second time saving game state, the high probability time saving game state is set. In addition, both the high-accuracy number of times and the time-saving number of times are set to 10000 times.
That is, after the end of the special game that is executed when the jackpot symbol X4 is determined, the game state is set to a high-probability time-saving game state, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 10000 times (the number of fluctuations in the special symbol reaches 10,000 times), the high-probability time-saving game state continues.
Then, during this high-probability time-saving game state, when all 10000 win-or-fail lottery results are other than big hits (loss), the high-probability game state is changed to a low-probability game state, and the second time-saving game state is a non-time-saving game. By changing to the state, the game state is changed to the normal game state. In the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the high-probability gaming state is about 1/15. The time saving game state will continue.

Further, as shown in FIG. 98(b), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, after the low-probability game state (normal game state) is set, the special symbols do not change without winning the jackpot. When the number of times reaches a predetermined number of time-saving activations (100 times in another application example 9) (that is, when all 100 winning lottery results are other than the jackpot in the low-probability game state), the low-probability game state remains as it is. , By setting the first time-saving gaming state, a low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. When the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 100 times.
After the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the low-probability time-saving game state is set until the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches 100 times (that is, until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times) without winning the jackpot. The game state continues.
Then, during the low-probability time-saving game state, when the results of the winning lottery are all 100 times other than the big hit (loss), the low-probability game state remains as it is, and the first time-saving game state is changed to the non-time-saving game state. , the game state is changed to the normal game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, a time saving activation counter for counting the number of time saving activations (100 times) for which the low probability time saving gaming state (first time saving gaming state) is set is provided. , a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
The count value of this time-saving activation number counter is that the RAM is cleared (reset) by a predetermined operation, that the special game ends, or that a low-probability time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) is set. is reset when any one of the reset conditions is established.

When the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), so the time-saving activation counter starts counting from this point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X1 or X3 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state, so the time-saving activation number counter starts counting from this time point.
In addition, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X4 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time saving activation number counter does not start from the time when the special game ends, and counting by the time saving activation number counter starts from the time when the normal game state (low probability game state) is set.

Then, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, each time the special symbol is changed, the time reduction activation number counter is counted, and the count value of the time reduction activation number counter is the number of time reduction activation times. When reaching, as described above, a low probability time-saving gaming state is set.

It should be noted that, as described above, counting by the time-saving activation number counter is usually started with the setting of the game state (low probability game state). When the count by the time saving activation number counter is started with the setting of the normal game state as a trigger, the time when the count value of the time saving activation number counter reaches 100 times of the time saving activation number (that is, the low probability time saving game state is set The game state at the point in time) becomes a normal game state.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the low-probability time-saving gaming state can be set only once.
That is, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (100 times) and the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the low-probability time-saving gaming state is set again until the next big hit is won. can't
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, after the count value of the time saving activation counter is reset by setting the low probability time saving gaming state, until the next big hit is won, the time saving activation It is set so that the count by the number counter is stopped.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, setting of the time-saving gaming state is not defined in the losing symbols (Z1, Z2). Therefore, the game state is not changed after the losing symbols are stopped, and the game state at the time of determination of the losing symbols continues.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, the number of times of continuous time reduction setting and the number of times of continuous variable probability setting like the above-described embodiment are not set, and when the jackpot pattern X2 or X4 is determined A high-probability time-saving game state is always set after the end of the special game based on the determination.

(Playability of pachinko machine P according to another application example 9)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, as described above, the normal game state (game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state), the low-probability time-saving game state (low-probability game state and the first A game state that combines a time-saving game state), a high probability time-saving game state (a game state that combines a high probability game state and a second time-saving game state), or a high probability non-time-saving game state (high-probability game state and non-time-saving game A game state combining states is set, and the game progresses.

When a player starts playing a game, the normal game state is often set. During this normal game state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left-handed hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game ball is , there is a possibility that the ball will enter the first starting prize winning port 15, and the ball will not enter the second starting prize winning port 16. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting prize winning port 15, and when a big win is won, a big win pattern X1, X2 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 98(a)). .
When the jackpot symbol X1 is determined, the game state after the special game based on the determination is set to the normal game state, and when the jackpot symbol X2 or X4 is determined, it is based on the determination. The game state after the end of the special game is set to the high probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 98(b) and FIG. 100). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another example of application 9, if the player hits to the left as instructed during the normal game state, the player wins the jackpot and shifts to the normal game state or the high-probability time-saving game state. becomes (see FIG. 100).
However, the number of times the jackpot pattern X2 is determined is 1% when the jackpot is won, and the jackpot pattern X4 is determined when the jackpot is won in 0.1% (Fig. 98(a)). See), during the normal game state, even if you win a jackpot, it is extremely difficult to shift to the high probability time-saving game state.

Also, as described above, when the number of fluctuations of the special symbol reaches the number of time-saving activations (100 times) without winning the jackpot during the normal game state case), the subsequent game state is set to a low probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 98(b)). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, if left-handed hitting is performed as instructed during the normal game state, all the results of the winning lottery of 100 times are other than big wins (that is, losing). , It will shift to a low-probability time-saving gaming state (see FIG. 100). This low-probability time-saving gaming state continues until the result of the winning lottery is derived 100 times without winning a jackpot.

During the low-probability time-saving game state, the second start winning hole 16 is more likely to be maintained in the open state than during the normal game state, and the game ball is more likely to enter the second starting winning hole 16, so that the progress of the game is improved. It is possible to aim for winning the next jackpot while suppressing the accompanying decrease in the number of game balls. Also, during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, as described above, the launching of the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right hitting) is instructed, and as long as the game ball is launched accordingly, the game The ball may enter the second start prize winning port 16 and never enter the first start prize winning port 15.例文帳に追加Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and if the big win is won, the big win symbol X3 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 98(a)).
Then, when the jackpot pattern X3 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the normal game state, and when the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, the determination is made as described above. The game state after the end of the special game based on is set to a high probability time-saving game state (see FIG. 98(b) and FIG. 100). That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, if the right hand is hit as instructed during the low-probability time-saving game state, the normal game state is entered by winning the jackpot, or the high probability It will shift to the time saving game state (see FIG. 100).
In addition, since it is 97% when the jackpot pattern X4 is determined when the jackpot is won (see FIG. 98 (a)), during the low-probability time-saving gaming state, when the jackpot is won, the probability is extremely high. It is easy to shift to the time-saving game state.

During the high-probability time-saving game state, the second start-up winning port 16 is more easily maintained in an open state than during the low-probability time-saving game state, and the game ball is extremely easy to enter the second start-up winning port 16, so the game is played. It is possible to aim at winning the next jackpot while suppressing the decrease in the number of game balls accompanying the progress of . Also, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, similarly to the low-probability time-saving gaming state, an instruction is given to launch the game ball toward the second game area 12b (right shot), and the game ball is launched accordingly. As long as there is, there is a possibility that the game ball enters the second start prize winning port 16, and does not enter the first start prize winning port 15. - 特許庁Then, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and when the big win is won, the big win symbol X3 or X4 is determined (see FIG. 98(a)).

Here, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X4, the number of times of time-saving is set to 10000 times (see FIG. 98(b)). As described above, the winning probability of the jackpot in the high-probability gaming state is about 1/15, so during this high-probability time-saving gaming state, the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, You will win the jackpot again. Then, when a big win is won by the lottery, the big win pattern X4 is determined with a very high determination probability. Therefore, once the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, unless the jackpot pattern X3 with a very low determination probability (3%) is determined, a special game is executed based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X4 and a high probability of time reduction. Since the setting of the game state is repeated, there is a high possibility that a large number of game balls can be acquired at once.

On the other hand, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2, the number of times of time-saving is set to 5 times (see FIG. 98(b)). Then, when the lottery results are all lost five times without winning the jackpot, the state is shifted to a high-probability non-time-saving game state, and the launching (left-handed) of the game ball toward the first game area 12a is instructed. . Therefore, after shifting to the high-probability non-working-time-saving gaming state, a winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15 in the same manner as during the normal gaming state. Then, after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the big hit pattern X2, the winning lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16. Up to 9 times (time-saving times ( 5 lotteries), and the upper limit number (4) of the second pending number that can be stored when the fifth lottery ends. If a jackpot is won in this maximum of 9 win-or-no lotteries, it is extremely likely that the jackpot pattern X4 will be determined and the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again, but this maximum of 9 win-or-no lotteries will not always be a big hit. is not necessarily elected. Therefore, in the high-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2, the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set again from the high-probability time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X4. Unlikely.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, when the high probability time-saving gaming state is set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X4, the special game execution and high probability based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X4 The setting of the time-saving game state is repeated with an extremely high probability. That is, the high-probability time-saving gaming state that is set based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X4 is a gaming state that is extremely advantageous for the player.
Then, during the normal game state or during the high-probability non-time-saving game state that shifts after the end of the high-probability time-saving game state, the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15, and the winning lottery based on the entry ball wins the jackpot. Even if the jackpot pattern X4 is almost not determined, the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaches the time-saving activation count (without winning the jackpot and special game) during the low-probability time-saving gaming state When a game ball is entered into the second starting winning hole 16 and a big win is won by a lottery based on the entered ball, a big win pattern X4 is determined with a very high probability.
Therefore, the low-probability time-saving game state that can be shifted from the normal game state without going through the winning of the jackpot and the special game is shifted to the high-probability time-saving game state based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X4, which is extremely advantageous for the player. A new chance zone is imparted, and the player's interest can be heightened.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, a high-probability time-saving game state with a higher degree of advantage than the normal game state is entered through the winning of the jackpot (decision of the jackpot pattern XX2 or X4) and the execution of the special game. Not only can it be transferred, but during the low-probability game state (normal game state), the result of the lottery for all 100 times, which is the number of time-saving activations, is other than the jackpot (losing), so that the jackpot winning and special Since the game state can be shifted to a low-probability time-saving game state having a higher advantage than the normal game state without execution of the game, it is possible to provide a novel game property and enhance the player's interest.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, in the second time-saving gaming state set based on the determination of the jackpot pattern X2, the number of times of time-saving is set to the number of times of time-saving activation or less (five times). It's like Thereby, for example, based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2, even if the game state is set by combining the low-probability game state and the second time-saving game state, the low-probability game state and the second To prevent a situation in which a second time-saving game state being set is changed to a different time-saving game state by the count value of a time-saving activation frequency counter reaching the time-saving activation frequency during a game state combining time-saving game conditions. It becomes possible.

It should be noted that the progress of the special figure game in the other application example 9 is substantially the same as the content of the flowchart explaining the progress of the special figure game of the pachinko machine P according to the above-described embodiment and another application example 6. , the explanation is omitted here.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 9)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, during the first time-saving game state (during the low-probability time-saving game state) set by the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaching the time-saving activation count, the non-time-saving game Although it was designed to win in the lottery of normal symbols with the same probability as during the state, it is not limited to this, and during the first time-saving game state, the probability is higher than during the non-time-saving game state. It may be set so that it will be a hit in the lottery of.
Also, during the first time-saving game state, the setting that the probability of winning in the lottery of normal symbols is higher than during the non-time-saving game state, the setting that the fluctuation time of normal symbols is short, and the operation of the movable piece 16b By performing at least one of the settings that lengthen the time, the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 may be facilitated.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application are obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, as the time-saving game state, the time-saving game state (second time-saving game state), and a time-saving game state (first time-saving game state) that is set by reaching the number of times of time-saving activation without winning a jackpot in a low-probability game state (normal game state). However, the types of the time-saving gaming state are not limited to these.
For example, a special symbol that is other than a jackpot symbol and is determined to set a time-saving gaming state (for example, a lost symbol that is determined to set a time-saving gaming state, a small A time-saving game state or the like may be provided which is set based on the determination of winning symbols and the like.
In addition, the time-saving game set by winning the jackpot and the execution of the special game, and the time-saving game set by reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state The state and the time-saving game state set based on the determination of the special pattern other than the jackpot pattern and the fact that the time-saving game state is set is the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16. The difficulty levels may be set to be different, or may be set to be the same.
In addition, in the time-saving gaming state that is set based on the determination of the special symbol other than the jackpot symbol that sets the time-saving gaming state, similarly to the low-probability time-saving gaming state in the other application example 9, It may be set so that the determination probability of the jackpot symbol X4, which is extremely advantageous for the player, is extremely high.
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application can be obtained.

Also, when a predetermined jackpot pattern is determined, instead of setting a high probability time-saving gaming state after the end of the special game based on the determination, a game state combining a low probability gaming state and a time-saving gaming state (hereinafter , Low-probability time-saving gaming state X) may be set.
Then, as described above, the low probability game state and the time saving game state that are set through the execution of the jackpot winning and the special game are combined (low probability time saving game state X), and the jackpot in the low probability game state The low-probability time-saving game state set by the number of fluctuations of special symbols reaching the number of times of time-saving activation without winning is set so that the difficulty of entering the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 is different. Alternatively, the difficulty levels may be set to be the same. For example, a game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state X) that combines the low-probability gaming state and the time-saving gaming state set through the execution of the jackpot and the execution of the special game as described above, and the jackpot in the low-probability gaming state One of the low-probability time-saving gaming states, which is set by the number of fluctuations in special patterns reaching the number of time-saving activations without winning, is set to have a higher probability of winning in the normal design lottery than the other. By performing at least one of the setting of shortening the fluctuation time of the normal symbol and the setting of increasing the operation time of the movable piece 16b, it is easy to enter the game ball into the second start winning hole 16. You may make it so.
Even in the above-described configuration, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9, the counting by the time-saving activation counter is performed only in the normal game state (the game state combining the low-probability game state and the non-time-saving game state). However, it is not limited to this.
For example, as a game state in which the low-probability game state is set, in addition to the normal game state, a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-saving game state set after the end of a special game based on the determination of a predetermined jackpot pattern ( In a pachinko machine provided with a low-probability time-saving gaming state X), in one of the above-described normal game state or a game state combining a low-probability game state and a time-saving gaming state (low-probability time-saving gaming state X), a winning lottery If the result is other than a big hit, it may be counted by a time saving activation counter, or a game state (low probability In both of the time-saving gaming states X), when the result of the win/fail lottery is other than a jackpot, the time-saving activation frequency counter may be counted. Then, when the count value by the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations, a game state (low-probability time-saving gaming state) combining the low-probability time-saving gaming state and the first time-saving gaming state in another application example 9 is set. You may make it
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application can be obtained.

In addition, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 9 can be various kinds of the above-described embodiment and its modifications, and the pachinko machine P according to other application examples 1 to 8 and their modifications within a range that does not cause contradiction. Settings and controls may be applied and configured.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the ninth example of application are obtained.

(Another application example 10)
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 is not a so-called one-type and two-type mixed pachinko machine or a pachinko machine that performs a so-called simultaneous rotation control, but similar to the above-described embodiment and other application example 6, a jackpot machine. It is constructed so that a special game is executed only based on winning.

(Outline of the structure within the game area 12)
In the game area 12 of the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, as in the above-described embodiment, there are a general winning opening 14, a first starting winning opening 15, a second starting winning opening 16, a movable piece 16b, An attacker device 17, an outlet 19, a gate 20, and an effect display device 21 are provided, but only the internal structure of the attacker device 17 is different from the above embodiment.
Specifically, unlike the above-described embodiment, the special area 57 , the general area 58 and the sorting member 59 are not provided in the big winning opening 18 of the attacker device 17 . Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after the end of the special game executed based on the winning of the jackpot, the game state is set according to the type of the jackpot symbol determined when the jackpot is won. It has become so.
Since other devices and members have the same structures and installation positions as those of the above-described embodiment (see FIG. 3), descriptions thereof are omitted.

(Summary of control and game)
Next, various controls and games executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 will be described, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, a normal game state, a low-probability game state, and a first time-reduction game state (time-reduction game state), which are game states in which a low-probability game state and a non-time-reduction game state are combined, are combined. A game state that is a first low-probability time-saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a first low-probability time-saving game state), a low-probability game state and a second time-saving game state (time-saving game state) that is a combination of a second low-probability time-saving game state A game state (hereinafter also referred to as a second low probability time saving game state), a high probability time saving game state (hereinafter also referred to as a high probability time saving game state) which is a game state combining a high probability game state and a third time saving game state is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, the second time-saving game state, and the third time-saving game state are the game balls to the second start winning opening 16 The frequency of entering the ball (difficulty of entering the ball, in other words, the frequency of the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16, further in other words, the execution frequency of the variable display of the special symbol) is Each of them is set to a predetermined content.
As in the above-described embodiment, the normal game state is set in the initial state after shipment from the factory or after resetting.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, a game ball flowing down the first game area 12a can enter the first start winning opening 15, and flows down the second game area 12b. The game ball can pass through the gate 20, enter the big winning hole 18, and enter the second starting winning hole 16. - 特許庁
Then, during the normal game state, the player is caused to hit the game ball toward the first game area 12a (so-called left hitting) so that the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15, and the first During the low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state, and the special game, the game ball passes through the gate 20 and enters the second start winning opening 16, and A player is made to launch a game ball toward a second game area 12b (so-called right-handed hitting) so that the game ball enters the big winning hole 18.例文帳に追加

As shown in FIG. 101(a), in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, it is possible to win a jackpot in a winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and the jackpot is won. , the jackpot symbol X1 or X2 is determined.
And, the game state at the time of performing the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball to the first start winning prize port 15 is a low probability game state (normal game state, first low probability time saving game state, second low probability time saving game state ), the probability of winning the jackpot is set to about 1/300, and the probability of winning the jackpot when the above-mentioned gaming state is a high-probability gaming state (high-probability short-time gaming state) , is set to approximately 3/300.
Also, the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X1 is set to 60/100 (60%), and the determination probability of the jackpot pattern X2 is set to 40/100 (40%).
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z1 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number (upper limit number of the first reservation number) of the first special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the first start winning hole 15 is set to four. The upper limit number of reserves of the first special random number is not limited to this.

As shown in FIG. 101(a), it is possible to win a big win in the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, and when the big win is won, the big win pattern X3, X4 or X5 is determined. It is designed to be The probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability game state at the time when the winning lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 is performed is set to approximately 1/300. The probability of winning the jackpot when the game state is the high-probability game state is set to about 3/300.
In addition, the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X3 is set to 10/100 (10%), the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X4 is set to 50/100 (50%), and the decision probability of the jackpot pattern X5 is set to 40/100 (40%). there is
Furthermore, if the lottery described above results in a loss, a losing symbol Z2 is determined.
In addition, the upper limit number of the second special random numbers that can be stored when the game ball enters the second start winning hole 16 (the upper limit number of the second reservation number) is set to four. The upper limit number of reservations for the second special random number is not limited to this.

Then, as shown in FIG. 101(a), when the big win is won and the big win symbols X1, X2, X3, and X5 are determined, the big winning opening 18 is 29 during the special game based on the determination. A round game is executed 4 times and ends when either the condition of opening for 0 seconds or 10 game balls entering the big winning opening 18 is established, and about 400 game balls are obtained. It is possible.
When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X4 is determined, the above-mentioned round game is executed 10 times during the special game based on the determination, and about 1000 game balls can be acquired.

(Summary of Universal Figure Game)
Next, the outline of the normal game executed in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 will be described.
As shown in FIG. 101(b), during the non-time-saving game state (normal game state), the probability of winning by lottery of normal symbols is about 1/1.1, the fluctuation time of normal symbols is 10 seconds, The operation time of the movable piece 16b (the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in an open state) is set to 0.05 second when the lottery of the normal symbols wins. It should be noted that, although not particularly shown, the same setting is made during the special game.
Also, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low-probability time-saving game state), during the second time-saving game state (during the second low-probability time-saving game state), during the third time-saving game state (during the high-probability time-saving game state) In both cases, the probability of winning by lottery of normal patterns is about 1/1.1, which is the same as during the non-time-saving game state, and the normal pattern fluctuation time is 0.2 seconds, which is shorter than during the non-time-saving game state. , The operation time of the movable piece 16b when winning by lottery of normal symbols is set to 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state.

That is, during the non-time-saving game state (during the normal game state), there are many opportunities to win with a high probability in the normal symbol lottery executed when the game ball passes through the gate 20, and the movable piece 16b is opened. However, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 10 seconds and the operation time of the movable piece 16b is 0.05 second, the time from the closed state to the open state of the movable piece 16b is long (from the open state). The interval until the next open state is long), but the time during which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is short. Therefore, during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is likely to be in a closed state, and it is difficult for the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b to enter the second start winning opening 16.

On the other hand, during the first time-saving game state (during the first low probability time-saving game state), during the second time-saving game state (during the second low probability time-saving game state) and during the third time-saving game state (high probability time-saving game During the state), the probability of winning is the same as during the non-time-saving game state, so there are many opportunities for the movable piece 16b to open as in the non-time-saving game state. And, since the fluctuation time of the normal pattern is 0.2 seconds shorter than during the non-time-saving game state, and the operating time of the movable piece 16b is 5 seconds longer than during the non-time-saving game state, the state where the movable piece 16b is closed Although the time from opening to the opening state is short (the interval from the opening state to the next opening state is short), the time for which the movable piece 16b is maintained in the open state is long. Therefore, during the first time-saving game state, during the second time-saving game state, and during the third time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is likely to be in an open state, and the second start winning opening 16 for the game ball that has entered the second game area 12b. It becomes easier to enter the ball.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, in any of the non-time-saving game state, the first time-saving game state, the second time-saving game state, and the third time-saving game state, generally by lottery of normal symbols Although the probability of winning is set high, there is a possibility that the game ball will enter the second start winning opening 16 (that is, the second The frequency of the game ball entering the starting prize winning port 16, in other words, the frequency of execution of the winning lottery based on the entering ball of the game ball to the second starting winning prize port 16, further in other words, the variable display of the special symbol. execution frequency) is changed.
That is, during the first time-saving game state, during the second time-saving game state and during the third time-saving game state, unlike during the non-time-saving game state, the movable piece 16b is likely to be maintained in an open state, so relatively the second A game ball can easily enter the starting winning hole 16.例文帳に追加Therefore, during the first time-saving game state, during the second time-saving game state, and during the third time-saving game state, the chance of a winning lottery (special symbol) while suppressing the decrease in game balls as the game progresses than during the non-time-saving game state the opportunity to execute variable display).

(Outline of game state to be set)
As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, one of the normal game state, the first low-probability time-saving game state, the second low-probability time-saving game state, or the high-probability time-saving game state is set. be done.
(1) First low-probability time-saving game state As shown in FIG. 102, in the low-probability game state (here, normal game state or second low-probability time-saving game state), without winning the jackpot, the first start winning The number of special symbol variations based on the entry of the game ball into the opening 15 (hereinafter also referred to as the first special symbol variation number) and the number of special symbol variations based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning opening 16 ( hereinafter, also referred to as the second special figure fluctuation number) reaches a predetermined number of time-saving activations (900 times in other application examples 10) Then), the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (first time-saving gaming state) is set for time-saving activation for counting the number of time-saving activations (900 times) A number counter is composed of a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
Then, by satisfying either condition that the RAM is cleared (reset) by a predetermined operation or that the special game ends, the time saving activation number counter corresponds to the time saving activation number (900 times) " 900” is set.

When the RAM is cleared (reset), the subsequent game state is set to the normal game state (low-probability game state), and counting by the time-saving activation frequency counter is started from this point.
Also, as will be described later, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbol X2 or X5 is completed, the subsequent game state is set to the second low probability time saving game state (low probability game state), so time saving from this point Counting by the activation number counter is started.
On the other hand, as will be described later, when the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X3 or X4 ends, the subsequent game state is set to a high probability time-saving game state (high probability game state). Therefore, counting by the time saving activation number counter does not start from the point in time when this special game ends. Then, as will be described later, the sum of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number reaches 100 times without winning the jackpot during the high probability time saving gaming state (whether or not based on the first special figure random number The result of the lottery and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are derived together 100 times) When the normal game state (low probability game state) is set, the time saving activation counter starts counting from this point. be.

In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the count value of the time-saving activation counter is decremented by 1 after the start of the variable display each time the variable display of the special symbols is executed. When the count value of the activation frequency counter becomes "0", the count value of the time reduction activation frequency counter reaches the time reduction activation frequency. Then, at the time when the variable display of the special symbols to be executed next starts, the count value of the time saving activation frequency counter is "0", so that the first low probability time saving game state is set at that time.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after the RAM is cleared (after reset) or after the end of the special game based on the winning of the jackpot until the next jackpot is won, the first low probability time saving The game state can be set only once. That is, after the count value of the time-saving activation counter reaches the number of time-saving activations (900 times) and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set until the next big hit is won. Cannot be set again.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving activation counter counts until the next jackpot is won or the RAM is cleared. is set not to occur (i.e. aborted).

Further, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of times of time-saving is set to 1200 times.
Then, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the jackpot is won, or the total of the first special figure fluctuation frequency and the second special figure fluctuation frequency reaches 1200 times, which is the number of times of time saving, without winning the jackpot. (The result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are derived together 1200 times) or ends by satisfying any of the end conditions (Figure 102 reference).

When the jackpot is won during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends as described above, and after the special game based on the winning, the jackpot pattern determined based on the winning. A corresponding game state is set. On the other hand, when the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number in the first low probability time-saving gaming state are all lost 1200 times, the low probability gaming state remains as it is. By changing the one hour reduction game state to the non-time reduction game state, the first low probability time reduction game state ends and the normal game state is set as described above.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, as described above, the probability of winning the jackpot in the low-probability gaming state is approximately 1/300. 1 low probability time saving game state will continue.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, as a counter for counting the number of times of variable display of special symbols (the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols) until the set time-saving gaming state is completed, the number of times of time-saving The counter A and the time saving number counter B are configured by a predetermined storage area in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the time saving number counter A counts both the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number, and the time saving number counter B is the second It counts only the number of special figure fluctuations.

Then, when the first low probability time saving gaming state is set, the time saving number counter A is set to "1200" corresponding to the number of time saving times (1200 times) corresponding to the first low probability time saving game state, and the time saving number counter. "0" is set to B, and counting by the time saving frequency counters A and B is started from this point.
Specifically, after the start of the variable display of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the count value of the time saving number counter A is decremented by 1, and the game to the second starting winning opening 16 is performed. After the start of the variable display of the special symbol based on the entry of the ball, the count values of the time saving number counters A and B are both decremented by one.
In addition, when the count value is "0", the count value is set so as not to change at "0" (so that the count value "0" is maintained). Therefore, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count value of the time-saving number counter B remains "0".
Then, when the count value of the time saving number counter A becomes "0", the total of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number has reached 1200 times, which is the number of times of shortening time, Special to be executed next At the start of the symbol variation display, the count value of the time saving number counter A is "0", so that the first low-probability time saving game state ends and the normal game state is set at that time.

In addition, when the count value of the time saving number counter A becomes "0" and the first low probability time saving game state ends, the counting by the time saving number counters A and B also ends, and until the time saving game state is set after that, Counting by the time saving counters A and B is not performed.
In addition, when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving number counter B is set to "0", but it is not limited to this, and the time-saving number counter B The same value (1200) as the time saving number counter A may be set and the above decrement may be performed. And also in this case, the first low-probability time-saving game state is ended when the count value of the time-saving number counter A becomes "0".

(2) High-probability time-saving gaming state As shown in FIG. 102, if a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot pattern X1 is determined, a jackpot is won by a lottery based on the second special random number. When the jackpot pattern X3 or X4 is determined by winning, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the high probability game state and the third time saving game state, so that the high probability time saving game State is set. Moreover, both the number of times of high probability and the number of times of time saving are set to 100 times.
Then, in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the total of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number is the high probability number and the time saving number of times without winning the jackpot or winning the jackpot 100 times Reach (the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are derived 100 times in total) or end by satisfying any of the end conditions ( See Figure 102).

When the jackpot is won during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends as described above, and after the special game based on the winning, the game state according to the jackpot pattern determined based on the winning. is set. On the other hand, when the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number in the high-probability time-saving gaming state are all lost 100 times, the high-probability gaming state changes to the low-probability gaming state By changing and changing the third time-saving game state to the non-time-saving game state, the high-probability time-saving game state ends and the normal game state is set as described above.

In addition, in the same manner as during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, counting by the above-described time-saving counters A and B is performed during the high-probability time-saving gaming state.
Specifically, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the time-saving number counter A is set to “100” corresponding to the time-saving number of times (100 times) corresponding to the high-probability time-saving gaming state, and the time-saving number counter B is set to "0". Then, after the start of the variable display of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the count value of the time saving number counter A is decremented by 1, and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. After starting the variable display of the special symbol based on the ball, the count values of the time saving number counters A and B are both decremented by one.
In addition, when the count value is "0" as in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the count value is maintained as "0". Therefore, even during the high-probability time-saving game state, the count value of the time-saving number counter B remains "0".
Then, when the count value of the time saving number counter A becomes "0", the total of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number has reached 100 times, which is the number of times of shortening time, Special to be executed next At the start of the variable display of symbols, the count value of the time saving number counter A is "0", so that the high probability time saving game state is terminated at that time and the normal game state is set.

In addition, when the count value of the time saving number counter A becomes "0" and the high probability time saving game state ends, the counting by the time saving number counters A and B also ends, and until the time saving game state is set, the time saving number Counting by counters A and B is not performed.
In addition, when the high probability time saving game state is set, the time saving number counter B is set to "0", but it is not limited to this, and the time saving number counter B also has the number of time saving times. The same value (100) as the counter A may be set and the above decrementation may be performed. Also in this case, the high-probability time-saving game state is terminated when the count value of the time-saving counter A becomes "0".

(3) Second low-probability time-saving game state As shown in FIG. 102, if the jackpot is won by the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the jackpot design X2 is determined, the winning lottery based on the second special random number When the jackpot is won and the jackpot pattern X5 is determined, the game state after the end of the special game based on the determination is set to the low probability game state and the second time reduction game state, whereby the second low probability Time saving game state is set.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the first number of times of time-saving and the second number of times of time-savings are set as the number of times of time-savings. , the first number of times of time saving is set to 100 times, and the second number of times of time saving is set to 96 times.
Then, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the jackpot is won, or the total of the first special figure fluctuation frequency and the second special figure fluctuation frequency reaches 100 times, which is the first time-saving frequency, without winning the jackpot. (The result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are derived together 100 times), or the number of times of the second special figure fluctuation without winning the jackpot The total reaches 96 times, which is the second time-saving number of times (the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number is derived 96 times) or ends by satisfying any of the end conditions (see FIG. 102 ).
That is, in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (second time-saving gaming state) in another application example 10, a plurality of end conditions based on the number of fluctuations of the special symbols are set.

When the jackpot is won during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends as described above, and after the special game based on the winning, the jackpot pattern determined based on the winning. A corresponding game state is set. On the other hand, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the result of the winning lottery based on the first special random number and the result of the winning lottery based on the second special random number are all lost 100 times, or the second special figure When the result of the success or failure lottery based on the random number is all lost 96 times, the second low probability time saving game state is changed to the non time saving game state while the low probability game state remains as it is, so that the second low probability time saving game state as described above is completed and the normal game state is set.

In addition, in the same way as during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state and during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, counting by the above-described time-saving counters A and B is performed during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state.
Specifically, when the second low probability time saving gaming state is set, the time saving number counter A is set to "100" corresponding to the first time saving number (100 times), and the time saving number counter B is set to the second "96" corresponding to the number of times of time saving (96 times) is set. Then, after the start of the variable display of the special symbol based on the entry of the game ball into the first start winning opening 15, the count value of the time saving number counter A is decremented by 1, and the game ball enters the second starting winning opening 16. After starting the variable display of the special symbol based on the ball, the count values of the time saving number counters A and B are both decremented by one.
When the count value of the time saving number counter A becomes "0", the total of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number has reached 100 times, which is the first number of time saving times, and the time saving number counter B count When the value becomes "0", it means that the second special figure fluctuation frequency has reached 96 times which is the second time saving frequency. Then, when the count value of either one of the time saving number counter A or B becomes "0", the count value of one of the time saving number counter A or B is set to " 0”, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends at that time, and the normal game state is set.
That is, the second low-probability time-saving game state ends based on the count value of either one of the time-saving counters A or B becoming "0" first.

In addition, when the count value of either one of the time saving number counters A or B becomes "0" and the second low probability time saving game state ends, the counting by the time saving number counters A and B also ends, and then the time saving game state is set. Until then, the time saving counters A and B do not count.
That is, when the count value of either one of the time saving number counters A or B becomes "0", the count value of the other counter has not yet become "0", but the counter stops counting. The Rukoto. Note that the counter value of the other counter may be reset (cleared to zero) instead of stopping counting.

(Summary of determination of variation pattern table 114 and determination of variation pattern command (variation pattern))
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 includes a table A, table B, table C, table D, table E, table F, table G and A total of eight types of table H are provided (see FIG. 103). Then, as in the above-described embodiment, when the game ball enters the first start winning opening 15 or the second starting winning opening 16, one of the fluctuation pattern tables 114 is referred to, and the fluctuation pattern is associated. A variation pattern command is determined.

Here, in the pachinko machine P according to another low usage example 10, in order to improve the production effect after the special game is finished in consideration of the executed special game, Differentiate the tendency of fluctuation patterns that can be determined (for example, only fluctuation patterns with relatively short fluctuation times are determined, fluctuation patterns with relatively long fluctuation times are more likely to be determined, etc.) In order to make it possible to execute an effect according to the number of fluctuations, after winning a jackpot and executing a special game, a fluctuation pattern command is determined according to the number of fluctuations of special symbols after the end of the special game. The variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when doing so can be switched.
That is, after the end of the special game, the variation pattern command can be determined based on different variation pattern tables 114 according to the number of variations even during the same game state.

On the other hand, if the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when determining the variation pattern command is switched according to the number of variations without executing the special game, even though the special game is not performed There is a possibility that the tendency of the fluctuation pattern that is determined without change will change, giving the player a sense of discomfort in the presentation. Therefore, after clearing the RAM, it is prohibited to switch the variation pattern table 114 according to the number of variations of the special symbols after clearing the RAM until the first big win is won. A variation pattern command is determined based on the variation pattern table 114 associated with the game state.
That is, during the period from when the RAM is cleared to when the first big win is won, if the game state is the same, the variation pattern command is always issued based on the same variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the game state being set. to be determined.

(Determination of reference fluctuation pattern table 114)
Here, the process of determining the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when determining the variation pattern command in another application example 10 will be described.
The pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 includes a selection state value table for determining a selection state value described later and a determination counter described later as a table used for determining the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to. It has a determination table (not particularly shown) that defines a variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the count value of or the game state being set. Then, when determining the variation pattern command, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to is determined based on the information related to these tables.

The selection state value table defines selection state values used for determining the variation pattern table 114 . In this selection state value table, as shown in FIG. 104, selection state values are defined based on the winning of a jackpot or execution of RAM clearing (reset processing).
Then, when the jackpot is won, the type of jackpot pattern (X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 ) is acquired, and the acquired selection state value is set in a selection state flag formed by a predetermined storage area of the main RAM 103 . Also, when the RAM clear is executed, a selection state value corresponding to the execution of the RAM clear is acquired, and the acquired selection state is set in the selection state flag described above.

As shown in FIG. 104, according to the selection state value table, when the jackpot symbol determined at the time of winning the jackpot is X2 or X5 (that is, the game state set after the special game based on the determination is In the case of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state), a selection state value of “01H” is acquired, and if the jackpot pattern determined at the time of winning the jackpot is X1, X3 or X4 (that is, in the decision When the game state set after the end of the special game based on becomes a high probability time saving game state), the selection state value of "02H" is acquired.
Also, when the RAM clear is executed, a selection state value of "00H" is acquired.

The decision table defines the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the count value of the decision counter or the game state being set.
Here, the determining counter counts the number of first special figure fluctuations and the number of second special figure fluctuations in order to determine the fluctuation pattern table 114 corresponding to the number of fluctuations of the special symbols after the end of the special game. In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, a total of three types of decision counters TC1, decision counters TC2, and decision counters TC3 are provided. These determination counters are configured by predetermined storage areas in the main RAM 103 of the main control board 100 .

Determination counter TC1 and determination counter TC2, after the end of the special game, the fluctuation of special symbols until the end of the high-probability time-saving game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game It counts the number of times.

Specifically, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the determining counter TC1 is set to "100" corresponding to the above-mentioned first time-saving number of times (100 times), and the determining counter TC2 "96" corresponding to the above-mentioned 2nd number of times of time saving (96 times) is set. After the start of the variable display of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, the count value of the determining counter TC1 is decremented by 1, and the game ball entering the second starting winning hole 16 is decremented by 1. After the start of the variable display of the special symbols based on the entering ball, the count values of the determining counter TC1 and the determining counter TC2 are both decremented by one.
That is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the total value of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number is counted by the determination counter TC1, and the second special figure fluctuation is counted by the determination counter TC2. The number of times is counted.
In addition, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 becomes "0", the count value of the time saving number counter A also becomes "0", so the total of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number is the second When the count value of the time saving number counter B becomes "0", the count value of the time saving number counter B also becomes "0", so the second special figure fluctuation number has reached 96 times, which is the second time saving frequency. That is, when the count value of either the determination counter TC1 or the determination counter TC2 becomes "0", the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, and along with this, the determination counter TC1 and the determination counter TC2 The count also ends.

Also, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the determination counter TC1 is set to "100" corresponding to the number of time-saving times of the high-probability time-saving gaming state (100 times), and the determination counter TC2 is set to "0". is set. After the start of the variable display of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the first starting winning hole 15, the count value of the determining counter TC1 is decremented by 1, and the game ball entering the second starting winning hole 16 is decremented by 1. After the start of the variable display of the special symbols based on the entering ball, the count values of the determining counter TC1 and the determining counter TC2 are both decremented by one.
If the count value is "0", the count value remains "0". Therefore, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the count value of the determination counter TC2 remains "0".
That is, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the total value of the first special figure fluctuation frequency and the second special figure fluctuation frequency is counted by the determination counter TC1.
In addition, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 becomes "0", the count value of the time saving number counter A also becomes "0", so the total of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number is the second It means that 100 times which is the number of times of 1 hour reduction has been reached. That is, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 becomes "0", the high-probability time-saving gaming state ends, and accordingly, the counting by the determination counter TC1 and the determination counter TC2 also ends.

On the other hand, the determination counter TC3 can be set after the end of the special game via the high-probability time-saving game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state set after the end of the special game. It counts the number of variations of the special symbol until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends.

Specifically, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, as described above, counting by the time-saving activation number counter is started from the time, and when the time-saving activation number (900 times) is reached, the first low A probability reduction gaming state is set. Then, when the first low probability time saving game state is set, counting by the time saving number counter A is started, and when the time saving number (1200 times) is reached, the first low probability time saving game state ends. That is, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of changes in the special symbol until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends without winning the jackpot is 2100 times (Time-saving activation count (900 times). It is the total number of time saving times (1200 times) in the first low probability time saving gaming state.
Therefore, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, "2100" corresponding to the above-mentioned 2100 times is set to the determination counter TC3. After the start of the variable display of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and the start of the variable display of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16. After each, the count value of the determination counter TC3 is decremented by one.
That is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the total value of the first special figure fluctuation frequency and the second special figure fluctuation frequency is counted by the determination counter TC3.
Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "0", the total of the first special figure fluctuation frequency and the second special figure fluctuation frequency has reached 2100 times described above. That is, when the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "0", the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends without winning the jackpot after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Then, the counting by the determining counter TC3 is also terminated.

Also, when the high probability time saving gaming state is set, as described above, counting by the time saving activation number counter starts from the time when the high probability time saving gaming state (100 times the number of times of time saving) ends, and the number of times of time saving activation (900 times), the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Then, when the first low probability time saving game state is set, counting by the time saving number counter A is started, and when the time saving number (1200 times) is reached, the first low probability time saving game state ends. That is, after the high probability time saving gaming state is set, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol until the first low probability time saving gaming state ends without winning the jackpot is 2200 times (high probability time saving gaming state number of times (100 times), the total number of time-saving activation times (900 times) and the number of time-saving times of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (1200 times)).
Therefore, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, "2200" corresponding to the above-mentioned 2200 times is set to the determination counter TC3. After the start of the variable display of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the first start prize winning port 15, and the start of the variable display of the special symbols based on the entry of the game ball into the second start prize winning port 16. After each, the count value of the determination counter TC3 is decremented by one.
That is, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the total value of the first special figure fluctuation frequency and the second special figure fluctuation frequency is counted by the determination counter TC3.
In addition, when the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "0", the total of the first special figure fluctuation frequency and the second special figure fluctuation frequency has reached 2200 times described above. That is, when the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "0", the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends without winning the jackpot after the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set. Counting by the determination counter TC3 is also terminated.

When the RAM is cleared, "0" is set to all of the determination counter TC1, the determination counter TC2, and the determination counter TC3. remains "0".

In the determination table described above, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to is determined for each selection state value set in the selection state flag, the count value of the determination counter, or the game state being set.
Specifically, for the selection state value of "01H" or "02H", the variation pattern table 114 is defined for each count value of the determination counter, and for the selection state value of "00H" In addition, a reference variation pattern table is defined for each gaming state being set (see FIGS. 105(a) to (d)).

(When the selection state value is "01H")
When the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "01H" (that is, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game), determination counters TC1 and TC2 When the count value is all "2" or more (that is, when the 96th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game is the final variation of the second low probability time-saving game state, the 1st to 95th special symbols or when the 100th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game is the final variation of the second low-probability time-saving game state, the 1st to 99th special symbol variation display). B is determined.

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC2 is "1" (that is, the 96th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game is the final variation of the second low probability time-saving game state. Table C is determined at the time of variable display of special symbols.
Similarly, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "1" (that is, the 100th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game is the final variation of the second low probability time-saving gaming state 100th The table C is determined also in the case of the variable display of the special symbol of .

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC2 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1202 to 2004" (that is, the 96th special symbol fluctuation after the end of the special game The table A is determined at the time of the 97th to 899th special symbol fluctuation display in the case where the display is the final fluctuation of the second low probability time saving gaming state.
Similarly, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1202 to 2000" (that is, the 100th special symbol after the end of the special game The table A is determined at the time of the 101st to 899th special symbol fluctuation display in the case where the fluctuation display is the final fluctuation of the second low probability time saving gaming state.

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC2 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1201" (that is, the 96th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game The table F is determined at the time of the 900th special symbol variation display in the case of the final variation of the second low probability time saving gaming state.
Similarly, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1201" (that is, the 100th special symbol fluctuation display after the end of the special game is the final variation of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the table F is determined at the time of the 900th special symbol variation display.

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC2 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "2 to 1200" (that is, the 96th special symbol fluctuation from the end of the special game The table G is determined at the time of the 901st to 2099th special symbol fluctuation display in the case where the display is the final fluctuation of the second low probability time saving gaming state.
Similarly, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "2 to 1200" (that is, the 100th special symbol from the end of the special game The table G is determined at the time of the 901st to 2099th special symbol fluctuation display in the case where the fluctuation display is the final fluctuation of the second low probability time saving gaming state.

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC2 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1" (that is, the 96th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game The table H is determined at the time of the 2100th special symbol variation display in the case of the final variation of the second low probability time saving gaming state.
Similarly, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1" (that is, the 100th special symbol fluctuation display after the end of the special game is the final variation of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the table H is determined at the time of the 2100th special symbol variation display.

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC2 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "0" (that is, the 96th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game The table A is determined when the special symbols are displayed after the 2101st time in the case of the final variation of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state.
Similarly, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "0" (that is, the 100th special symbol fluctuation display after the end of the special game is the final variation of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the table A is determined when the special symbols are displayed after the 2101st time.

That is, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game, the table B is determined other than the final variation in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the final variation in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state. Then the table C is determined, the final variation in the normal game state set after the end of the second low probability time saving game state (that is, the variation when reaching the number of time saving activations, in other words, the first low probability time saving game Before the state is set, the table A is determined except for the fluctuation before the state is set, hereinafter referred to as the first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting fluctuation), and the table F is decided in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting before fluctuation, usually Table G is determined other than the final variation in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state set after the end of the game state, Table H is determined in the final variation in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state Table A is determined in the normal game state set after the end of .

(When the selection state value is "02H")
When the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "02H" (that is, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game), the count value of the determining counter TC1 is "2" or more (that is, when the variable display of the special symbols for the 1st to 99th times after the end of the special game), the table D is determined.

Also, when the count value of the determining counter TC1 is "1" (that is, when the 100th special symbol variation display is performed after the end of the special game), the table E is determined.

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1202 to 2000" (that is, the 101st to 999th special symbols after the end of the special game ), the table A is determined.

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1201" (that is, the 1000th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game Table F is determined at time).

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "2 to 1200" (that is, the 1001st to 2199th special symbols after the end of the special game ), the table G is determined.

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1" (that is, the 2200th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game Table H is determined at time ).

Also, when the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "0" (that is, after the 2201st time after the end of the special game, the variable display of the special symbol ), table A is determined.

That is, when the high probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game, the table D is determined other than the final variation in the high probability time-saving gaming state, and the table E is determined in the final variation in the high probability time-saving gaming state. , Table A is determined other than the final variation in the normal game state (variation before setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state) set after the end of the high-probability time-saving gaming state, and in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting before the table F is determined, the table G is determined except for the final variation in the first low probability time saving game state set after the end of the normal game state, the table H is determined in the final variation in the first low probability time saving game state, and the second Table A is determined in the normal game state set after the end of the 1 low-probability time-saving game state.

(When the selection state value is "00H")
When the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "00H" (that is, when the RAM is cleared), when the game state being set is the normal game state, the table A is determined, and the table G is determined when the gaming state being set is the first low-probability time-saving gaming state.

(Control regarding determination of reference variation pattern table 114)
Then, at the start of the variable display of the special symbols, the contents of the determination table are referred to, and the selection state value set in the selection state flag, the count value of the determination counter TC1, the count value of the determination counter TC2, and the determination counter The variation pattern table 114 to be referred to is determined based on the count value of TC3 and the gaming state being set.

Here, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game, "2100" is set to the determination counter TC3. In this case, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state ends by reaching the first time-saving number of times (100 times), or by reaching the second time-saving number of times (96 times), the second low-probability time-saving A first low-probability time-saving game state is set when the number of variations of special symbols reaches 900 times without winning a jackpot after the end of the special game, regardless of when the game state is finished. Therefore, in the first low-probability time-saving game state setting before fluctuation (variation display of the 900th special symbol after the end of the special game), the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "1201", and the first low-probability time-saving game After the state is set (from the 901st special symbol fluctuation display after the end of the special game) to the fluctuation before the final fluctuation in the first low probability time-saving game state (2099th special after the end of the special game Until the pattern fluctuation display), the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "2 to 1200", and the final fluctuation in the first low probability time-saving game state (2100th special pattern after the end of the special game In the variable display), the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "1", and the normal game state after the end of the first low-probability time-saving game state (variation display of special symbols after the 2101st time after the end of the special game ), the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "0".

In addition, when the high probability time saving game state is set after the end of the special game, "2200" is set to the determination counter TC3. In this case, the number of variations of the special symbols reaches 100 times without winning the jackpot after the end of the special game, the high-probability time-saving game state ends, and the jackpot starts after the end of the high-probability time-saving game state. When the number of variations of special symbols reaches 900 times without winning, a first low-probability time-saving game state is set. Therefore, in the first low-probability time-saving game state setting before fluctuation (variation display of the 1000th special symbol after the end of the special game), the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "1201", and the first low-probability time-saving game After the state is set (from the 1001st special symbol fluctuation display after the end of the special game) to the fluctuation before the final fluctuation in the first low probability time-saving game state (2199th special after the end of the special game Until the fluctuation display of the pattern), the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "2 to 1200", and the final fluctuation in the first low probability time-saving game state (2200th special pattern after the end of the special game In the variable display), the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "1", and the normal game state after the end of the first low-probability time-saving game state (variation display of special symbols after the 2201st time after the end of the special game ), the count value of the determination counter TC3 becomes "0".

That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, either the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (selection state value "01H") or the high-probability time-saving gaming state (selection state value "02H") after the end of the special game is set, regardless of the count value of the determination counter TC1 and the count value of the determination counter TC2, the count value of the determination counter TC3 in the first low probability time-saving gaming state setting before fluctuation is the same ( 1201), the count value of the determination counter TC3 from the setting of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state to the variation before the final variation of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is the same (2 to 1200), The count value of the determination counter TC3 in the final variation of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is the same (1), and the count value of the determination counter TC3 in the normal game state after the end of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is the same ( 0).

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when determining the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to, the main CPU 101 first checks whether the set selection state value is "00H". If it is determined not to be "00H", the count value of the determination counter TC3 is set to "1201" without determining whether the set selection state value is "01H" or "02H". , “2 to 1200”, “1” or “0”. Then, the main CPU 101 determines the table F as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when it is determined to be "1201", and determines the table F as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when it is determined to be "2 to 1200". Table G is determined, and when it is determined to be "1", table H is determined as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to, and when it is determined to be "0", table A is determined as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to. to decide.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, even if any of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state or high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game, the first low-probability time-saving game Variation pattern table 114 referenced in state setting before variation, variation referred to in the first low probability time saving gaming state (other than the final variation in the first low probability time saving gaming state, final variation in the first low probability time saving gaming state) The pattern table 114 and the variation pattern table 114 referred to in the normal game state after the end of the first low-probability time-saving game state can be determined based on the count value of the determination counter TC3.

In addition, when the high probability time saving game state is set after the special game ends, "100" is set to the determination counter TC1. In this case, when the number of variations of the special symbols reaches 100 times without winning the jackpot after the end of the special game, the high-probability time-saving game state is terminated. Therefore, after the high probability time saving game state is set (from the first special symbol fluctuation display after the end of the special game) to the change before the final change in the high probability time saving game state (99 after the end of the special game Until the variation display of the special symbol for the first time), the count value of the determination counter TC1 becomes "2" or more, and the final variation in the high probability time-saving game state (100th special symbol variation after the end of the special game display), the count value of the determination counter TC1 becomes "1", and after the normal game state is set after the high-probability time-saving game state ends (from the 101st special symbol fluctuation display after the end of the special game ) Until the fluctuation before the first low-probability time-saving game state setting fluctuation (from the end of the special game to the fluctuation display of the 999th special symbol), the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "0" Become.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, in the determination of the count value of the determination counter TC3 executed as described above, the count value of the determination counter TC3 is "1201", "2 to 1200", If it is determined to be neither "1" nor "0", the main CPU 101 determines whether the set selection state value is "02H" or "01H". Then, when determining that it is "02H", the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the determination counter TC1 is "2" or more, "1" or "0". Then, the main CPU 101 determines the table D as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when it is determined to be "2" or more, and determines the table as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when it is determined to be "1". E is determined, and when it is determined to be "0", table A is determined as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state (other than the final variation in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, high Variation pattern table 114 referred to in the final variation in the probability time-saving gaming state), and the variation pattern table referred to other than the first low probability time-saving gaming state setting fluctuation in the normal game state after the end of the high probability time-saving gaming state 114 can be determined based on the count value of the determining counter TC1.

In addition, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game, "100" is set to the determination counter TC1, and "96" is set to the determination counter TC2. In this case, the sum of the number of times of the first special figure fluctuation and the number of times of the second special figure fluctuation reaches 100 times without winning the jackpot after the special game is finished, or the jackpot is won after the special game is finished. When the second special figure fluctuation frequency reaches 96 times, the second low probability time saving gaming state ends. Therefore, after the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set (from the first special symbol variation display after the end of the special game) to the final variation before the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (96th In the case of the final variation, from the end of the special game to the 1st to 95th special symbol variation display, and in the case of the 100th time of the final variation, the 1st to 99th special symbol variation from the end of the special game. Until the display), the count value of the determination counters TC1 and TC2 will be any "2" or more, and the final variation in the second low probability time-saving game state (96th time will be the final variation, the special game In the 96th special symbol variation display after the end, or the 100th special symbol variation display after the end of the special game if the 100th time is the final variation), the count value of the determination counter TC1 or TC2 Either becomes "1", and after the normal game state is set after the end of the second low-probability time-saving game state (if the 96th time is the final change, the 97th special symbol change after the end of the special game From the display, if the 100th time is the final change, from the 101st special symbol change display after the end of the special game) To the change before the first low probability time-saving game state setting change (after the end of the special game to the 999th special symbol fluctuation display), either the count value of the determination counter TC1 or TC2 becomes "0".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, in the determination whether the selection state value is "02H" or "01H" executed as described above, if the selection state value is not "02H", If determined, the main CPU 101 determines whether the count values of the determination counters TC1 and TC2 are both "2" or more, the count value of either the determination counter TC1 or TC2 is "1", or the determination counter TC1 or It is determined whether any count value of TC2 is "0". Then, when determining that the count values of the determination counters TC1 and TC2 are both "2" or more, the main CPU 101 determines the table B as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to, and When it is determined that any of the count values is "1", the table C is determined as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to, and it is determined that either the count value of the determination counter TC1 or TC2 is "0". If so, table A is determined as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to.
That is, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state (second low-probability time-saving gaming state Other than the final variation in the variation pattern table 114 referred to in the final variation in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state), and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state setting in the normal game state after the end of the second low-probability time-saving gaming state The fluctuation pattern table 114 referred to other than the previous fluctuation can be determined based on the count value of the determination counter TC1 and the count value of the determination counter TC2.

On the other hand, if it is determined to be "00H" in the determination whether the selected state value is "00H" executed as described above, the main CPU 101 determines that the game state being set is the first low probability It is determined whether or not it is in the time saving game state. Then, the main CPU 101 determines the table G as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to when it is determined to be in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, and when it is determined not to be in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. Table A is determined as the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to.

Then, the variation pattern command (variation pattern command) is determined by referring to the variation pattern table 114 determined as described above.

Specifically, as shown in FIG. 103, according to Table A, the lost pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined (that is, the result of the lottery is lost), and the number of pending at the time of the determination (losing pattern In the case of Z1, the first reservation number, and the second reservation number in the case of the lost pattern Z2) is less than 2, the fluctuation pattern of "13 seconds fluctuation (special design fluctuation time is 13 seconds)" is associated The variation pattern command "00H" (decision probability is 70%) and the variation pattern command "02H" (decision probability is 20 %), or the variation pattern command "03H" (decision probability is 10%) associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation (variation time of special symbol is 60 seconds)" is determined.
In addition, when the losing symbol Z1 or Z2 is determined and the number of reservations at the time of determination is 2 or more, the variation associated with the variation pattern of "3 seconds variation (variation time of special symbol is 3 seconds)" Either the pattern command "01H" (determination probability is 70%), the above-mentioned variation pattern command "02H" (determination probability is 20%), or the above-mentioned variation pattern command "03H" (determination probability is 10%) It is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined (that is, when the result of the lottery is a jackpot), regardless of the number of reservations, the "20 second fluctuation" fluctuation pattern is associated Either the variation pattern command "A2H" (decision probability is 40%) or the variation pattern command "A3H" (decision probability is 60%) associated with the variation pattern of "60 second variation" is determined. be.

As shown in FIG. 103, according to the table B, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the variation pattern command "04H ” (determination probability is 70%), variation pattern command “05H” (decision probability is 20%) associated with the variation pattern of “20 seconds variation”, or “60 seconds variation” variation pattern is associated Any of the variation pattern commands "06H" (determination probability is 10%) is determined.
In addition, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern command "A5H" (determination probability is 40%), or the variation pattern command "A6H" (decision probability is 60%) associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 103, according to the table C, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the variation pattern command "07H ”(decision probability is 60%), variation pattern command “08H” (decision probability is 25%), or “70 Any one of the variation pattern command "09H" (decision probability is 15%) associated with the variation pattern of "second variation (variation time of special symbol is 70 seconds)" is determined.
Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the above-mentioned variation pattern command "A5H" (decision probability is 40%), or the above-mentioned variation pattern command One of "A6H" (decision probability is 60%) is decided.

As shown in FIG. 103, according to the table D, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the variation pattern command "10H ” (determination probability is 80%) or the variation pattern command “11H” (determination probability is 20%) associated with the variation pattern of “60 second variation” is determined.
Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern command "B1H" associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" (determination probability is 100%) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 103, according to the table E, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the variation pattern command "12H ” (determination probability is 70%) or the variation pattern command “13H” (determination probability is 30%) associated with the variation pattern of “70 seconds variation” is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern command "B1H" (decision probability is 100%) is determined.

As shown in FIG. 103, according to the table F, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the variation pattern command "20H ” (decision probability is 50%), variation pattern command “21H” (decision probability is 30%) associated with the variation pattern of “30 seconds variation”, or “60 seconds variation” variation pattern is associated Any one of the variation pattern commands "22H" (decision probability is 20%) is determined.
Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern command "C1H" (determination probability is 50%), or the variation pattern command "C2H" (decision probability is 50%) associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 103, according to the table G, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, "1.5 second variation (variation time of special symbol is 1.5 seconds) ” variation pattern command “23H” (decision probability is 70%), variation pattern command “24H” associated with the variation pattern “20 seconds variation” (decision probability is 20%), Alternatively, one of the variation pattern command "25H" (decision probability is 10%) associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.
Also, when the jackpot pattern X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern command "C4H" associated with the variation pattern of "20 second variation" (determination probability is 40%), or the variation pattern command "C5H" (decision probability is 60%) associated with the variation pattern of "60 seconds variation" is determined.

As shown in FIG. 103, according to the table H, when the losing pattern Z1 or Z2 is determined, the variation pattern of "10 second variation (variation time of special symbol is 10 seconds)" regardless of the number of reservations Either the variation pattern command “26H” (decision probability is 60%) associated with, or the variation pattern command “27H” (decision probability is 40%) associated with the variation pattern of “70 seconds variation” is determined.
Further, when the jackpot symbol X1, X2, X3, X4 or X5 is determined, regardless of the number of reservations, the variation pattern command "C5H" (decision probability is 100%) is determined.

As described above, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the second low-probability time-saving game state and the high-probability time-saving game that are more advantageous than the normal game state through the execution of the jackpot winning and the special game Not only can it be shifted to the state, but during the low probability game state (during the normal game state, during the second low probability time saving game state), all 900 winning lottery results are lost, so that the jackpot is won. And since it is possible to shift to the first low-probability time-saving game state, which is more advantageous than the normal game state, without executing the special game, it is possible to provide novel game characteristics and increase the interest of the player. be able to.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when the jackpot pattern X2 or X5 is determined and the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the special game based on the determination is completed, the determination counter TC1 And based on the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game counted by TC2, the fluctuation pattern table 114 to be referred to during this second low-probability time-saving gaming state is determined. In addition, when the jackpot pattern X1, X3 or X4 is determined and the high probability time-saving gaming state is set after the special game based on the determination is completed, the number after the special game is counted by the determination counter TC1 Based on the number of fluctuations, the fluctuation pattern table 114 to be referred to during this high-probability time-saving gaming state is determined. Furthermore, without winning the jackpot after the end of the special game, the number of changes in the special design is 900 times (when the second low probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game) or 1000 times (end of the special game When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set by reaching (when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set later), the number of fluctuations after the end of the special game counted by the determining counter TC3 Based on, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to during this first low probability time saving gaming state is determined.
That is, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the high-probability time-saving gaming state and during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, based on the number of special symbol fluctuations after the end of the special game, during each game state A variation pattern table 114 to be referred to is determined.
In order to determine the variation pattern table 114 in each game state described above, it is necessary to perform processing such as setting initial values to various counters at the start of counting the number of variations of special symbols. , and no special processing is required at the time of setting or at the end of each game state. The processing load on hardware resources such as the CPU 101 and the main RAM 103 can be reduced.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols after the end reaches 900 times. When the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set by this, and the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the end of the special game, the number of fluctuations of the special symbol after the end reaches 1000 times. 1 low probability time saving gaming state is set. And, when the first low probability time-saving gaming state is set via the second low probability time-saving gaming state, and when the first low probability time-saving gaming state is set via the high probability time-saving gaming state In any case, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to during this first low probability time-saving gaming state is determined based on the number of variations after the end of the special game counted by the determining counter TC3.
Therefore, regardless of the game state set after the end of the special game, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to during the first low-probability time-saving game state based only on the number of fluctuations of the special symbols after the end of the special game. Since it can be determined, it is possible to prevent the processing related to the determination of the variation pattern table 114 during the first low probability time saving gaming state from becoming complicated, and in addition, hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 and the main RAM 103 Such processing load can be reduced.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when the special symbols start to fluctuate, first, whether the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X2 or X5 has ended (when the selection state value is "01H"). or not), or the end of the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X3 or X4 (whether the selection state value is "02H"), and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is determined. By doing so, the variation pattern table 114 referred to in the setting before the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state (other than the final variation in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state The final fluctuation in) and the fluctuation pattern table 114 referred to in the normal game state after the end of the first low probability time saving game state are determined. Next, according to the determination result of the count value of the determination counter TC3, whether the special game based on the determination of the big winning pattern X2 or X5 has ended (whether the selection state value is "01H") or the big winning pattern X1. , X3 or X4 based on the determination of the end of the special game (whether the selection state value is "02H"), and based on the determination result and the count values of the determination counters TC1 and TC2, Fluctuation pattern table 114 referred to during the high probability time-saving gaming state (other than the final variation in the high probability time-saving gaming state, the final variation in the high probability time-saving gaming state), the first in the normal gaming state after the end of the high probability time-saving gaming state Variation pattern table 114 referred to other than low probability short working hours gaming state setting before fluctuation, during the second low probability short working hours gaming state (other than the final variation in the second low probability short working hours gaming state, final variation in the second low probability short working hours gaming state) The variation pattern table 114 referred to in and the variation pattern table 114 referred to other than the variation before setting the first low probability time saving game state in the normal game state after the end of the second low probability time saving game state are determined.
That is, according to the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, since the number of times of the above-described selection state value determination process can be reduced when determining the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to, the first low probability It is possible to prevent the processing related to determination of the variation pattern table 114 from becoming complicated during the time-saving game state, and furthermore, it is possible to reduce the processing load on hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 and the main RAM 103 .

Next, an overview of the progress of the above-described special figure game will be described using a flow chart, focusing on points different from the above-described embodiment and another application example 6. FIG.
First, the special symbol variation start processing executed when the special symbol variation is started will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
Since the processing of steps 6000 to 6004 is substantially the same as the processing of steps 801 to 805 of the special symbol variation start processing in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to step 6005.

At step 6005, the main CPU 101 executes a game state setting process at the start of fluctuation regarding the setting of the game state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6006.
Since the processing of steps 6006-6008 is substantially the same as the processing of steps 806-808 of the special symbol variation start processing in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted here, and the process proceeds to step 6009.

At step 6009, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern determination processing. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6010.
Since the process of step 6010 is substantially the same as the process of step 810 of the special symbol variation start process in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to step 6011.

At step 6011, the main CPU 101 executes count update processing for updating the count values of various counters. Then, the special symbol variation start process is terminated.
Further, since the processing of step 6012 is substantially the same as the processing of step 812 of the special symbol variation start processing in the above-described embodiment, the explanation is omitted here.

Next, the game state setting process at the start of fluctuation in step 6005 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
In step 6030, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not a time saving activation count reaching flag indicating that the time saving activation count has been reached is ON. If it is determined to be on, the process proceeds to step 6035 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not on (that is, it is off), the process proceeds to the next step 6031 .
In step 6031, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is in progress (that is, whether or not the first time-saving gaming flag indicating the first time-saving gaming state is ON). do. And, when it is determined that it is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to step 6035 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6032 .

At step 6032, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the time saving activation counter is zero. If it is determined not to be 0, the process proceeds to step 6035 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be 0, the process proceeds to the next step 6033 .
In step 6033, the main CPU 101 sets the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. That is, the first time-saving game flag is turned on, and the high-probability game flag indicating the high-probability game state is turned off. Moreover, the value "1200" corresponding to the number of times of time saving (1200 times) is set to the time saving number counter A. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6034.

In step 6034, the main CPU 101 turns on the time saving activation count reached flag. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6035.
At step 6035, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is in progress. And, when it is determined that it is not in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to step 6038 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6036 .
At step 6036, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the time saving number counter A is zero. If it is determined not to be 0, the process proceeds to step 6038 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be 0, the process proceeds to the next step 6037 .

At step 6037, the main CPU 101 sets the normal game state. That is, the first time saving game flag, the second time saving game flag indicating that it is in the second time saving game state, and the third time saving game flag indicating that it is in the third time saving game state are all turned off, and the high A high probability game flag indicating the probability game state is turned off. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6038.
In step 6038, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is in effect (that is, whether or not the second time-saving gaming flag is ON). And, when it is determined that it is not in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to step 6041 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6039 .

At step 6039, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not either the count value of the time saving number counter A or the count value of the time saving number counter B is zero. If it is determined that neither of them is 0, the process proceeds to step 6041 . On the other hand, if it is determined that one of them is 0, the process proceeds to the next step 6040 .
At step 6040, the main CPU 101 sets the normal game state. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6041 .

In step 6041, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the high-probability time-saving game state is in progress (that is, whether or not the third time-saving game flag is ON). And, when it is determined that it is not in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the game state setting process at the start of fluctuation is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined to be in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6042 .
In addition, although it is determined whether or not the high probability time saving game state is being performed using the third time saving game flag here, the determination may be performed using the high certainty game flag.

At step 6042, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the time saving number counter A is zero. Then, if it is determined not to be 0, the game state setting process at the start of fluctuation is terminated. On the other hand, if it is determined to be 0, the process proceeds to the next step 6043 .
Here, it is determined whether or not the time saving number counter A is 0, but since the high probability number and the time saving number in the high probability time saving game state are the same value, in order to count the high probability number is 0 or not.
At step 6043, the main CPU 101 sets the normal game state. Then, the game state setting process at the start of fluctuation is ended.

Next, the variation pattern determination processing of step 6009 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 6050, the main CPU 101 confirms the current number of reservations (first number of reservations, second number of reservations). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6051.
At step 6051, the main CPU 101 executes variation pattern table determination processing for determining the variation pattern table 114 to refer to. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6052 .
The processing of steps 6052 to 6054 is substantially the same as the processing of steps 902 to 904 of the variation pattern determination processing in the above-described embodiment, so the description is omitted here. Then, the variation pattern determination process is terminated.

Next, the variation pattern determination process of step 6051 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 6070, main CPU 101 determines whether or not the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "00H" (that is, whether or not the RAM has been cleared). Then, if it is determined to be “00H”, the process proceeds to step 6078 . On the other hand, once it is determined that it is not "00H", the process proceeds to the next step 6071 .
At step 6071, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the count value of the determination counter TC3 is a predetermined value (“1201”, “2 to 1200”, “1”, “0”). Then, if it is determined that it is not the predetermined value, the process proceeds to step 6073 . On the other hand, if it is determined to be the predetermined value, the process proceeds to the next step 6072 .

At step 6072, the main CPU 101 refers to the determination table, and determines and selects the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the predetermined value. Then, the variation pattern table determination process is terminated.
Also, in step 6073 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 6071 that the count value of the determination counter TC3 is not the predetermined value, the main CPU 101 determines whether the selection state value set in the selection state flag is "02H". It is determined whether or not (that is, whether or not the special game based on the determination of the jackpot symbols X1, X3 or X4 has ended). If it is determined that it is not "02H", the process proceeds to step 6076. On the other hand, if it is determined to be “02H”, the process proceeds to the next step 6074 .

At step 6074, the main CPU 101 determines what the count value of the determination counter TC1 is. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6075.
At step 6075, the main CPU 101 refers to the determination table, and determines and selects the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the determination result of step 6074 (the count value of the determination counter TC1). Then, the variation pattern table determination process is terminated.
Also, in step 6076 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined in step 6073 that the selection state value is not "02H", the main CPU 101 determines what the count values of the determination counters TC1 and TC2 are. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6077 .

In step 6077, the main CPU 101 refers to the determination table, and determines and selects the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the determination result of step 6076 (the count values of the determination counters TC1 and TC2). Then, the variation pattern table determination process is terminated.
Further, in step 6078 to which the main CPU 101 proceeds when it is determined that the selection state value is "00H" in step 6070, the main CPU 101 determines the game state being set. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6079 .

In step 6079, the main CPU 101 refers to the determination table, and determines and selects the variation pattern table 114 corresponding to the determination result of step 6078 (normal gaming state, first low-probability time-saving gaming state). Then, the variation pattern table determination process is terminated.

Next, the number update processing of step 6011 described above will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
At step 6100, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current point is in the normal game state or the second low probability time saving game state (that is, whether or not the low probability game state is in progress). And, when it is determined that neither the normal game state nor the second low-probability time-saving game state, the process proceeds to step 6102 . On the other hand, when it is determined that it is in the normal gaming state or in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6101 .
At step 6101, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the time saving activation number counter by one. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6102 .

In step 6102, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the current time is in the time-saving gaming state (that is, during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, during the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, or during the high-probability time-saving gaming state. or). And, when it is determined that it is not in the time saving game state, the process proceeds to step 6108 . On the other hand, if it is determined that it is in the time-saving gaming state, the process proceeds to the next step 6103 .
At step 6103 , the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the variable display of the special symbols being executed is based on the entry of the game ball into the second start winning hole 16 . And, if it is determined that it is not based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning opening 16 (that is, it is based on the entering of the gaming ball into the first starting winning opening 15), the process proceeds to step 6106. . On the other hand, if it is determined to be based on the entry of the game ball into the second starting winning hole 16, the process proceeds to the next step 6104.

At step 6104, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the time saving number counter B by one. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6105.
At step 6105, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the determination counter TC2 by one. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6106.

At step 6106, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the time saving number counter A by one. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6107 .
At step 6107, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the determination counter TC1 by one. Then, go to the next step 6108 .

At step 6108, the main CPU 101 decrements the count value of the determination counter TC3 by one. Then, the count update process is terminated.

Next, the post-stop processing executed after the end of the variable display of the special symbols will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
The process of step 6200 is the process of step 1101 of the post-stop process in the above embodiment, the process of step 6201 is the process of step 1102 of the post-stop process, the process of step 6202 is the process of step 1105 of the post-stop process, The processing of steps 6203 to 6206 is substantially the same as the processing of steps 1106 to 1109 of the post-stop processing, and the processing of step 6207 is substantially the same as the processing of step 1116 of the post-stop processing. Then, the post-stop process is terminated.

Next, the special game end processing executed when all the round games are finished (that is, when the special game is finished) will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
Since the processing of step 6300 is almost the same as the processing of step 3200 of the special game end processing in another application example 6, the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to step 6301 .
In step 6301, the main CPU 101 sets a predetermined value ("900" corresponding to 900 times of the number of times of shortening of working hours activated) to the number of times of shortening of working hours activated counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6302 .

Since the process of step 6302 is substantially the same as step 3203 of the special game end process in another application example 6, the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to step 6303 .
In step 6303, the main CPU 101 sets the time saving number counters A and B to a predetermined value according to the set game state (when the second low-probability time saving game state is set, the time saving number counter A is set to "100", When the time saving number counter B is set to "96" and the high probability time saving game state is set, the time saving number counter A is set to "100" and the time saving number counter B is set to "0"). Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6304 .

In step 6304, the main CPU 101 sets the determination counter TC1, TC2, and TC3 to a predetermined value corresponding to the set gaming state (when the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the determination counter TC1 is set to "100 ”, “96” to the determination counter TC2, “2100” to the determination counter TC3, “100” to the determination counter TC1 when the high probability time-saving gaming state is set, “0” to the determination counter TC2, "2200") is set in the determination counter TC3. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6305 .
At step 6305, the main CPU 101 determines whether or not the second low-probability time-saving gaming state has been set. And, when it is determined that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is not set, the process proceeds to step 6307 . On the other hand, if it is determined that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the process proceeds to the next step 6306 .

At step 6306, the main CPU 101 sets the selection state value "01H" to the selection state flag. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.
In addition, in step 6307 to which it proceeds when it is determined that the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is not set in step 6305 described above, the main CPU 101 sets the selection state value "02H" to the selection state flag. Then, the special game ending process is terminated.

Next, a description will be given of the RAM clear processing that is performed when the RAM is cleared, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 113 .
The processing of step 6400 is almost the same as the processing of step 3300 of the RAM clearing processing in another example of application 6, so the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to the next step 6401 .
In step 6401, the main CPU 101 sets a predetermined value ("900" corresponding to 900 times of the number of times of shortening of working hours activated) to the number of times of shortening of working hours counter. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6402 .

The processing of step 6402 is almost the same as the processing of step 3302 of the RAM clearing processing in another example of application 6, so the explanation is omitted here and the process proceeds to the next step 6403 .
At step 6403, the main CPU 101 sets predetermined values (all "0") to determination counters TC1, TC2, and TC3. Then, the process proceeds to the next step 6404.
At step 6404, the main CPU 101 sets the selection state value "02H" to the selection state flag. Then, the RAM clear processing ends.

(Modified example of pachinko machine P according to another application example 10)
In the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when "0" is set to the time saving activation number counter, the time saving number counter A, B, the determination counter TC1, TC2, TC3, etc., or these counters Even when the count value is "0", the count value is set to be maintained at "0" after executing a process of decrementing the count value by 1 during each time-saving game state. However, when the count value of these counters is "0", the count value may be maintained at "0" without executing the process of decrementing by 1 in the first place.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the tenth application are obtained, and the processing load on the hardware resources such as the main CPU 101 when executing the counting process by the counter is further reduced. can do.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the time-saving activation number counter, the time-saving number counters A and B, and the determination counters TC1, TC2, and TC3 are all subtraction counters, but they are limited to this. It is also possible to use an addition counter instead of a counter.
Specifically, for example, if the time-saving activation number counter is an addition counter, the count value of the time-saving activation number counter is cleared to zero after the end of the special game, and the special symbol fluctuation display during the low probability game state After starting, the count value is incremented by one. And, when this count value reaches the value corresponding to the number of times of shortening working hours, the first low probability shortening working hours gaming state may be set.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the tenth application can be obtained.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the same counter is shared in any of the time-saving game states, but it is not limited to this, and each time-saving game state Different counters may be provided and the corresponding counters may count.
For example, time saving number counter A1 for counting the total value of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number during the second low probability time saving game state, the first special figure fluctuation number during the high probability time saving game state And a time saving number counter A2 for counting the total value of the second special figure fluctuation number is provided, the above-mentioned counting is performed by the time saving number counter A1 during the second low probability time saving game state, and time saving during the high probability time saving game state The above-described counting may be performed by the number of times A2.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the tenth application can be obtained.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, during the second low probability time saving gaming state, as a condition for ending the second low probability time saving gaming state, the first special figure fluctuation number and the second It was stipulated that the total number of special figure fluctuations reached the first time saving number of times (100 times), and that the second special figure fluctuation number reached the second time saving number of times (96 times), but in addition to these , Other end conditions regarding the number of fluctuations of special symbols may be determined.
For example, in addition to the termination conditions described above, the first special figure fluctuation frequency reaches the third time reduction frequency (for example, 10 times) may be defined as the termination condition. In addition, if such a condition is defined, the time saving number counter A which is a counter that counts the total value of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number in order to determine the arrival of the first time saving number , In addition to the time saving number counter B that counts the second special figure fluctuation number to determine the arrival of the second time saving number of times, the time saving number of times to count the first special figure fluctuation number to determine the arrival of the third time saving number A counter C must be provided.
In addition, the condition for ending the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is not limited to the number of fluctuations of special symbols, for example, the number of winnings by lottery of normal symbols reaches a predetermined number of times, the number of fluctuations of normal symbols The number of times related to normal symbols, such as reaching a predetermined number of times, may be defined as the end condition. In addition, if it is set to win a small win by lottery, the number of times the small win is won reaches a predetermined number, the number of times a predetermined small win pattern is determined reaches a predetermined number, etc. The number of times regarding the small hit may be defined as the end condition. And, when the number of times relating to the normal design and the number of times relating to the small winning are determined as the end condition, it is necessary to provide a counter for counting these number of times.
In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, only in the second low-probability time-saving gaming state, a plurality of end conditions regarding the number of times the special symbols fluctuate were set, but this is not the only option. Even in the 1 low-probability time-saving gaming state, a plurality of termination conditions regarding the number of times of variation of special symbols may be determined.
For example, as the end condition of the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, in addition to the total value of the first special figure fluctuation number and the second special figure fluctuation number reaching the time-saving number of times (1200 times), the first special figure fluctuation number Is to reach a predetermined number of times (eg, 300 times), it may be determined that the second special figure fluctuation number of times reaches a predetermined number of times (eg, 1196 times). In addition, as described above, even in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, even if a plurality of termination conditions regarding the number of variations of special symbols are set, the number of variations of special symbols corresponding to each termination condition is counted separately. It is necessary to provide a counter for In addition, the number of times related to the normal symbol or the number of times related to the small hit may be determined as the end condition.
Also, even in the high-probability time-saving gaming state, as a condition for ending the third time-saving gaming state, a plurality of end conditions regarding the number of times of fluctuation of special symbols may be determined, or the number of times regarding normal symbols and the number of times regarding small hits may be determined. It may also be set as a termination condition.
Even in this case, the same effect as the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 can be obtained, and the variation of conditions for ending the time-saving game state is increased, so that more innovative game properties can be provided. , can increase the interest of the player.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, when the high-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game, the determination counter TC3 is set to the first low-probability time-saving game after the end of the special game. Set "2200" corresponding to 2200 times the number of fluctuations of the special symbol until the state ends, and when the second low probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game, the determination counter TC3, special Set "2100" corresponding to 2100 times of variation of the special symbol from the end of the game to the end of the first low probability time saving game state, and in any case, the counter for determination triggered by the end of the special game The count by TC3 is started, and the count value of the determination counter TC3 is referenced to determine the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, but to the determination counter TC3 The setting of the value of and the counting method are not limited to this.
For example, even if either the high-probability time-saving gaming state or the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set after the special game, the low-probability gaming state (normal game state, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state is set to the determination counter TC3 "2100" corresponding to 2100 times of variation of the special symbol from the setting of the game state) to the end of the first low-probability time-saving game state is set. In addition, when the high-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game, the 100-time variable display of special symbols ends without winning the jackpot, and the normal game state is set. While starting the counting of the counter TC3, when the second low-probability time-saving game state is set after the end of the special game, it is set to start counting by the determination counter TC3 with the end of the special game as a trigger. . Then, referring to the count value of the determining counter TC3, the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to during the first low-probability time-saving gaming state may be determined.
In this case, it is possible to reduce the value set in the determination counter TC3 at the end of the special game. can be reduced. In addition, since the value to be set in the counter is the same regardless of whether the game state set after the end of the special game is the high-probability time-saving game state or the second low-probability time-saving game state, it is set after the end of the special game There is no need to prepare and store separate values for each game state, and the load on hardware resources such as the main ROM 102 can be reduced.
It should be noted that the time saving number counter A, the time saving number counter B, the determination counter TC1, and the determination counter TC2 may also employ the same value setting and count start control as described above.

Further, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, the determination counter TC3 includes the number of special symbol fluctuations (2100 times or 2200 times) from the end of the special game to the end of the first low probability time saving game state ) is set, and the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to during the first low-probability time-saving game state is determined based on the number of variations of the special symbols after the end of the special game. , but not limited to.
For example, at the end of the special game, to the determination counter TC3, after the end of the special game until the first low probability time-saving game state setting fluctuation number of special symbols (900 times or 1000 times) a value corresponding to Set, from after the end of the special game to before the first low probability time saving game state setting fluctuation, based on the number of times of fluctuation of the special symbol after the end of the special game, so as to determine the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to set to And, when setting the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the number of fluctuations of special symbols from the time the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set to the determination counter TC3 until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends ( 1200 times), and after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set until the first low-probability time-saving gaming state ends, after the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set. The variation pattern table 114 to be referred to may be determined based on the number of variations of the special symbol.
In this case, the value set in the determination counter TC3 can be reduced, so the processing load on hardware resources such as the main RAM 103 when determining the variation pattern table 114 can be reduced. .

It should be noted that, in the first low probability time-saving gaming state, if multiple end conditions regarding the number of times of special symbol fluctuation are defined, the time when the first low probability time-saving gaming state ends for each end condition (number of special symbol fluctuations) different. Then, in order to be able to change the variation pattern table 114 to be referred to according to the number of variations of the special symbols as in the other application example 10, it is necessary to provide a determination counter for each end condition. Even when a plurality of determination counters are provided in this way, after the end of the special game, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols until the first low probability time-saving gaming state is set to each of the determination counters in the same manner as described above. is set, and when the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the number of fluctuations of the special symbols corresponding to the end conditions may be reset in each of the determination counters.
Although the processing load on hardware resources such as the main RAM 103 increases when determining the variation pattern table 114, it is possible to determine a variation pattern table 114 rich in variations.

In addition, in the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10, for example, when the high-probability time-saving gaming state is set, the variation pattern table 114 is determined using the determination counter T1 in the high-probability time-saving gaming state. However, in the first low-probability time-saving gaming state, the variation pattern table 114 is determined using the determination counter T3, but is not limited to this, and the high-probability time-saving gaming state and the first In any of the low-probability time-saving gaming states, the variation pattern table 114 may be determined using only the determining counter T3.
That is, in the time-saving gaming state that passes through before the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set, if only one end condition related to the number of special symbol fluctuations is set as the end condition of the time-saving gaming state, Even if the variation pattern table 114 is determined using a counter of 1 in both the time-saving gaming state that passes before the first low-probability time-saving gaming state is set and the first low-probability time-saving gaming state. good.
In this case, the number of counters for determining the variation pattern table 114 can be reduced, so the processing load on hardware resources such as the main RAM 103 can be reduced.

Further, the pachinko machine P according to another application example 10 is provided with a plurality of variation pattern tables 114 storing variation patterns, and selects one of the variation pattern tables 114 according to the number of variations of the special symbol to display the variation pattern. Although it is set so as to determine, the storage mode of the variation pattern is not limited to this.
For example, instead of providing a plurality of variation pattern tables 114, all selectable variation patterns may be stored in a predetermined storage area such as the main ROM 102. Then, from the entire range of the storage area in which all the variation patterns are stored, select a predetermined range corresponding to the number of times of variation of the special symbol, and any of the variation patterns included in the selected range You may make it determine a variation pattern.
Even in this case, the same effects as those of the pachinko machine P according to the tenth application can be obtained.

It should be noted that various settings and controls of the above-described embodiments, modifications, and other application examples may be combined with each other as long as there is no contradiction.
In addition, the main CPU 101 that executes the win-or-fail determination process in another application example 10 corresponds to the determining means of the present invention. Also, the main CPU 101 that executes step 6010 in another application example 10 corresponds to the variable display means of the present invention. Further, the main CPU 101 that executes the variation pattern determination process in another application example 10 corresponds to variation pattern determination means of the present invention. Also, the main CPU 101 that executes the processes of steps 6005, 6300, 6400, etc. in the application example 10 corresponds to the setting means of the present invention. Also, the normal gaming state in another application example 10 corresponds to the non-time-saving gaming state of the present invention. Further, the second low-probability time-saving gaming state in another application example 10 corresponds to the first time-saving gaming state of the present invention. Further, the first low-probability time-saving gaming state in another application example 10 corresponds to the second time-saving gaming state of the present invention. Also, the variation pattern table 114 in another application example 10 corresponds to the determination information of the present invention. Also, the pachinko machine P in another application example 10 corresponds to the gaming machine of the present invention.

P Pachinko machine 100 Main control board 101 Main CPU
102 Main ROM
103 Main RAM
300 sub control board 301 sub CPU
302 sub-ROM
303 sub-RAM

Claims (2)

a decision means capable of deciding whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player;
a variable display means capable of performing variable display according to a variation pattern based on the determination result;
A variation pattern determining means capable of determining the variation pattern;
A non-time-saving game state in which a game with a relatively low execution frequency of the variable display can be performed, and a first time-saving game state in which a game with a relatively high execution frequency of the variable display can be performed, and a setting means capable of setting any one of a plurality of game states including at least a second time-saving game state;
The setting means can set the first time-saving game state based on the execution of the special game, and the variable display is executed a predetermined number of times after the special game is completed. Based on, it is possible to set the second time-saving gaming state,
The variation pattern determination means can determine the variation pattern based on determination information determined according to the number of times of the variation display,
In both the first time-saving game state and the second time-saving game state, the variation pattern is based on the determination information determined according to the number of times of the variation display after the end of the special game. A game machine characterized by determining a decision means capable of deciding whether or not to execute a special game advantageous to the player;
a variable display means capable of performing variable display according to a variation pattern based on the determination result;
A variation pattern determining means capable of determining the variation pattern;
A non-time-saving game state in which a game with a relatively low execution frequency of the variable display can be performed, and a first time-saving game state in which a game with a relatively high execution frequency of the variable display can be performed, and a setting means capable of setting any one of a plurality of game states including at least a second time-saving game state;
The setting means can set the first time-saving game state based on the execution of the special game, and the variable display is executed a predetermined number of times after the special game is completed. Based on, it is possible to set the second time-saving gaming state,
The variation pattern determination means can determine the variation pattern based on determination information determined according to the number of times of the variation display,
During the first time-saving game state, the variation pattern is determined based on the determination information determined according to the number of times of the variation display after the end of the special game,
During the second time-saving gaming state, the variation pattern is determined based on the determination information determined according to the number of times of the variable display after the second time-saving gaming state is set. Amusement machine.

Images